HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL INC
424B1, 1996-05-13
INSURANCE CARRIERS, NEC
Previous: HIRSCH INTERNATIONAL CORP, PRE 14A, 1996-05-13
Next: MECKLERMEDIA CORP, 10QSB, 1996-05-13



<PAGE>
P R O S P E C T U S
                                8,331,204 SHARES
                                                      [LOGO]
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              CLASS A COMMON STOCK
                                   ---------
 
    Of  the 8,331,204 shares of Class A  Common Stock, par value $.001 per share
(the "Class  A  Common  Stock"),  of Health  Systems  International,  Inc.  (the
"Company")  offered hereby,  3,194,374 shares are  being issued and  sold by the
Company  and  5,136,830  shares  are  being  sold  by  The  California  Wellness
Foundation (the "Selling Stockholder"). The Company will not receive any part of
the  proceeds from  the sale  of securities by  the Selling  Stockholder. Of the
8,331,204 shares of Class  A Common Stock offered  hereby, 6,664,964 shares  are
being  offered in the United States and Canada (the "U.S. Offering") by the U.S.
Underwriters (as defined) and 1,666,240 shares are being offered in a concurrent
international offering (the "International Offering" and, together with the U.S.
Offering, the "Offering") outside the United  States and Canada by the  Managers
(as  defined). The public offering price and aggregate underwriting discount per
share are identical for both offerings. See "Underwriting."
 
    The Company's authorized capital stock includes the Class A Common Stock and
Class B Common Stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Class B Common Stock" and,
together with  the Class  A Common  Stock, the  "Common Stock"),  and  preferred
stock. The rights of holders of Class A Common Stock are identical to the rights
of  holders of Class  B Common Stock, except  that each share  of Class A Common
Stock entitles its holder  to one vote  and the holder of  Class B Common  Stock
generally has no right to vote. Shares of Class B Common Stock are automatically
converted  into shares of Class  A Common Stock on  a one-for-one basis upon the
sale or transfer of the  Class B Common Stock to  an unrelated third party.  See
"Description of Capital Stock."
 
    The Company's Class A Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange,
Inc.  (the "NYSE") under the  symbol "HQ." The last  reported sales price of the
Company's Class  A Common  Stock as  reported on  the NYSE  on May  8, 1996  was
$31 7/8 per share.
 
    SEE  "RISK FACTORS" STARTING ON  PAGE 6 FOR A  DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE CLASS A COMMON
STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.
                                 -------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES  AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
     SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION   OR  ANY  STATE   SECURITIES
        COMMISSION  PASSED UPON  THE ACCURACY  OR ADEQUACY  OF THIS
             PROSPECTUS. ANY  REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
                              A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    UNDERWRITING                            PROCEEDS TO
                                  PRICE TO         DISCOUNTS AND      PROCEEDS TO THE         SELLING
                                   PUBLIC          COMMISSIONS(1)        COMPANY(2)       STOCKHOLDER (2)
<S>                          <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Per Share                          $30.00               $.90               $29.10              $29.10
Total (3)                       $249,936,120         $7,498,084         $92,956,283         $149,481,753
</TABLE>
 
(1) The Company and  the Selling Stockholder have  agreed to indemnify the  U.S.
    Underwriters   and  the  Managers  against  certain  liabilities,  including
    liabilities  under   the   Securities  Act   of   1933,  as   amended.   See
    "Underwriting."
 
(2)  Before deducting estimated expenses of  $575,134 payable by the Company and
    $924,866 payable by the Selling Stockholder.
 
(3) The Selling  Stockholder has granted  the U.S. Underwriters  and Managers  a
    30-day  option  to purchase  up to  1,249,680 additional  shares of  Class A
    Common Stock solely  to cover  over-allotments, if  any. If  such option  is
    exercised  in full,  the total Price  to Public,  Underwriting Discounts and
    Commissions, Proceeds to Company and Proceeds to Selling Stockholder will be
    $287,426,520, $8,622,796,  $92,956,283 and  $185,847,441, respectively.  See
    "Underwriting."
 
                               ------------------
 
    The  shares  of  Class  A  Common  Stock  are  being  offered  by  the  U.S.
Underwriters named herein, subject  to prior sale, when,  as and if accepted  by
them and subject to certain conditions. It is expected that certificates for the
shares  of Class A Common Stock offered hereby will be available for delivery on
or about May 15, 1996, at the offices of Smith Barney Inc., 14 Wall Street,  New
York, New York 10005.
 
                                ----------------
 
SMITH BARNEY INC.
          DILLON, READ & CO. INC.
                    DEAN WITTER REYNOLDS INC.
                              ROBERTSON, STEPHENS & COMPANY
                                        SALOMON BROTHERS INC
                                                          VOLPE, WELTY & COMPANY
 
May 9, 1996
<PAGE>
                                [MAP ILLUSTRATES
                         STATES IN WHICH THE REGISTRANT
                          HAS PPO AND HMO OPERATIONS]
 
                            ------------------------
 
    IN  CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE CLASS A  COMMON
STOCK  OF THE COMPANY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE
OPEN MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE
MARKET MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN  THE CLASS A  COMMON STOCK ON  THE NEW YORK  STOCK
EXCHANGE  IN ACCORDANCE  WITH RULE 10B-6A  UNDER THE SECURITIES  EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934, AS AMENDED (THE "EXCHANGE ACT"). SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
    FOR NORTH CAROLINA  INVESTORS: THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT  BEEN APPROVED  OR
DISAPPROVED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF INSURANCE OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA, NOR
HAS  THE COMMISSIONER OF INSURANCE OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA RULED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR THE ADEQUACY OF THIS DOCUMENT.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND  NOTES THERETO  APPEARING
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND IN THE DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO
THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Health  Systems International,  Inc. (the "Company")  is one  of the largest
managed health care companies in the  United States, with more than 1.9  million
full-risk and administrative services only ("ASO") members. The Company provides
a  comprehensive  range  of  health  care  services  through  health maintenance
organizations ("HMOs") located  in the following  four regions: California,  the
Northeast (Connecticut, Pennsylvania and New Jersey), the Northwest (Washington,
Oregon  and Idaho) and the Southwest (Colorado  and New Mexico). Health Net, the
Company's HMO subsidiary in California, with approximately 1.34 million members,
is the second largest provider of managed health care services in the state. The
Company operates  a  preferred  provider  organization  ("PPO")  network,  which
provides  access  to health  care services  to  over 4.6  million persons  in 38
states, and also owns two health  and life insurance companies licensed to  sell
insurance in 33 states and the District of Columbia.
 
    The  Company's HMOs market their traditional HMO products to employer groups
and their  Medicare  and Medicaid  products  directly to  eligible  individuals.
Health  care services that are provided to the Company's members include primary
and specialty physician care, hospital care, laboratory and radiology  services,
pharmacy  services,  dental  and  vision care,  skilled  nursing  care, physical
therapy and  mental health  care.  The Company's  HMO service  networks  include
approximately  17,500  primary  care  physicians,  40,500  specialists  and  614
hospitals. The  Company utilizes  sophisticated  medical management  systems  to
reduce  excess  utilization  of  health  care  services.  The  Company  is  also
developing a new medical management system which will utilize clinical protocols
and triage procedures to  direct members to the  most appropriate provider.  The
Company believes that this new system, which it calls "Fourth Generation Medical
Management,"   will  represent   a  major  advance   in  applying  sophisticated
information systems to the practice of medicine.
 
    The Company's  growth  strategy  is focused  on  increasing  enrollment  and
profitability  through  (i) continued  commercial  and Medicare  risk enrollment
expansion  in  existing  markets,  (ii)  membership  and  revenue  growth   from
acquisitions  in  both  new and  existing  markets and  (iii)  improving medical
management of health plans  in new markets and  continued refinement of  medical
management in existing markets. The Company actively seeks to increase growth in
its  existing markets  by increasing  penetration of  its existing  product line
through continued  investment in  its sales  and marketing  capabilities and  by
introducing  new  products that  both increase  plan  flexibility and  reach new
potential customers,  including Medicare  and Medicaid  recipients. The  Company
intends  to expand on its recent success  with its Medicare risk products, which
products have experienced  rapid enrollment  and premium  growth throughout  the
last  three  years. The  Company also  plans  to capitalize  on the  breadth and
quality of its  provider network and  its high quality,  affordable products  to
drive  enrollment growth in  existing markets. The Company  also plans to expand
into contiguous  markets  that  will  allow  it  to  increase  enrollment  while
leveraging its existing infrastructure.
 
    The  Company plans to continue its expansion into geographic areas which the
Company believes represent attractive service markets. The Company believes such
markets have characteristics including relatively  low levels of managed  health
care  and  existing health  care delivery  systems which  can benefit  from more
efficient medical management. The Company  has targeted the Northeastern  United
States  as an  attractive service market  and, in  this regard, in  1995 began a
strategy  of  acquiring  significant  HMO  plans  in  the  Northeast  with   the
acquisition  of  M.D.  Health  Plan,  Inc.  ("M.D.  Health  Plan")  operating in
Connecticut and  Greater  Atlantic  Health Service,  Inc.  ("Greater  Atlantic")
operating  in Pennsylvania and  New Jersey. These  acquisitions, which accounted
for 237,125 members at year end 1995, provide the Company with a platform in the
Northeast  from   which  to   pursue  further   acquisition  and   consolidation
opportunities.  Additionally, the  Company intends to  utilize its sophisticated
medical  management  capabilities  to  optimize  utilization  and  increase  the
profitability of acquired plans.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    As  a  result  of  internal  expansion  and  acquisitions,  the  Company has
experienced significant enrollment,  revenue and net  income growth since  1993.
During  this time period, enrollment increased  from 1.3 million to 1.9 million,
revenue increased from $2.0 billion to  $2.7 billion, net income increased  from
$23.8  million to  $89.6 million  and net  income (before  merger-related costs)
increased from $46.1 million to $101.1 million.
 
    On April  10,  1996,  the Company  announced  that  it intends  to  take  an
approximately  $34.2 million pre-tax restructuring  charge in its second quarter
ending June 30, 1996, which will be approximately $.41 per share after-tax.  The
charge  will cover  computer software  and hardware  write-offs, the  costs of a
comprehensive restructuring  of  the Company's  Health  Net subsidiary  and  the
consolidation  of  certain  operational  functions  of  other  subsidiaries. The
software and hardware write-offs are  related to abandoned development  projects
at  Health Net, which pre-dated  the combination of QualMed  with the Company in
1994, and hardware obsolesence. The restructuring  of Health Net will include  a
reorganization  of its management and  operating structure and staff reductions.
The Company expects this restructuring to be completed by the end of 1996.
 
    On May 7, 1996 the Company announced its principal results of operations for
the quarter ended March 31, 1996. Revenues increased 27.7% from $627 million  in
the  first quarter of 1995 to $801 million in the first quarter of 1996. Primary
earnings per  share increased  10.2% from  $.49  in the  first quarter  of  1995
(before  merger-related  costs) to  $.54  in the  first  quarter of  1996. Total
enrollment increased by approximately  178,000, or 10.2%, since  the end of  the
first  quarter of 1995 to approximately  1,918,000 commercial and ASO members as
of March 31,  1996. Medicare enrollment  increased 51% during  this period  with
acquired plans adding approximately 87,000 members. Total enrollment as of March
31, 1996 decreased by approximately 20,000 from December 31, 1995. A decrease in
commercial  membership of approximately 41,000 was partially offset by increases
of approximately 7,000 in Medicare membership, approximately 10,000 in  Medicaid
membership and approximately 4,000 in ASO membership.
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                  <C>
Class A Common Stock Offered by the Company........  3,194,374 shares
Class A Common Stock Offered by the Selling
 Stockholder (1)...................................  5,136,830 shares
Common Stock Outstanding after the Offering (2):
  Class A Common Stock (3).........................  27,548,527 shares
  Class B Common Stock (1)(3)......................  20,547,322 shares
Use of Proceeds by the Company.....................  To repurchase 3,194,374 shares of Class
                                                     A Common Stock. See "Use of Proceeds."
New York Stock Exchange Symbol:
  Class A Common Stock.............................  HQ
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  Currently, the Selling Stockholder owns 25,684,152 shares of Class B Common
    Stock constituting  all of  the issued  and outstanding  shares of  Class  B
    Common  Stock and  approximately 53.4% of  all outstanding  shares of Common
    Stock. Upon completion of  the Offering and the  repurchase of an amount  of
    shares of Class A Common Stock that is equal to the amount of shares sold by
    the  Company in  the Offering, the  Selling Stockholder  will own 20,547,322
    shares of Class B Common Stock or 42.7% of the outstanding shares of  Common
    Stock. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
(2)  Based on the  number of shares of  Class A Common Stock  and Class B Common
    Stock outstanding as of  May 8, 1996 and  excluding 1,013,964 shares of  the
    Class  A  Common  Stock  issuable upon  the  exercise  of  outstanding stock
    options, of which options to purchase  959,964 shares of the Class A  Common
    Stock are currently exercisable.
 
(3)  The rights of holders of Common Stock are identical, except that each share
    of Class A Common Stock entitles its holder to one vote per share on matters
    presented to the  Company's stockholders and  the holder of  Class B  Common
    Stock  generally has  no right to  vote on  such matters. Shares  of Class B
    Common Stock are automatically converted into shares of Class A Common Stock
    on a one-for-one basis upon the sale or transfer of the Class B Common Stock
    to an unrelated third party. See "Description of Capital Stock."
                            ------------------------
 
    UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED,  THE INFORMATION IN  THIS PROSPECTUS ASSUMES  NO
GRANT  OR  EXERCISE OF  STOCK OPTIONS  AFTER  MAY 8,  1996 OR  THE UNDERWRITERS'
OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                         SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                            1995          1994          1993        1992 (1)
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND OPERATING DATA)
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenue...............................................  $  2,732,052  $  2,306,162  $  1,957,260  $  1,538,142
Operating income (before merger-related costs)........       163,312       145,848        82,077        68,708
Net income (before merger-related costs) (2)..........       101,085        88,467        46,051        40,276
Net income............................................        89,592        88,075        23,800        40,276
Primary earnings per share (before merger-related
 costs) (2)...........................................  $       2.07  $       1.78  $       0.93  $       0.81
Primary earnings per share............................  $       1.83  $       1.77  $       0.48  $       0.81
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 (primary)............................................        48,831        49,691        49,517        49,456
OPERATING STATISTICS:
Medical loss ratio (3)
  Commercial..........................................         79.4%         79.4%         79.9%         81.4%
  Medicare............................................         88.0%         85.6%         87.9%         83.8%
    Total.............................................         81.0%         80.3%         80.6%         81.5%
Period-end membership:
  Commercial..........................................     1,651,528     1,392,317     1,250,933     1,207,877
  Medicare............................................       133,226        78,690        52,481        20,034
  Medicaid............................................        50,120       --            --            --
  ASO.................................................       104,010         2,815         3,400       --
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total.............................................     1,938,884     1,473,822     1,306,814     1,227,911
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             DECEMBER 31, 1995 (4)
                                                                                             ---------------------
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                          <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and equivalents and marketable securities...........................................      $     592,561
  Total assets.............................................................................          1,213,711
  Long-term debt, excluding current maturities.............................................            354,080
  Shareholders' equity.....................................................................            285,527
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) All data prior to February  6, 1992 reflects only QualMed, Inc.  ("QualMed")
    operations  since Health Net was not  considered a predecessor company prior
    to its  conversion  from  nonprofit  to for  profit  corporate  status  (the
    "Conversion").  See  Note 1  to  consolidated financial  statements included
    elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
(2) In  1995, 1994  and 1993,  the Company  incurred merger-related  costs on  a
    before   tax  basis  of  $20.2  million,  $.7  million  and  $29.7  million,
    respectively.
 
(3) Medical loss ratio ("MLR") represents  health care expenses as a  percentage
    of premium revenues.
 
(4) All of the net proceeds to the Company from the Offering will be used by the
    Company to repurchase the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock that
    the  Company sells in  the Offering; accordingly, the  Offering will have no
    impact on the  total number  of outstanding shares  of Common  Stock or  the
    Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  Data  of the  Company.  Does  not  reflect the
    repurchase of 878,748  shares of Class  A Common Stock  and the exercise  of
    stock  options to purchase 647,230 shares of Class A Common Stock which have
    occurred since December 31, 1995.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
           CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
    Certain  statements contained under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and  Results of Operations,"  such as statements  concerning
future  premium rates  and the Company's  ability to control  health care costs,
certain statements  contained under  "Business," such  as statements  concerning
proposed  efforts to control health care and administrative costs and the future
of the health  care industry,  and other statements  contained herein  regarding
matters  that are not  historical facts are  forward-looking statements (as such
term is  defined in  the Securities  Act of  1933, as  amended (the  "Securities
Act")). Because such forward-looking statements include risks and uncertainties,
actual  results may differ materially from those expressed in or implied by such
forward-looking statements. Factors  that could cause  actual results to  differ
materially  include, but are not limited  to, those discussed herein under "Risk
Factors."
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
CONTROL OVER AND PREDICTABILITY OF HEALTH CARE COSTS
 
    The Company's profitability depends in large part upon accurately predicting
health care costs  and upon  its ability to  control health  care costs  through
underwriting  criteria,  utilization  management  and  negotiation  of favorable
provider  contracts.  The  aging  of   the  population  and  other   demographic
characteristics  and advances  in medical  technology continue  to contribute to
rising  health  care  costs.  Government-imposed  limitations  on  Medicare  and
Medicaid  reimbursement have  also caused the  private sector to  bear a greater
share of health  care costs. Changes  in health care  practices, inflation,  new
technologies, major epidemics, disasters and catastrophes, clusters of high-cost
cases  and numerous other factors affecting the delivery and cost of health care
are beyond any  health plan's  control and  may adversely  affect the  Company's
ability  to predict and control health care costs and claims. In addition, there
can be no assurance that provider  agreements negotiated in the future will  not
result  in substantially higher health  care costs. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of  Financial Condition and  Results of Operations  -- Health  Care
Expenses."
 
HEALTH CARE REFORM LEGISLATION
 
    As a result of the escalation of health care costs and the inability of many
individuals  and  employers  to  obtain  affordable  health  insurance, numerous
proposals have been,  and may continue  to be, introduced  in the United  States
Congress  and  state legislatures,  and  other proposals  are  being considered,
relating to  health care  reform. Among  the proposals  under consideration  are
price   controls  on  hospitals,  insurance   market  reforms  to  increase  the
availability of group  health insurance to  small businesses, requirements  that
all  businesses offer health insurance coverage to their employees, the creation
of a government health  insurance plan or plans  that would cover all  citizens,
mandated  health plan benefits, mandated provider payment arrangements and other
proposals involving various aspects of plan operations. The Company is not  able
to evaluate whether any of such proposals or other proposals will be adopted and
implemented.  However,  certain  of  the proposals,  if  adopted,  could  have a
material adverse effect on the  Company's business. See "Business --  Government
Regulation."
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The health care industry in general, and HMOs and health insurance companies
in  particular,  are  subject  to  substantial  federal  and  state  regulation,
including, but not limited to, regulation relating to cash reserves, minimum net
worth,  licensing  requirements,  approval  of  policy  language  and  benefits,
mandatory  products  and benefits,  provider compensation  arrangements, premium
rates and periodic  examinations by  state and federal  agencies. The  Company's
ability  to declare and pay dividends is also limited by state regulations which
restrict the Company's subsidiaries' ability to distribute funds to the Company.
In addition, many states in which the Company operates are currently considering
regulation relating to  mandatory benefits, provider  compensation, any  willing
provider  legislation and composition of  physician networks. Changes in federal
and state laws or regulations, if enacted, could increase health care costs  and
administrative  expenses,  and changes  could be  made  in Medicare  or Medicaid
reimbursement rates. There can be no
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
assurance that any future regulatory action by such other governmental  agencies
will  not have an  adverse impact on  the profitability or  marketability of the
Company's plans in their respective jurisdictions. See "Business -  Governmental
Regulation."
 
COMPETITION AND PREMIUM PRICING
 
    The   managed  health  care  industry  is  highly  competitive,  with  major
competitors including Blue  Cross/ Blue Shield  plans, other indemnity  insurers
and other national and regional HMOs, PPOs and third party administrator ("TPA")
companies.  A number  of the Company's  competitors are more  established in the
health care  industry  and have  substantially  larger memberships  and  greater
financial  resources  than the  Company.  Additional competitors  may  enter the
Company's markets in the  future. The Company  anticipates that premium  pricing
will  be highly competitive and  the Company may not  be able to secure adequate
premium pricing. In the last two fiscal years, the California commercial  market
has  experienced premium rate decreases due, in large part, to premium reduction
initiatives undertaken by large employer groups. The Company believes that there
will continue  to  be premium  reduction  pressures on  HMOs  from  increasingly
sophisticated  consumers,  such as  large employer  groups, particularly  in the
California commercial marketplace. Due  to these competitive pricing  pressures,
the Company does not believe that its California commercial membership will grow
significantly  in 1996. See  "Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business -- Competition."
 
ACQUISITIONS AND GROWTH
 
    A significant part of the Company's  business strategy is to diversify  into
new   geographic   markets  through   acquisitions.  Identifying   and  pursuing
acquisition opportunities, integrating acquired  businesses and managing  growth
requires a significant amount of management time and skill. Although the Company
is  currently  reviewing and  contemplating the  acquisition  of HMOs  and other
health  care-related   entities,   there   are  currently   no   agreements   or
understandings  regarding any such transactions. There  can be no assurance that
the Company  will  be able  to  (i)  negotiate acceptable  terms  with  suitable
acquisition  candidates or that, if negotiated, such acquisitions will be either
approved by all relevant regulatory authorities or consummated, (ii)  assimilate
such acquired companies or (iii) manage future growth.
 
    The  Company also actively seeks to  increase growth in its existing markets
by increasing  penetration  of  its  existing  product  line  through  continued
investment  in  its  sales and  marketing  capabilities and  by  introducing new
products that both increase plan  flexibility and reach new potential  customers
including  Medicare and Medicaid recipients. There  can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to successfully implement this strategy as the introduction
of new products may be subject to unforeseen costs and regulatory delays.
 
POTENTIAL LITIGATION
 
    The Company,  like  HMOs and  health  insurers generally,  excludes  certain
health  care  services from  coverage under  its  plans. The  Company is  in its
ordinary course of business subject to  the claims of its enrollees arising  out
of  decisions to  restrict treatment  or to  restrict reimbursement  for certain
services. The loss of any such claim, if it results in a significant punitive or
other damage award or a directive that the Company effect significant changes in
its operations,  could  have  a  material adverse  effect  on  the  Company.  In
addition,  the risk  of potential liability  under punitive  damage theories may
increase significantly  the difficulty  of obtaining  reasonable settlements  of
coverage  claims. There can be no  assurance that successful claims of enrollees
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business.
 
VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
    The trading price of the Class A Common Stock may be subject to fluctuations
in response to variations in quarterly operating results, general trends in  the
health  care market,  regulatory developments,  general economic  conditions and
other factors.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The Company was incorporated  in 1990. The Company  is the successor to  the
business  conducted by Health Net,  which became a subsidiary  of the Company in
1992, and the HMOs and PPO networks operated by QualMed, which combined with the
Company in 1994 (the "HSI Combination").  The Company operates and conducts  its
HMO  and other  businesses through its  wholly and  majority owned subsidiaries.
Except as  the context  otherwise requires,  the term  the "Company"  refers  to
Health Systems International, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
 
    The  Company's  principal  executive  offices are  located  at  21600 Oxnard
Street, Woodland Hills, California 91367, telephone (818) 719-6978 and 225 North
Main Street, Pueblo, Colorado 81003, telephone (719) 542-0500.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The net  proceeds  to be  received  by the  Company  from the  sale  of  the
3,194,374 shares of Class A Common Stock offered by the Company are estimated to
be  $92.4 million,  after deducting  underwriting discounts  and commissions and
estimated expenses of the Offering payable  by the Company. The Company  intends
to  use all of the  net proceeds to the Company  from the Offering to repurchase
3,194,374 shares of Class A Common Stock currently held pursuant to the  Amended
and  Restated Health Net Trust Agreement dated as of May 1, 1994 (the "Associate
Trust Agreement"), on behalf of certain founding stockholders of the Company  at
the  date of  the Conversion (the  "Class A Stockholders").  The Associate Trust
Agreement was  initially entered  into  in connection  with the  Conversion  and
imposes  strict restrictions on the ability of  the Class A Stockholders to sell
or otherwise transfer shares  of Class A Common  Stock held under the  Associate
Trust to any entity other than the Company (except in certain limited instances)
prior  to February 28,  1997. The repurchase price  per share to  be paid by the
Company to repurchase these shares of Class A Common Stock will be equal to  the
net proceeds per share received by the Company in the Offering.
 
    The  Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of
Class A Common Stock by the Selling Stockholder.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
                      PRICE RANGE OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
    The following  table  sets  forth the  high  and  low sales  prices  of  the
Company's  Class A  Common Stock during  the last  two fiscal years  on the NYSE
since January  31,  1994, the  day  the Class  A  Common Stock  first  commenced
trading.  The  following  quotations  are  as  reported  in  published financial
sources.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 HIGH        LOW
                                                                               ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>
1994
First Quarter (commencing January 31, 1994)..................................  $  29 7/8  $      20
Second Quarter...............................................................     36 3/4     24 1/2
Third Quarter................................................................     29 1/4         22
Fourth Quarter...............................................................     30 5/8     20 3/4
 
1995
First Quarter................................................................     33 7/8     24 7/8
Second Quarter...............................................................     34 1/8         25
Third Quarter................................................................     30 3/8     27 7/8
Fourth Quarter...............................................................     34 1/4     29 1/4
 
1996
First Quarter................................................................     37 7/8     30 3/8
Second Quarter...............................................................     37 1/8     30 3/4
Third Quarter (through May 8, 1996)..........................................     37 1/8     29 3/4
</TABLE>
 
    On May 8,  1996, the  last reported  sales price per  share of  the Class  A
Common Stock on the NYSE was $31 7/8 per share.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    No  dividends have been paid by the  Company during the preceding two fiscal
years. The  Company has  no present  intention of  paying any  dividends on  its
Common  Stock. The Company is  a holding company and,  therefore, its ability to
pay dividends depends on distributions received from its subsidiaries, which are
subject to  regulatory  net  worth requirements  and  certain  additional  state
regulations  which may restrict the declaration of dividends by licensed managed
health care plans and insurance companies. The payment of any dividend is at the
discretion of the Company's  Board of Directors and  depends upon the  Company's
earnings, financial position, capital requirements and such other factors as the
Company's  Board of Directors  deems relevant. In  addition, the Credit Facility
(as defined herein) restricts the Company's ability to declare or pay  dividends
to  its stockholders or to  purchase, redeem or otherwise  acquire shares of its
capital stock.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following  table  sets  forth the  consolidated  capitalization  of  the
Company  as of December 31, 1995 on an  actual basis. All of the net proceeds to
the Company from the Offering will be used by the Company to repurchase the same
number of shares of Class A Common Stock that the Company sells in the Offering.
The Offering will have  no impact on the  capitalization of the Company,  except
that  after  the  Offering,  27,548,527  shares  of  Class  A  Common  Stock and
20,547,322 shares  of Class  B Common  Stock will  be outstanding.  See "Use  of
Proceeds."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              DECEMBER 31, 1995(1)
                                                                                              --------------------
                                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                           <C>
Current maturities of long-term debt........................................................       $    2,340
                                                                                                     --------
                                                                                                     --------
Long-term debt, excluding current maturities................................................          354,080
                                                                                                     --------
Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share; 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and
   outstanding..............................................................................               --
  Class A Common Stock, par value $.001 per share; 135,000,000 shares authorized; at
   December 31, 1995, 22,643,030 shares issued and outstanding (2)(3).......................               23
  Class B Common Stock, par value $.001 per share; 30,000,000 shares authorized; at December
   31, 1995, 25,684,152 shares issued and outstanding (3)...................................               26
  Additional paid-in capital................................................................           66,147
  Retained earnings.........................................................................          233,711
  Advances to repurchase 574,869 shares of Class A Common Stock (4).........................          (16,330)
  Unrealized gain on marketable securities held for sale, net...............................            1,950
                                                                                                     --------
Total shareholders' equity..................................................................          285,527
                                                                                                     --------
Total capitalization........................................................................       $  639,607
                                                                                                     --------
                                                                                                     --------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  Does not reflect the  repurchase of 878,748 shares  of Class A Common Stock
    and the exercise  of stock  options to purchase  647,230 shares  of Class  A
    Common Stock which have occurred since December 31, 1995.
 
(2) Excludes 1,618,564 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise
    of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 1995.
 
(3)  At May 8,  1996, 22,411,697 shares  of Class A  Common Stock and 25,684,152
    shares of  Class B  Common  Stock were  issued and  outstanding  (27,548,527
    shares of Class A Common Stock and 20,547,322 shares of Class B Common Stock
    outstanding  after  the completion  of the  Offering  and the  repurchase of
    3,194,374 shares of Class A Common Stock by the Company).
 
(4) All of such shares were repurchased and cancelled in February 1996.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following consolidated financial  statement data for  each of the  years
ended  December 31,  1995 and 1994  are derived from  the consolidated financial
statements of  the  Company  audited  by  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP,  independent
auditors. The following consolidated financial statement data for the year ended
December  31, 1993 are derived from the consolidated financial statements of the
Company audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors (except with  respect
to  the  1993 QualMed  data included  therein which  information was  audited by
Deloitte &  Touche LLP).  The  following 1992  and 1991  consolidated  financial
statement data have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements.
The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction
with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations"  included  elsewhere in  this Prospectus  and with  the consolidated
financial statements and  related notes and  other financial information,  which
are incorporated herein by reference.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1995          1994          1993        1992 (1)     1991 (1)
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenues:
  Premium revenue.............................  $  2,692,335  $  2,290,601  $  1,943,730  $  1,528,500  $  283,437
  Administrative services revenue.............        39,717        15,561        13,530         9,642      --
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
Total revenue.................................     2,732,052     2,306,162     1,957,260     1,538,142     283,437
Operating expenses:
  Health care.................................     2,180,277     1,838,235     1,567,232     1,245,780     220,368
  Marketing, general and administrative.......       302,870       266,764       262,927       182,650      35,437
  Depreciation and amortization...............        48,140        39,692        34,187        32,677       2,408
  Administrative services expenses............        37,453        15,623        10,837         8,327      --
  Merger-related costs........................        20,164           672        29,725       --           --
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
Operating income..............................       143,148       145,176        52,352        68,708      25,224
Interest income (expense), net................        13,495         5,592          (114)         (679)      2,248
Income taxes..................................       (67,307)      (62,759)      (28,438)      (27,753)     (9,659)
Minority interest in loss of subsidiary.......           256            66       --            --           --
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
Net income....................................  $     89,592  $     88,075  $     23,800  $     40,276  $   17,813
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
Net income (before merger-related costs)......  $    101,085  $     88,467  $     46,051  $     40,276  $   17,813
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
Primary earnings per share....................  $       1.83  $       1.77  $       0.48  $       0.81  $     1.24
Primary earnings per share (before
 merger-related costs)........................  $       2.07  $       1.78  $       0.93  $       0.81  $     1.24
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 (primary)....................................        48,831        49,691        49,517        49,456      14,337
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and equivalents and marketable
 securities...................................  $    592,561  $    512,372  $    465,602  $    351,268  $   78,759
Total assets..................................     1,213,711       894,397       822,221       771,679     125,262
Long-term debt................................       354,080       158,340       219,922       224,493       4,541
Stockholders' equity..........................       285,527       223,605       154,352       127,316      81,122
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  All data prior to  February 6, 1992 reflects  only QualMed operations since
    Health Net was not considered a predecessor company prior to the Conversion.
    See Note 1 to the  consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere  in
    this Prospectus.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
    On May 7, 1996 the Company announced its principal results of operations for
the  quarter ended March 31, 1996. Revenues increased 27.7% from $627 million in
the first quarter of 1995 to $801 million in the first quarter of 1996.  Primary
earnings  per  share increased  10.2% from  $.49  in the  first quarter  of 1995
(before merger-related  costs) to  $.54  in the  first  quarter of  1996.  Total
enrollment  increased by approximately  178,000, or 10.2%, since  the end of the
first quarter of 1995 to approximately  1,918,000 commercial and ASO members  as
of  March 31,  1996. Medicare enrollment  increased 51% during  this period with
acquired plans adding approximately 87,000 members. Total enrollment as of March
31, 1996 decreased by approximately 20,000 from December 31, 1995. A decrease in
commercial membership of approximately 41,000 was partially offset by  increases
of  approximately 7,000 in Medicare membership, approximately 10,000 in Medicaid
membership and approximately 4,000 in ASO membership.
 
    On April  10,  1996,  the Company  announced  that  it intends  to  take  an
approximately  $34.2 million pre-tax restructuring  charge in its second quarter
ending June 30, 1996, which will be approximately $.41 per share after-tax.  The
charge  will cover  computer software  and hardware  write-offs, the  costs of a
comprehensive restructuring  of  the Company's  Health  Net subsidiary  and  the
consolidation of certain operational functions of other subsidiaries.
 
    The  software and hardware  write-offs are related  to abandoned development
projects at  Health  Net, which  pre-dated  the HSI  Combination,  and  hardware
obsolesence.  The restructuring of  Health Net will  include a reorganization of
its management and operating structure and staff reductions. The Company expects
this restructuring to be completed by the end of 1996.
 
GENERAL
 
    Since the  HSI Combination  in  January 1994,  the Company  has  experienced
significant  growth in both revenue and profitability. Revenue increased to $2.7
billion in 1995, from $2.3 billion in 1994 and $1.9 billion in 1993, net  income
reached  $89.6 million in 1995, up from  $88.1 million in 1994 and $23.8 million
in 1993 and net income (before merger-related costs) increased to $101.1 million
in 1995, up from $88.5 million in 1994 and $46.1 million in 1993. In 1995,  with
continued  commercial  premium rate  pressures  in California,  the  Company has
focused on increasing  its presence in  the Medicare market  in California  and,
through  strategic  acquisitions,  entering  new  geographic  markets.  Medicare
membership grew  by 69%  in  1995 and  50%  in 1994.  As  initial steps  in  its
Northeast expansion plan, the Company in March 1995 acquired M.D. Health Plan, a
managed  health  care company  operating  in the  State  of Connecticut,  and in
December 1995 acquired Greater Atlantic, a managed health care company operating
in Pennsylvania and New Jersey.
 
    Revenue growth  in  1995  and  1994  has been  due  in  large  part  to  the
significant  increases in Medicare risk  membership, accounting for $191 million
of the $402 million premium revenue increase in 1995 over 1994. The majority  of
this  increase occurred in  the Company's California  market, where the Medicare
risk product  was initially  offered in  1993. The  remaining 1995  increase  in
premium  revenue was a result of the Company's expansion into the Northeast. The
acquisition of M.D. Health Plan initially added 59,000 commercial members, which
increased  to  117,000  by  year  end,  primarily  due  to  the  conversion   of
approximately  52,000  State  of Connecticut  employees  from ASO  to  full risk
membership in July 1995. The  Company subsequently acquired Greater Atlantic,  a
90,000  member  HMO  with operations  in  Pennsylvania and  New  Jersey. Greater
Atlantic's business  includes  a substantial  number  of Medicare  and  Medicaid
members.  Together,  those  acquisitions  contributed  $173  million  in premium
revenue in 1995. Medicare risk membership  growth accounted for $137 million  of
the  $347 million premium revenue  increase in 1994 over  1993. The remainder of
the 1994 increase was  primarily due to increase  in commercial HMO  membership,
which  again occurred primarily  in the California  market. The Company believes
that  commercial  premium  rate  pressures,  particularly  in  California,  will
continue  in 1996 and,  accordingly, the Company will  continue to emphasize the
growth of  its  Medicare  risk  business and  expansion  into  other  geographic
markets.  In addition, the  Company is developing  products designed to increase
its presence in the middle and small group California markets.
 
    Effective medical management and the recontracting of its largely  capitated
provider  network in  California have enabled  the Company to  maintain a stable
MLR, despite industry premium pressures. The
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
Company's overall MLR increased  slightly to 81.0% in  1995 from 80.3% in  1994,
primarily  due to  the increased Medicare  risk business in  1995. Medicare risk
MLRs typically run higher than commercial  ratios due to the higher  utilization
of  services in  the senior  population. A  stable commercial  MLR of  79.4% was
achieved by  the Company  in 1995  by renegotiating  its provider  contracts  in
California  to  offset premium  pricing pressures  and quickly  implementing its
medical management system in its newly acquired HMO operations in the Northeast.
 
    Declining  marketing,   general  and   administrative  expenses   (excluding
merger-related  costs and ASO business) as  a percentage of premium revenue over
the period of 1993 through 1995  (13.5%, 11.6% and 11.2%, respectively)  reflect
the  Company's  ongoing efforts  to control  costs  and increase  its membership
growth in the higher  premium Medicare business.  Merger-related costs of  $20.2
million  incurred in 1995  resulted from the  proposed business combination (the
"HSI/WellPoint Transaction")  with WellPoint  Health Networks  Inc. and  certain
commercial operations of Blue Cross of California that was ultimately abandoned.
 
SUMMARY OF OPERATING RESULTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1995        1994        1993
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                             <C>         <C>         <C>
Membership at year end:
  Commercial..................................................   1,651,528   1,392,317   1,250,933
  Medicare....................................................     133,226      78,690      52,481
  Medicaid....................................................      50,120      --          --
  ASO.........................................................     104,010       2,815       3,400
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                 1,938,884   1,473,822   1,306,814
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
Revenues:
  Commercial (1)..............................................       80.3%       86.0%       90.6%
  Medicare....................................................       18.2%       13.3%        8.7%
  Administrative services.....................................        1.5%         .7%         .7%
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                    100.0%      100.0%      100.0%
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
Medical Loss Ratio:
  Commercial (1)..............................................       79.4%       79.4%       79.9%
  Medicare....................................................       88.0%       85.6%       87.9%
    Total.....................................................       81.0%       80.3%       80.6%
Marketing, general and administrative expenses as a percentage
 of premium revenue (2).......................................       11.2%       11.6%       13.5%
Depreciation and amortization as a percentage of premium
 revenue (2)..................................................        1.8%        1.7%        1.8%
Net income as a percentage of revenue.........................        3.3%        3.8%        1.2%
Net income (before merger-related costs) as a percentage of
 revenue......................................................        3.7%        3.8%        2.4%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Amounts shown for 1995 include Medicaid revenues.
 
(2) Amounts shown are exclusive of administrative services revenues.
 
PREMIUM REVENUE
 
    Premium  revenue, excluding ASO revenues, increased by $402 million or 17.5%
from 1994 to 1995, and by $347 million  or 17.8% from 1993 to 1994. The  factors
that  contributed  to  the  1995  increase  over  1994  included  Medicare  risk
membership gains, acquisitions completed in 1995 in the Northeast and  continued
growth  in  commercial  membership  in  the  Company's  existing  service areas.
Increased membership, particularly  in higher premium  Medicare business and  in
the  Northeast, was offset in part by  premium rate reductions in the California
commercial market. The factors that contributed  to the 1994 increase over  1993
included  Medicare risk membership gains and membership growth in the commercial
business, particularly in California.
 
    The acquisitions  in  the  Northeast contributed  $173  million  in  premium
revenue in 1995. Premium revenue increases in the Company's existing markets are
attributable to a combination of membership
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
increases  and premium rate  changes. Increases in  commercial and Medicare risk
membership accounted for $316 million of premium revenue increases in 1995  from
1994. Commercial membership increases accounted for $145 million of the increase
and  Medicare risk membership increases accounted for $171 million. Premium rate
decreases in the commercial business resulted  in a decrease in premium  revenue
of  $100  million in  1995  and increases  in  Medicare rates  increased premium
revenue by $13 million in 1995.  The commercial premium rate decreases  occurred
primarily  in  California's  large  employer group  base,  where  organized rate
reduction initiatives  by  large  employer  groups  have  been  undertaken.  The
Medicare  premium  rate increases  reflect  average Medicare  reimbursement rate
increases of 4.6% in 1995. On a per member per month ("PMPM") basis, the premium
rate changes resulted  in a decrease  of 3.0% in  commercial premium revenue  to
$118.51  and an increase in Medicare premium revenue of 4.5% to $394.42 in 1995.
Overall, Medicare risk  business accounted for  an increase of  $191 million  of
premium  revenue  in 1995  over 1994  and commercial  business accounted  for an
increase of $211 million of premium revenue in 1995 over 1994.
 
    Increases in  commercial and  Medicare risk  membership accounted  for  $335
million  of premium revenue increases in 1994  from 1993. Of this increase, $190
million represented commercial  membership increases and  $145 million  resulted
from  Medicare risk membership  increases. Changes in premium  rates in both the
commercial business and Medicare risk business accounted for an increase of  $12
million  of premium revenue in  1994. On a PMPM  basis, the premium rate changes
resulted in an increase of 1.1% in  commercial premium revenue to $122.17 and  a
decrease in Medicare premium revenue of 4.5% to $377.33 in 1994. The decrease in
the  Medicare PMPM revenue reflected the growth of the Company's senior plans in
areas with lower Medicare reimbursement  rates. Overall, Medicare risk  business
accounted for an increase of $137 million of premium revenue in 1994 compared to
1993  and  commercial business  accounted  for an  increase  of $210  million of
premium revenue in 1994 compared to 1993.
 
    The aforementioned  premium rate  decreases in  the California  market  have
been,  in large part, the result  of premium reduction initiatives undertaken by
large employer groups. On June 20, 1994,  the Bay Area Business Group on  Health
("BBGH"),  a  consortium of  19  large California  employers  which collectively
provides health care benefits for 300,000 employees through HMOs in  California,
announced  premium rate  reductions on behalf  of eleven  BBGH member companies.
Similarly, in early  1995, Health  Net submitted  a proposal  to the  California
Public  Employees Retirement  System ("CalPERS")  for a  rate reduction  for the
CalPERS 1995  to 1996  fiscal  year. CalPERS  is  the Company's  single  largest
employer  group  with approximately  133,000 members  at  December 31,  1995 and
110,000 members at December 31, 1994. CalPERS accepted Health Net's proposal for
a 7.2% rate  decrease for its  1995 to 1996  fiscal year from  its 1994 to  1995
fiscal  year rates. In 1995,  BBGH expanded to include  large employer groups in
other western states and was renamed  the Pacific Business Group on Health  (the
"Pacific  Business Group"). Similar rate reductions were also submitted to other
large employer groups in 1995. Management  of the Company believes that in  1996
there   will  continue  to  be  premium  pressures  on  HMOs  from  increasingly
sophisticated  consumers  such  as  the  Pacific  Business  Group  and  CalPERS,
particularly  in the  California marketplace.  Due to  these competitive pricing
pressures,  the  Company  does  not  believe  that  its  California   commercial
membership will grow significantly in 1996.
 
    The  Company's ASO business accounted for  $39.7 million in revenue in 1995,
contributing $15.6 million and  $13.5 million to overall  revenues for 1994  and
1993,  respectively. The Company anticipates  continuing increases from such TPA
services as a result of growth  in its non-risk PPO product, increased  business
in  its Comp-24 workers' compensation product,  as well as ASO business acquired
in connection with HMO acquisitions.
 
HEALTH CARE EXPENSES
 
    Through  the  execution   of  various  medical   management  incentive   and
cost-containment  programs  that  have  been established  with  its  networks of
providers and the implementation of effective utilization management systems and
information systems that provide timely and accurate medical outcomes data,  the
Company  has been able to contain health care expense increases, particularly in
its commercial business, where the MLR  has remained stable over the past  three
years.
 
    Health care expenses increased by $342 million, or 18.6%, to $110.23 PMPM in
1995  compared  to $107.82  PMPM in  1994. The  Company's overall  MLR increased
slightly to 81.0%  from 80.3% in  1994. Impacting the  Company's overall  health
care   expense   PMPM   and   MLR   was   the   growth   in   Medicare  business
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
and the associated  higher utilization. In  addition, the Company's  MLR in  the
Medicare  risk business  increased to 88.0%  in 1995  from 85.6% in  1994 due to
Medicare risk membership  growth in  higher cost areas.  Commercial health  care
expenses on a PMPM basis decreased from $97.03 in 1994 to $94.09 in 1995 and the
Company's  commercial MLR remained flat in 1995, at 79.4%, relative to 1994. The
Company's recontracting in  1995 of  its largely  capitated commercial  provider
network  in  California enabled  it to  maintain  its relatively  consistent MLR
despite the reduced commercial premium rates experienced in that market in 1995.
The implementation  of the  Company's  medical management  system in  its  newly
acquired  HMO operations  in the Northeast  also contributed to  the stable 1995
MLR. Significant and ongoing cost  savings have been achieved through  effective
utilization management in the Company's Connecticut operations.
 
    Healthcare  expenses increased by $271 million, or 17.3%, to $107.82 PMPM in
1994 compared  to $103.71  PMPM in  1993. The  Company's overall  MLR  decreased
slightly to 80.3% from 80.6% in 1993. Commercial healthcare expenses were stable
in  terms of both MLR and on a PMPM basis. The commercial MLR decreased to 79.4%
compared to 79.9%  in 1993. Medicare  healthcare expenses decreased  in 1994  to
$323.14  PMPM from $347.34 PMPM in 1993.  The Medicare MLR decreased to 85.6% in
1994 from 87.9%  in 1993. The  improvement in Medicare  health care expenses  in
1994  compared to 1993 was due to economies of scale and disproportionate growth
in lower cost areas.
 
MARKETING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
 
    Marketing, general and administrative  expenses (excluding ASO expenses  and
costs  associated  with the  HSI/Wellpoint Transaction)  were $302.9  million or
11.2% of premium revenue in 1995, compared to $266.8 million or 11.6% of premium
revenue in  the  prior  year. Marketing,  general  and  administrative  expenses
(excluding  ASO expenses) were $266.8 million,  11.6% of premium revenue in 1994
compared to  $262.9  million,  or  13.5% of  premium  revenue  (excluding  costs
associated  with  the  HSI Combination)  in  the  prior year.  The  decreases in
marketing, general and administrative expenses from 1993 to 1995 reflect ongoing
efforts to streamline operations and maximize efficiencies.
 
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSES
 
    Depreciation and amortization  expenses as a  percentage of premium  revenue
increased  slightly from 1.7% in 1994 to 1.8% in 1995 ($39.7 million in 1994 and
$48.1 million in 1995). The  increase in depreciation and amortization  expenses
resulted primarily from the goodwill recorded in connection with the M.D. Health
Plan and Greater Atlantic acquisitions.
 
MERGER-RELATED COSTS
 
    Throughout  1995, the Company incurred merger-related costs of $20.2 million
in connection with  the proposed HSI/WellPoint  Transaction that was  ultimately
terminated.  Such  costs included  legal,  accounting and  consulting  fees, and
certain severance-related costs totaling $12.2 million.
 
    The Company accrued  certain fees and  expenses in connection  with the  HSI
Combination  totaling $29.7 million which  are reflected as merger-related costs
in the Company's 1993 consolidated statement of income.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The Company's primary source of cash is premium revenue. Its primary uses of
cash are claims and capitation payments. Estimates of future cash flows  include
a  component to  account for  the delay  between providing  medical services and
reporting their  cost. These  estimates are  based on  actuarial projections  of
claims  and  other costs,  claims  paid history,  membership  growth, inflation,
seasonality, claims inventory and reserves.
 
    The Company's capital resources are managed according to certain  guidelines
intended  to  ensure  liquidity and  maximum  total return  by  assuming prudent
investment risks. The Company's  liquidity requirements consist  of the need  to
service  medical claims in a timely manner  and to satisfy shared risk and other
obligations. Such  requirements are  the principal  factors in  determining  the
appropriate investment portfolio mix. The Company presently invests primarily in
a  variety  of  fixed  income obligations  according  to  established investment
guidelines.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
    For the year ended December 31, 1995, cash provided by operating  activities
decreased to $111.6 million from $160.8 million in the prior year. This decrease
is  due primarily to fluctuations in  operating assets and liabilities from year
to year  caused by  timing  differences in  the  collection of  receivables  and
payment  of liabilities at each respective year  end. Net cash used by investing
activities approximated  $282  million in  1995,  primarily the  result  of  the
acquisition  of the M.D. Health Plan and  Greater Atlantic and a net increase in
the purchase of marketable securities held for sale. The financing of these 1995
acquisitions was through additional borrowing on the Credit Facility.
 
    Outstanding notes payable amounted to  $356.4 million at December 31,  1995,
resulting  primarily from additional borrowings related  to the M.D. Health Plan
and Greater Atlantic acquisitions. Principal and interest requirements of  notes
payable  are scheduled at between  $17 million and $25  million per year through
2006.
 
    Management of  the  Company  believes  that its  cash  from  operations  and
existing  working capital are  adequate to fund  existing obligations, introduce
new  products  and  services  and  continue  to  develop  health  care   related
businesses.  The  Company  regularly  evaluates  cash  requirements  for current
operations, commitments, development activities and strategic acquisitions.  The
Company  may elect to raise additional  funds for these purposes, either through
the issuance of  additional debt  or equity,  sale of  investment securities  or
otherwise, as appropriate.
 
    On  April 12, 1995, the Company obtained  a five year unsecured $400 million
revolving line of credit from  a lending syndicate led  by Bank of America  (the
"Credit Facility"). The Company used $310 million of the Credit Facility to fund
the  prepayment by  its Health  Net subsidiary  of $135  million in  debt to the
Selling Stockholder,  and to  fund the  M.D. Health  Plan and  Greater  Atlantic
acquisitions  in the amount of $100 million and $75 million, respectively. Under
the Credit Facility, the Company  may incur permitted subordinated  indebtedness
in a maximum aggregate amount not to exceed $150 million which will be available
for  acquisition  purposes and  to  provide short-term  financing  to repurchase
shares of stock. Under the terms of  the Credit Facility, the Company is to  pay
interest  at a variable  rate based upon a  spread above the  LIBOR rate, or the
greater of the bank's reference  rate or the federal  funds rate plus 1/2%.  The
Company  may elect a "competitive bid  auction" in which participating banks are
offered an opportunity to  bid alternative rates. The  Credit Facility is for  a
term  of five  years from  the date  of execution,  with two  one year extension
options. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included  elsewhere
in  this Prospectus.  On April  26, 1996,  the amount  of the  revolving line of
credit available under the Credit Facility was increased to $700 million and the
initial five year  term was  extended to  April 26, 2001.  On May  8, 1996,  the
Company  obtained a waiver from the lending syndicates, pursuant to an amendment
to the Credit Facility, to permit the Company to repurchase more than 50% of its
shares beneficially  owned by  certain Class  A Stockholders,  certain of  which
shares  are to be repurchased  by the Company with  the proceeds received by the
Company from the Offering.
 
    The  Company's  subsidiaries  must  comply  with  certain  minimum   capital
requirements  under applicable state laws and regulations. The long-term portion
of principal and interest payments under the  notes issued by Health Net to  the
Selling  Stockholder in connection with the Conversion is subordinated to Health
Net meeting minimum  capital requirements under  applicable California laws  and
regulations.  As  of  December  31, 1995,  the  Company's  subsidiaries  were in
compliance with minimum capital requirements.
 
IMPACT OF INFLATION AND OTHER ELEMENTS
 
    The managed health care industry is labor intensive and its profit margin is
low. Hence, it is  especially sensitive to inflation.  Increases in health  care
costs  without corresponding increases in premiums could have a material adverse
effect on the Company.
 
    Various federal and state legislative initiatives regarding the health  care
industry  have been proposed during recent legislative sessions, and health care
reform and  similar  issues  continue to  be  in  the forefront  of  social  and
political  discussion. If health care reform  or similar legislation is enacted,
such legislation  could  impact the  Company.  Management cannot  at  this  time
predict  whether any such initiative will be enacted and, if enacted, the impact
on the financial condition or operations of the Company.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
    The  Company is  one of  the largest  managed health  care companies  in the
United States, with more than 1.9 million full-risk and ASO members. The Company
provides a comprehensive range of health  care services through HMOs located  in
the following four regions: California, the Northeast (Connecticut, Pennsylvania
and  New Jersey), the Northwest (Washington, Oregon and Idaho) and the Southwest
(Colorado  and  New  Mexico).  Health  Net,  the  Company's  HMO  subsidiary  in
California,  with  approximately 1.34  million  members, is  the  second largest
provider of managed health  care services in the  state. The Company operates  a
PPO  network, which provides access to health  care services to over 4.6 million
persons in 38  states, and  also owns two  health and  life insurance  companies
licensed to sell insurance in 33 states and the District of Columbia.
 
    The  Company's HMOs market their traditional HMO products to employer groups
and their  Medicare  and Medicaid  products  directly to  eligible  individuals.
Health  care services that are provided to the Company's members include primary
and specialty physician care, hospital care, laboratory and radiology  services,
pharmacy  services,  dental  and  vision care,  skilled  nursing  care, physical
therapy and  mental health  care.  The Company's  HMO service  networks  include
approximately  17,500  primary  care  physicians,  40,500  specialists  and  614
hospitals. The  Company utilizes  sophisticated  medical management  systems  to
reduce  excess  utilization  of  health  care  services.  The  Company  is  also
developing a new medical management system which will utilize clinical protocols
and triage procedures to  direct members to the  most appropriate provider.  The
Company believes that this new system, which it calls "Fourth Generation Medical
Management,"   will  represent   a  major  advance   in  applying  sophisticated
information systems to the practice of medicine.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
    The Company's  growth  strategy  is focused  on  increasing  enrollment  and
profitability  through  (i) continued  commercial  and Medicare  risk enrollment
expansion  in  existing  markets,  (ii)  membership  and  revenue  growth   from
acquisitions  in  both  new and  existing  markets and  (iii)  improving medical
management of health plans  in new markets and  continued refinement of  medical
management in existing markets. The Company actively seeks to increase growth in
its  existing markets  by increasing  penetration of  its existing  product line
through continued  investment in  its sales  and marketing  capabilities and  by
introducing  new  products that  both increase  plan  flexibility and  reach new
potential customers,  including Medicare  and Medicaid  recipients. The  Company
intends  to expand on its recent success  with its Medicare risk products, which
products have experienced  rapid enrollment  and premium  growth throughout  the
last  three  years. The  Company also  plans  to capitalize  on the  breadth and
quality of its  provider network and  its high quality,  affordable products  to
drive  enrollment growth in  existing markets. The Company  also plans to expand
into contiguous  markets  that  will  allow  it  to  increase  enrollment  while
leveraging its existing infrastructure.
 
    The  Company plans to continue its expansion into geographic areas which the
Company believes represent attractive service markets. The Company believes such
markets have characteristics, including relatively low levels of managed  health
care  and existing  health care  delivery systems,  which can  benefit from more
efficient medical management. The Company  has targeted the Northeastern  United
States  as an  attractive service market  and, in  this regard, in  1995 began a
strategy  of  acquiring  significant  HMO  plans  in  the  Northeast  with   the
acquisition of M.D. Health Plan, operating in Connecticut, and Greater Atlantic,
operating  in Pennsylvania and  New Jersey. These  acquisitions, which accounted
for 237,125 members at year end 1995, provide the Company with a platform in the
Northeast  from   which  to   pursue  further   acquisition  and   consolidation
opportunities.
 
    The  Company believes it has established a reputation as a leader in medical
management through optimizing the utilization of health care services among  the
members  of its health plans. The  Company seeks acquisitions where there exists
relatively high  utilization  of  health  care services  when  compared  to  the
Company's  existing health plans. In seeking such plans, the Company believes it
can  have  a   direct  impact   on  health  care   utilization  (and   resulting
profitability)  through the application of its medical management techniques. As
evidence of this impact, at the time the Company acquired M.D. Health Plan, this
plan's acute hospital  days per  thousand commercial  members was  approximately
300. In December 1995, after the
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
Company's  medical  management  system  had been  installed,  hospital  days per
thousand had  decreased to  below 200,  a level  consistent with  the  Company's
Southwest  and Northwest  plans. The Company  is attempting  to further decrease
utilization through the implementation of its new medical management procedures.
 
THE MANAGED HEALTH CARE INDUSTRY
 
    In response to the rapid increases in health care costs, employers, insurers
and government entities have sought cost-effective alternatives to  conventional
indemnity  insurance for  the delivery  of and  payment for  quality health care
services. The  integration of  the delivery  of, and  payment for,  health  care
services  distinguishes HMOs from conventional health insurance plans. The goals
of HMOs are to provide their members  with access to quality health care,  while
employing  a business strategy and management systems designed to encourage more
cost-effective use  of  health  care delivery  systems.  Such  cost  containment
strategies include providing access to primary physician care and other services
on  a fixed, prepaid basis, monitoring  hospital admissions and lengths of stay,
using a  system  of  specialist  referrals,  using  non-hospital  based  medical
services,  and emphasizing preventive care.  To accomplish these objectives, the
following basic HMO models have evolved:
 
    - Network Model HMOs contract with several physician groups and  independent
      or individual practice associations ("IPAs").
 
    - Individual  or Independent  Practice Association  HMOs ("IPA  Model HMOs")
      contract through one or  more IPAs, which are  physician entities that  in
      turn  subcontract  with  individual  physicians  to  provide  HMO  patient
      services.  Those  physicians  continue  to  provide  services  to  non-HMO
      patients  in  their  separate  private  practices,  while  also  providing
      services to HMO patients (and often PPO patients as well) through an IPA.
 
    - Staff Model HMOs directly  employ physicians and  usually own the  offices
      and clinics utilized by the physician staff.
 
    - Group  Model HMOs contract, often on  an exclusive basis, with a physician
      group practice. In many cases, the HMO also owns the offices and clinics.
 
    Health Net is a Network Model HMO and the Company's other HMOs operate under
the IPA Model with the  exception of Greater Atlantic  which operates on both  a
Staff and an IPA Model HMO basis.
 
MARKETS
 
    As  of  December 31,  1995,  the Company  owned  and operated  HMOs  in four
regional areas of  the United  States: California,  the Northeast  (Connecticut,
Pennsylvania  and New Jersey), the Northwest  (Washington, Oregon and Idaho) and
the Southwest (Colorado and  New Mexico). The  following table contains  certain
information  relating to commercial  HMO members, Medicare  members and employer
groups under  contract as  of December  31, 1995  in each  region in  which  the
Company operates:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               CALIFORNIA  NORTHEAST (1)  NORTHWEST     SOUTHWEST
                                                               ----------  ------------  ------------  -----------
<S>                                                            <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
Commercial HMO members.......................................   1,257,724      167,641       155,920       70,243
Medicare members.............................................     107,875       13,206         1,455       10,690
Medicaid members.............................................         990       36,408        12,722            0
ASO members..................................................           0      101,257             0        2,753
Number of employer groups....................................       3,600        4,903         2,158        2,362
Largest employer group as a percentage of enrollment.........         10%          30%           21%          11%
Ten largest employer groups as a percentage of enrollment....         33%          43%           58%          32%
Percentage of members in employer groups with fewer than 50
 eligible members............................................          3%          14%           13%          27%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) The membership information set forth above for the Northeast region resulted
    primarily from acquisitions completed in 1995.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    CALIFORNIA.    The  California  market is  characterized  by  a concentrated
population and a relatively high proportion of large employer groups (over 1,000
employees). Health Net is the second-largest  HMO in the State of California  in
terms of membership. As of December 31, 1995, Health Net was licensed to operate
its commercial HMO business in 47 of the 58 counties in the State of California,
which  counties  represent  over  81%  of  the  population  in  California.  HMO
enrollment represented  35%  of  the  population  of  California  in  1995.  The
Company's  commercial  HMO membership  in California  at  December 31,  1995 was
1,258,714 which  represented an  increase  of 6.6%  during 1995.  The  Company's
Medicare  risk membership in  California at December 31,  1995 was 107,875 which
represented an increase of 55.9% during 1995. The Company does not believe  that
its California commercial membership will grow significantly in 1996.
 
    NORTHEAST.      The   Northeast  region   currently   includes  Connecticut,
Pennsylvania and New Jersey. The Company commenced operations in this region  in
1994  with  the acquisition  of  a PPO  network  and significantly  expanded its
operations with the acquisition  of M.D. Health Plan  in March 1995 and  Greater
Atlantic  in December 1995. HMO enrollment  represented 21% of the population of
both Connecticut and Pennsylvania in 1995. The Company believes M.D. Health Plan
is the third largest  HMO in terms  of membership in  the State of  Connecticut.
M.D.  Health  Plan's commercial  HMO membership  in  Connecticut was  124,771 at
December 31, 1995 which represented an increase of 160% during 1995. The Company
believes Greater Atlantic is the third largest HMO in terms of membership in the
state  of  Pennsylvania.  Greater   Atlantic's  commercial  HMO  membership   in
Pennsylvania  was 79,278 at  December 31, 1995 which  represented an increase of
6.2% during 1995.  Greater Atlantic's Medicare  risk membership in  Pennsylvania
was  13,206 at December 31,  1995 which represented an  increase of 24.5% during
1995.
 
    NORTHWEST.  The Northwest region's population is principally concentrated in
Portland, Oregon and Seattle and  Spokane, Washington. The Company's  Washington
HMO  also services  a limited  number of  residents who  reside in  the State of
Idaho. In the last several years, Portland, Seattle and Spokane have experienced
population growth  rates greater  than the  national average  and an  increasing
percentage  of the population in  each of these areas  has enrolled in HMOs. HMO
enrollment represented 35% and 25% of  the population of Oregon and  Washington,
respectively,  in 1995. In  Washington and Oregon, the  Company believes that it
ranks second and seventh,  respectively, with respect  to total membership;  the
Company  believes that it  ranks first in  Washington and second  in Oregon with
respect to the size of its  primary care physician and specialist networks.  The
Company's  commercial HMO membership  in Oregon was 43,977  at December 31, 1995
which represented an increase of 33.1% during 1995. The Company's commercial HMO
membership in Washington was 124,665 at  December 31, 1995 which represented  an
increase  of  11.4%  during  1995. The  Company's  Medicare  risk  membership in
Washington was  1,455 at  December 31,  1995 which  represented an  increase  of
169.4% during 1995.
 
    SOUTHWEST.   The  Southwest region includes  the States of  Colorado and New
Mexico.  The  Company's  employer  groups   in  the  Southwest  region   consist
predominantly  of  companies  with  fewer  than  50  employees.  HMO  enrollment
represented  35%  and  19%  of  the  population  of  Colorado  and  New  Mexico,
respectively,  in 1995. The Company believes that it is the fifth-largest HMO in
Colorado as  measured by  total membership  and  the size  of its  primary  care
physician  and  specialist  provider  networks.  The  Company's  commercial  HMO
membership in Colorado  was 39,665  at December  31, 1995  which represented  an
increase  of 22% during 1995. The  Company's Medicare membership in Colorado was
8,923 at December 31, 1995 which  represented an increase of 20.3% during  1995.
In   New  Mexico,  the  Company  believes  that  its  ranks  fourth  and  third,
respectively, as  measured by  total membership  and the  size of  its  provider
network.  The Company's  commercial HMO membership  in New Mexico  was 26,251 at
December 31,  1995  which represented  a  decrease  of 11.7%  during  1995.  The
Company's  Medicare risk membership in New Mexico was 1,767 at December 31, 1995
which represented an increase of 15.9% during 1995.
 
SERVICES AND PRODUCTS
 
    The Company offers a broad range of managed health care and related products
and services which are described below.  The products and services offered  vary
by region and location.
 
    COMMERCIAL  MANAGED HEALTH CARE PRODUCTS.  The Company's HMOs, through their
health care  providers,  offer members  a  comprehensive range  of  health  care
services, including ambulatory and outpatient
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
physician  care, hospital care,  pharmacy services, eye  care, mental health and
ancillary diagnostic  and  therapeutic  services.  The  Company  offers  a  full
spectrum  of managed  health care  products including  conventional HMO, managed
indemnity, point-of-service and customized HMO products. The Company's  strategy
is  to  offer a  wide  range of  managed health  care  products and  services to
employers to assist employers  in containing health care  costs. The pricing  of
the  products offered  is designed to  provide incentives to  both employers and
employees to select and enroll in the products with greater managed health  care
and  cost containment  elements. While a  majority of the  Company's members are
covered by conventional HMO  products, the Company is  continuing to expand  its
other product lines, thereby enabling it to offer flexibility to an employer and
to tailor its product to an employer's particular needs.
 
    The  integrated health care  programs offered by  the Company's HMOs include
traditional Network and  IPA Model  HMO products,  which are  intended to  offer
quality  care,  cost containment  and comprehensive  coverage; a  matrix package
which allows employees to select  their desired coverage from alternatives  that
have    interchangeable    outpatient   and    inpatient    co-payment   levels;
point-of-service programs which  offer a  multi-tier design  that provides  both
conventional  HMO and  indemnity-like (in-network  and out-of-network)  tiers; a
PPO-like tier which  allows members to  self-refer to the  network physician  of
their  choice; and a managed indemnity plan, which is provided for employees who
reside outside of its HMO service areas.
 
    MEDICARE RISK.    The  Company  significantly  expanded  its  Medicare  risk
business  in 1995. During 1995 the  Company added 54,536 Medicare risk enrollees
and, as of December 31, 1995, the  Company's Medicare risk plans had a  combined
membership  of  approximately 133,000.  The  Company expects  its  Medicare risk
business to continue to significantly increase in the future.
 
    The Company offers its Medicare risk products directly to individuals and to
employer groups. To enroll in a Company Medicare risk plan covered persons  must
be  eligible for Medicare. Health care services normally covered by Medicare are
provided or arranged for by  the Company, in conjunction  with a broad range  of
preventive   health   care   services.  The   federal   Health   Care  Financing
Administration ("HCFA") pays to the Company  for each enrolled member a  monthly
fee  based, in part, upon the "Adjusted  Average Per Capita Cost," as determined
by HCFA's analysis of fee-for-service costs related to beneficiary demographics.
Depending on plan design and  other factors, the Company  may charge a member  a
premium or prepaid charge in addition to the monthly fee paid by HCFA.
 
    The  Company's Health  Net subsidiary intends  to introduce  a Medicare risk
point-of-service product  in  the  first  half of  1996.  The  two-tier  product
combines  features of a standard Medicare risk HMO with an option for the member
to seek health care services outside of the HMO network, which outside  services
carry higher co-payments and co-insurance compared with services provided inside
the  HMO network. The Company believes that this product will provide additional
marketing opportunities to  retirees of  large employers,  Health Net's  largest
market  segment. Introduction of  the product is  contingent upon HCFA approval.
The Company believes this approval will be forthcoming in the spring of 1996.
 
    The Company's California Medicare risk product was licensed and certified to
operate in 31 California counties (20 full counties and 11 partial counties)  as
of  December 31, 1995.  The Company's other  HMOs are licensed  and certified to
offer Medicare  risk plans  in 13  counties in  Colorado, five  counties in  New
Mexico,  six  counties  in Washington,  four  counties in  Pennsylvania  and two
counties in New Jersey.  The Company is currently  applying for a Medicare  risk
contract  in Oregon and  Connecticut. The Company has  contracted with more than
5,800 primary care physicians,  more than 13,500  specialty physicians and  more
than  180  hospitals  to  provide  services  to  its  Medicare  risk  members in
California, and the  Company's HMOs  in the Southwest,  Northwest and  Northeast
regions  have contracted with approximately 2,100 primary care physicians, 6,500
specialty physicians and 105 hospitals to provide services to its Medicare  risk
members.
 
    MEDICAID  PRODUCTS.  With  the acquisitions of M.D.  Health Plan and Greater
Atlantic, the  Company  significantly expanded  its  Medicaid business  and,  at
December 31, 1995, the Company had an aggregate of approximately 50,000 Medicaid
members. In addition, the Company's HMOs in Washington and Oregon began offering
Medicaid  products in 1995. To enroll  in these Medicaid products, an individual
must be eligible for  Medicaid benefits under  the appropriate state  regulatory
requirements.  These  HMOs offer,  in  addition to  standard  Medicaid coverage,
certain  additional  services   including  dental  and   vision  benefits.   The
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
applicable  state agency pays the Company's HMOs a monthly fee for each Medicaid
member enrolled on  a percentage of  fee-for-service costs. As  of December  31,
1995,   Greater   Atlantic  had   approximately   28,000  Medicaid   members  in
Pennsylvania, M.D.  Health  Plan had  approximately  8,000 Medicaid  members  in
Connecticut,  and the Company's HMOs in  Washington and Oregon had approximately
11,000 and 2,000 Medicaid members in their service areas, respectively.
 
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES  ONLY  BUSINESS.   The  Company  also  provides  TPA
services  to large  employer groups  throughout its  service areas.  Under these
arrangements, the Company provides claims processing, customer service,  medical
management  and  other administrative  services  without assuming  the  risk for
medical costs. The  Company is  generally compensated  for these  services on  a
fixed  per member per month  basis. These services are  currently offered in the
Northeast and  Southwest  regions,  with  101,257  members  and  2,753  members,
respectively, as of December 31, 1995.
 
    INSURANCE  PRODUCTS.    The Company  offers  indemnity products  as  part of
multiple option products  in California,  Colorado, New  Mexico and  Washington.
These   products  are  offered  by  the  Company's  health  and  life  insurance
subsidiaries which are licensed to sell insurance in 33 states and the  District
of  Columbia. Through  these subsidiaries, the  Company also  offers HMO members
certain auxiliary non-health products such  as group life, accidental death  and
disability  and short-term disability insurance, in conjunction with its managed
care products.
 
    PPO NETWORK  SERVICES.   The  Company's  PPO network  subsidiary,  Preferred
Health  Network, Inc.  ("PHN"), provides  PPO and  workers' compensation network
services to over 4.6 million covered persons in 38 states. These figures include
PHN's acquisition in January 1996  of a PPO network  operating in the states  of
Illinois,  Indiana, Nebraska  and Wisconsin with  approximately 825,000 members.
The Company  intends  to continue  to  expand such  operations  into  additional
states, as appropriate.
 
    WORKERS'  COMPENSATION PRODUCT.  Health  Net Comp-24, the Company's non-risk
workers' compensation product in California  ("Comp-24"), is an integrated  full
service  managed care workers' compensation  program designed to deliver managed
medical care  to reduce  workers' compensation  medical expenses  for  insurance
carriers  and  self-insured  employers.  Comp-24  combines  medical  cost-saving
techniques and  workers' compensation  disability management  with the  goal  of
halting inflationary trends and reducing overall costs in workers' compensation.
The  initial strategy  of Comp-24,  which began operations  in July  1994, is to
create multiple  alliances with  large, well-established  regional and  national
insurance  carriers and to provide administrative services to large self-insured
employers. Consumers of the  Comp-24 product will have  access to a  specialized
provider  network and tailored  medical management, quality  controls, and other
specialized   administrative   capabilities.    Currently,   Comp-24    provides
administrative  workers' compensation  services to  American International Group
Claim Services, Republic Indemnity and ITT Hartford. The Company also intends to
expand its Comp-24 product  line by offering a  "24 hour" workers'  compensation
coverage.  PHN also offers a non-risk  workers' compensation product, similar to
Comp-24, in certain of its service areas.
 
    SPECIALTY PRODUCTS.    The  Company's comprehensive  product  offering  also
includes supplemental programs for managed chiropractic care, vision coverage, a
managed mental health/substance abuse program and a prescription drug program.
 
    WELLNESS  PROGRAMS.    The  Company  emphasizes  the  importance  of  health
education, disease prevention and adoption  of healthier lifestyles through  its
"Wellness  Programs." Management believes that health  awareness can be a factor
in the reduction of health care costs. Wellness Programs are offered directly to
employees at  the  employees'  work  site  or  through  primary  medical  groups
("PMGs").  PMGs are required and encouraged (in the form of increased capitation
payments) to offer educational programs and preventive health care  information.
To date, Wellness Programs have focused on topics such as prenatal care, smoking
cessation,  weight management, back care, diabetes  and exercise. In addition to
the health care benefits,  the Company believes that  its Wellness Programs  are
unique  and provide it  with a marketing advantage  which differentiates it from
its competitors.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
PROVIDER SERVICES AND ARRANGEMENTS
 
    PHYSICIAN RELATIONSHIPS.  Upon enrollment in one of the Company's HMO  plans
(except  for M.D. Health Plan), each member  selects a primary care physician or
PMG from the HMO's provider panel.  The primary care physicians and PMGs  assume
overall  responsibility for  the care  of members  and determine  the nature and
extent of services provided to any given member. Medical care provided  directly
by  such physicians includes the treatment  of illnesses not requiring referral,
as well as  physical examinations,  routine immunizations,  maternity and  child
care  and other preventive health services. In conjunction with medical director
review, the  primary  care  physicians  and  PMGs  are  responsible  for  making
referrals to specialists and hospitals. In Connecticut, the M.D. Health Plan HMO
is offered on an "open panel" basis under which members may access any physician
in the network without first consulting a primary care physician.
 
    The  following table sets  forth the approximate number  of primary care and
specialist physicians with whom  the Company's HMOs (and  certain of such  HMOs'
PMGs)  contracted as of December 31, 1995 by its plans in each of the geographic
regions in which it had active HMO operations:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           CALIFORNIA    NORTHEAST    NORTHWEST    SOUTHWEST
                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Primary Care Physicians..................................       9,423        3,429        3,395        1,202
Specialist Physicians....................................      19,992        9,085        8,815        2,592
                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------       -----
    Total................................................      29,415       12,514       12,210        3,794
                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------       -----
                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------       -----
</TABLE>
 
    Physician contracts  are  generally  for  a  period  of  one  year  and  are
automatically   renewable  unless  terminated,  with  certain  requirements  for
maintenance of  good professional  standing and  compliance with  the  Company's
quality, utilization and administrative procedures. Market pressures have caused
the  Company to  undertake a  review of  the financial  terms of  contracts with
certain of its physician providers.  In California, the primary care  physicians
and  PMGs generally receive a monthly  "capitation" fee for every member served.
The capitation fee  represents payment  in full  for all  medical and  ancillary
services specified in the service agreements. The non-physician component of all
hospital  services is  covered by  a combination  of capitation  and/or per diem
charges. In such capitated arrangements,  in cases where the capitated  provider
cannot  provide  the  health  care  services  needed,  such  providers generally
contract with specialists and other  ancillary service providers to furnish  the
requisite services pursuant to capitation agreements or negotiated fee schedules
with  specialists.  The Company's  HMOs  outside California  generally reimburse
physicians according to a discounted fee-for-service schedule.
 
    HOSPITAL RELATIONSHIPS.  The Company's HMOs provide hospital care  primarily
under  contracts with selected  hospitals in their  service areas. Such hospital
contracts  generally  provide   for  multi-year  terms,   with  limited   annual
reimbursement  increases,  and  provide  for payments  on  a  variety  of bases,
including capitation, per diem rates, case rates and discounted  fee-for-service
schedules.
 
    Covered  hospital inpatient care for a  member is comprehensive; it includes
the services of physicians, nurses and other hospital personnel, room and board,
intensive care, laboratory and x-ray services, diagnostic imaging and  generally
all  other services normally provided by  acute-care hospitals. In the Company's
IPA Model HMOs,  once a member  is admitted  to a hospital,  nurses employed  or
designated   by  the  HMO  monitor  the   progress  of  the  member's  continued
hospitalization by reviewing medical charts in the hospital, consulting with the
attending physician and reporting  back to the  physician medical director.  The
nurse updates the member's status on a daily basis into the Company's management
information  system. In  the Company's IPA  Model HMOs,  a daily hospitalization
report is generated, and the status of each hospitalized member is reviewed by a
medical director on  a daily  basis. The HMO  nurses and  medical directors  are
actively  involved  in  discharge  planning  and  case  management,  which often
involves the  coordination of  community  support services,  including  visiting
nurses,  physical  therapy,  durable  medical  equipment  and  home  intravenous
therapy.
 
    OTHER MEDICAL SERVICES.  Certain medical and surgical procedures,  including
laboratory  tests,  diagnostic radiology  services  and ambulatory  surgery, are
performed on  an  outpatient basis.  Other  outpatient services  include  crisis
intervention,  group therapy and  counseling services, substance-abuse services,
physical therapy
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
and other similar services for which hospitalization is not medically necessary.
These services, as well as optional riders for pharmaceuticals and eye care, are
provided to  members  through  contracting  physicians  and  other  health  care
providers,  who  are generally  paid according  to a  discounted fee-for-service
schedule.
 
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
 
    The Company  operates a  sophisticated  management information  system  that
gathers  and stores data on its members and physician and hospital providers. It
contains  all  of  the  Company's  necessary  membership  and  claims-processing
capabilities as well as marketing and medical utilization programs. An effective
management  information system is  critical to the  Company's operation. In 1995
the Company  commenced  the installation  of  the AMISYS  operating  and  MACESS
document  imaging systems at its HMOs  outside of California. Within California,
the Company will continue  to utilize its  internally developed ABS  information
system  to  support  its Health  Net  plan  in the  highly  capitated California
environment. These systems will provide the Company with an integrated and  more
efficient  system of billing,  reporting, member services  and claims processing
and the ability to examine member encounter information for the optimization  of
clinical outcomes.
 
    In 1995, the Company embarked on a multi-year project to develop and install
a  new  information system  designed to  facilitate  the seamless  management of
patients throughout the  entire health care  continuum. This "Fourth  Generation
Medical  Management"  project  will  encompass  regional  data  banks containing
clinical data about each  of the Company's health  plan members. This data  will
serve  as the basis for enhanced clinical decision making. Physicians, hospitals
and the  Company's case  managers will  have  access to  expert systems  and  an
ever-expanding  library of clinical protocols which  will help in optimizing the
diagnosis and treatment decisions for each health plan member. In addition,  the
Company  will  create regional,  comprehensive member  support centers  which it
believes will strengthen the connection  between members and the Company.  These
centers will serve as the primary contact for members, offering expert triage by
nurses  and  directing  members  to  the  most  appropriate  provider.  Outbound
activities of the call centers will  include clinical reminder calls to  members
and  consultive support for  self-care protocols. The  Fourth Generation Medical
Management system will  undergo testing  in 1996. The  Company anticipates  that
this  system will be  fully operational in at  least one plan  before the end of
1996 and installed in all the Company's plans within three years.
 
COST CONTAINMENT
 
    The primary care physician or PMG is responsible for authorizing all  needed
medical care except for emergency medical services. By coordinating care through
such physicians in cases where reimbursement includes risk-sharing arrangements,
the  Company believes that inappropriate use of medical resources is reduced and
efficiencies are achieved.
 
    To limit possible abuse in utilization of hospital services, a certification
process precedes the admission of each non-emergency patient member, followed by
continuing review during the patient's  hospital stay. In addition to  reviewing
the  appropriateness  of hospital  admission  and continued  hospital  care, the
Company plays an active role in  evaluating alternative means of providing  care
to   enrollment  members  and  encourages  the  use  of  outpatient  care,  when
appropriate, to  reduce the  cost that  would otherwise  be associated  with  an
inpatient hospital admission.
 
QUALITY ASSURANCE
 
    Quality  assurance is  a continuing  priority for  the Company.  Each of the
Company's HMOs  has  a  quality  assurance  plan  administered  by  a  committee
comprised  of medical directors and primary  care and specialist physicians. The
committees'  responsibilities  include  periodic  review  of  medical   records,
development  and implementation  of standards of  care based  on current medical
literature and  community  standards and  the  collection of  data  relating  to
results of treatment. All of the Company's HMOs also have a subscriber grievance
procedure  and/or a member satisfaction program  designed to respond promptly to
member grievances. Aspects of such member service programs take place both  with
the  participating physicians and the Company's  HMOs. They are coordinated with
other aspects  of  the Company's  operations,  including quality  assurance  and
utilization management, medical policy and marketing. The following projects and
reviews help to assess the Company's progress in this area.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
    NCQA  ACCREDITATION.  The National  Committee for Quality Assurance ("NCQA")
is an independent, non-profit organization that reviews and accredits HMOs. NCQA
assesses an  HMOs  quality improvement,  utilization  management,  credentialing
process, commitment to members' rights and preventive health services. HMOs that
comply  with  NCQA's  review  requirements and  quality  standards  receive NCQA
accreditation. After an NCQA  review is completed, NCQA  will issue one of  four
designations.  These  are  (i) full  accreditation  for three  years;  (ii) full
accreditation for  one  year;  (iii) provisional  accreditation  for  twelve  to
eighteen months to correct certain problems with a follow-up review to determine
qualification  for accreditation; and  (iv) not accredited.  Health Net received
full one year accreditation from the NCQA in 1995. The Company's Washington  HMO
had  its initial  NCQA accreditation  site visit  in July  of 1995  and received
provisional accreditation.  Greater Atlantic  also has  received full  one  year
accreditation.  The  Company's  remaining  HMOs have  already  submitted  or are
currently  preparing  applications  for   NCQA  accreditation,  and  such   HMOs
anticipate that NCQA accreditation site visits will take place in 1996 and early
1997.
 
    HEDIS.   In 1994, the Company's  California HMO participated in a nationwide
pilot project  known  as the  Health  Plan  Employer Data  and  Information  Set
("HEDIS"),  the purpose of which  was to test the ability  of 21 health plans to
collect and report on 36 indicators of quality and performance. The project  was
developed  under the auspices of the NCQA.  The results of the project (which is
commonly referred to as  a "quality-report card") were  released in early  1995.
According  to the results of the HEDIS project, the Company's California HMO was
successful in reducing discretionary hospital  bed days while maintaining  rates
of  utilization of major medical procedures that were comparable to those of the
other participating plans. In June 1995, the Company's HMOs in the Northwest and
Northeast regions likewise submitted  HEDIS data to NCQA,  the results of  which
indicated that these HMOs quality and performance were comparable to or exceeded
major competing plans.
 
MARKETING AND SALES
 
    Marketing  is  a two-step  process  in which  the  Company first  markets to
employer groups and  then provides  information directly to  employees once  the
employer  has selected  the HMO. The  Company typically uses  its internal sales
staff to serve the large employer groups while independent brokers work with the
Company's internal sales staff to develop business with smaller employer groups.
Once selected by an employer, the  Company solicits enrollees from the  employee
base directly. In 1995, the Company marketed its programs and services primarily
through  its direct sales staff and independent brokers, agents and consultants.
During "open enrollment" periods when  employees are permitted to change  health
care   programs,  the  Company  uses  direct  mail,  worksite  and  health  fair
presentations,  telemarketing,  and   outdoor,  print,   radio  and   television
advertisements  to  attract  new  enrollees.  The  Company's  sales  efforts are
supported  by  its  marketing  division  which  includes  research  and  product
development, corporate communications, public relations and marketing services.
 
    Premiums  for each employer  group are generally contracted  for on a yearly
basis. Numerous factors  are considered  by the  Company in  fixing its  monthly
premiums,   including   employer  group   needs,  and   anticipated  health-care
utilization rates  as  forecasted  by  the Company's  management  based  on  the
demographic  composition of, and the Company's  prior experience in, its service
areas. Premiums  are  also  affected by  applicable  regulations  that  prohibit
experience  rating of  group accounts (i.e.,  setting the premium  for the group
based on  its  past  use of  health  care  services) and  by  state  regulations
governing  the manner  in which premiums  are structured and  the plan's overall
financial viability.
 
COMPETITION
 
    HMOs operate in a  highly competitive environment  in an industry  currently
subject  to  significant  changes from  business  consolidations,  new strategic
alliances, legislative reform  and market  pressures brought about  by a  better
informed and better organized customer base. The Company's HMOs face substantial
competition   from  for-profit  and  nonprofit  HMOs,  PPOs,  self-funded  plans
(including self-insured employers and union trust funds), Blue Cross/Blue Shield
plans  and  traditional  indemnity  insurance  carriers,  some  of  which   have
substantially  larger  enrollments  and  greater  financial  resources  than the
Company. The Company believes that the principal competitive features  affecting
its ability to retain and
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
increase  membership  include the  range and  prices  of benefit  plans offered,
provider network, quality of service, responsiveness to user demands,  financial
stability,  comprehensiveness of  coverage, diversity  of product  offerings and
market presence  and  reputation.  The  relative importance  of  each  of  these
features and key competitors vary by market.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The  Company believes it is in compliance  in all material respects with all
current state and federal regulatory requirements applicable to the business  to
be  conducted by its  subsidiaries. Certain of  these requirements are discussed
below.
 
    CALIFORNIA HMO REGULATIONS.  California HMOs such as Health Net are  subject
to  state regulation,  principally by the  DOC under the  Knox-Keene Health Care
Service Plan Act  of 1975, as  amended (the "Knox-Keene  Act"). Among the  areas
regulated  by the Knox-Keene Act are: (i) adequacy of management, (ii) the scope
of benefits required to be made available to members, (iii) the manner in  which
premiums  are structured, (iv)  procedures for review  of quality assurance, (v)
enrollment requirements, (vi) composition of policy making bodies to assure that
plan members  have  access to  representation,  (vii) procedures  for  resolving
grievances,  (viii)  the interrelationship  between HMOs  and their  health care
providers, (ix)  adequacy  and  accessibility  of the  network  of  health  care
providers,  (x)  provider contracts  and (xi)  initial and  continuing financial
viability. Any  material  modifications to  the  organization or  operations  of
Health  Net are subject to  prior review and approval  by the DOC. This approval
process can be lengthy and there is no certainty of approval. In addition, under
the Knox-Keene Act, Health Net must  file periodic reports with, and is  subject
to periodic review by, the DOC.
 
    California  legislation which became effective  in 1993 (Assembly Bill 1672)
requires all HMOs and  health insurers that choose  to serve the small  employer
group  market in California provide health plan coverage to any small group that
applies, regardless of the health status  of the group's members. This law  also
limits  the amounts  by which  HMOs and  health insurers  may vary  the premiums
charged to different small groups based  upon their respective health care  cost
experience  or the health status of their members, and imposes a number of other
requirements regarding the terms upon which  coverage must be provided to  small
employer  groups. Compliance with  this legislation has  required the Company to
make certain changes to its small  group products. The Company does not  believe
that compliance with such legislation will have a material adverse effect on the
results of its operations.
 
    OTHER  STATE  HMO REGULATIONS.   In  each  state in  which the  Company does
business, HMOs must file periodic reports with, and their operations are subject
to periodic examination by, state  licensing authorities. In addition, each  HMO
must  meet numerous  state licensing criteria  and secure the  approval of state
licensing authorities before implementing certain operational changes, including
the development of new product offerings  and, in some states, the expansion  of
service  areas. To remain licensed, each HMO  must continue to comply with state
laws and regulations and may from time  to time be required to change  services,
procedures  or  other  aspects  of  its operations  to  comply  with  changes in
applicable laws and regulations. HMOs are required by state law to meet  certain
minimum capital and deposit and/or reserve requirements in each state and may be
restricted  from  paying dividends  to their  parent corporations  under certain
circumstances from  time to  time. Outside  of California,  such HMO  laws  also
regulate  some or  all of  the areas regulated  by the  Knox-Keene Act described
above. Several  states have  recently  increased minimum  capital  requirements,
which  increases are being phased in over a period of time. Regulations in these
and other  states  may be  changed  in the  future  to further  increase  equity
requirements.  Such increases could require the Company to contribute additional
capital to its  HMOs. Any adverse  change in governmental  regulation or in  the
regulatory  climate in any  state could materially impact  the HMOs operating in
that state. The HMO Act and state laws place various restrictions on the ability
of HMOs to  price their products  freely. The Company  must comply with  certain
provisions  of certain state insurance and  similar laws, especially as it seeks
ownership interests  in new  HMOs, PPOs  and insurance  companies, or  otherwise
expands its geographic markets or diversifies its product lines.
 
    FEDERAL  HCFA REGULATIONS.  The Company's Medicare risk products are subject
to regulation by HCFA.  Under the Company's contracts  with HCFA to offer  these
products and HCFA regulations, if premiums
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
received  for  Medicare-covered health  care  services provided  to  senior plan
members are more than  the premiums received for  the same health care  services
provided  to non-senior plan members, then  the Company must provide senior plan
members with additional benefits  beyond those required  by Medicare, or  reduce
their  premiums,  deductibles  or  copayments, if  any.  Such  products  are not
permitted to account for more than  one-half of the Company's total HMO  members
in  each of their geographic markets. HCFA has the right to audit HMOs operating
under Medicare contracts to determine the quality of care being rendered and the
degree of compliance with HCFA's contracts and regulations.
 
    THE FEDERAL HMO ACT.  Under the Federal Health Maintenance Organization  Act
of 1973 (the "HMO Act"), services to members must be provided substantially on a
fixed,  prepaid  basis without  regard to  the actual  degree of  utilization of
services. Although  premiums established  by an  HMO may  vary from  account  to
account  through composite rate  factors and special  treatment of certain broad
classes  of   members,  traditional   experience  rating   of  accounts   (i.e.,
retrospective  adjustments for a group account based on that group's past use of
health care services)  is not permitted  under the HMO  Act; prospective  rating
adjustments  are, however, allowed.  All of the Company's  HMOs (other than M.D.
Health Plan)  are  federally qualified  in  certain parts  of  their  respective
service areas under the HMO Act and are therefore subject to the requirements of
such  act  to the  extent  federally qualified  products  are offered  and sold.
However, qualification  under the  HMO Act  is not  mandatory, and  the lack  of
qualification does not prohibit the Company's HMOs from offering its products.
 
    INSURANCE REGULATIONS.  State departments of insurance (the "DOIs") regulate
insurance and TPA business conducted by certain subsidiaries of the Company (the
"Insurance  Subsidiaries")  pursuant to  various  provisions of  state insurance
codes and  regulations promulgated  thereunder. The  Insurance Subsidiaries  are
subject  to various capital reserve and other financial requirements established
by the  DOIs.  The  Insurance  Subsidiaries  must  also  file  periodic  reports
regarding  their activities  regulated by the  DOIs and are  subject to periodic
reviews of those activities by the  DOIs. The Company must also obtain  approval
from  the DOIs for  all of its  group insurance policies  and certain aspects of
their individual policies prior to issuing those policies. The Company does  not
believe that the requirements imposed by the DOIs will have a material impact on
the ability of the Insurance Subsidiaries to conduct their business profitably.
 
RISK MANAGEMENT
 
    The  Company  currently manages  risk  through various  mechanisms including
premium structure and liability coverage.
 
    PREMIUM STRUCTURE.    The Company's  premiums  are based  on  the  estimated
average medical and administrative costs per member for the expected utilization
and cost of services provided to members under the benefit plans and the benefit
riders  selected by an employer. These rates  are formulated by the Company with
the assistance of outside  actuarial consulting firms  as required. The  Company
also  calculates the  capitation rate,  where applicable,  for the  coverage and
optional riders chosen by each employer group.
 
    All employer group premium  rates generally are contracted  for on a  yearly
basis  unless the Company and the employer  agree to adjust the contract term so
that the  effective date  coincides with  the beginning  of the  group's  health
benefit  plan year or to accommodate  an established open enrollment period. The
Company may, from time to time,  guarantee limits on premiums with employers  if
contracts  are renewed. The Company's  methodology for determining premium rates
is in accordance with  federal guidelines, which  provide for community  rating,
community rating by class and adjusted community rating.
 
    LIABILITY  COVERAGE.  The Company  maintains general liability, professional
liability, workers  compensation,  property  and  casualty  and  directors'  and
officers'  liability coverage subject to  customary deductibles, limitations and
exclusions.  The  Company  also  requires  participating  physicians,  PMGs  and
participating  hospitals to maintain malpractice insurance coverage. The Company
verifies malpractice  insurance  coverage  as  part  of  its  credentialing  and
recredentialing processes.
 
SERVICE MARKS
 
    The    Company's   service   marks    and/or   trademarks   include:   Being
Well-Registered Trademark-, Feetbeat Worksite Walking Program-SM-, FLEX NET-SM-,
Health Net-Registered Trademark-, Health Net ACCESS-SM-, Health Net Comp-24-SM-,
Health Net
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
ELECT-SM-,  Health  Net   INSIGHT-SM-,  Health  Net   OPTIONS-SM-,  Health   Net
SELECT-SM-,  Health Net Seniority  Plus-SM-, Heart &  Soul-SM-, M.D. Health Plan
Personal Medical Management-SM-, QualAssist-SM-, QualAdmit-SM-,
Qual-Med-Registered Trademark-,  QualMed-SM-, QualMed  Health &  Life  Insurance
Company-SM-,    QualMed   Plans   for   Health-Registered   Trademark-,   Senior
Security-Registered Trademark-, "The Final  Piece of the Healthcare  Puzzle-SM-"
and  "Well Managed Care Right from  the Start-Registered Trademark-" and certain
designs related to the foregoing.
 
    The Company  utilizes  these marks  in  connection with  the  marketing  and
identification  of products  and services. The  Company believes  such marks are
valuable and material to its marketing efforts.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    At December 31,  1995, the  Company employed  approximately 3,500  full-time
employees  and approximately 400  part-time employees. Such  employees perform a
variety  of  functions,   including  administrative   services  for   employers,
providers,  and  members,  negotiation  of  agreements  with  physician  groups,
hospitals, pharmacies  and  other health  care  providers, handling  claims  for
payment  of hospital and other services  and providing data processing services.
The Company's employees are  not unionized and the  Company has not  experienced
any  work stoppage since  its organization. The  Company considers its relations
with its employees to be very good.
 
    On April 10, 1996,  the Company announced  a comprehensive restructuring  of
Health  Net  and the  consolidation of  certain  operational functions  of other
subsidiaries. The restructuring of Health  Net will include a reorganization  of
its  management and operating structure  and staff reductions. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The  following sets  forth certain information  with respect  to the current
executive officers of the Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            NAME                 AGE                                  POSITION
- ----------------------------     ---     ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>        <C>
Malik M. Hasan, M.D.             57      Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and
                                          Chief Executive Officer
Dale T. Berkbigler, M.D.         47      Director and Executive Vice President of Medical Affairs of the
                                          Company and President of QualMed
Michael E. Gallagher             46      Director of the Company and Chairman of the Board of Directors,
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer of Health Net
E. Keith Hovland                 56      Director and Executive Vice President, Treasurer and acting Chief
                                          Financial Officer
Joe V. Criscione                 56      Senior Vice President, Governmental Relations
Terry Fouts, M.D.                52      Senior Vice President of Medical Affairs
Andrew Wang                      54      Senior Vice President and Chief Actuary
B. Curtis Westen, Jr.            35      Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
James J. Wilk                    45      Senior Vice President of Human Resources and Administrative
                                          Services of Health Net
Walter G. Woodbury               53      Senior Vice President of Operations (California)
Philip A. Katz, Ph.D.            53      Vice President and Chief Information Officer
</TABLE>
 
    Dr. Hasan became  Chairman of the  Board of Directors,  President and  Chief
Executive  Officer  of  the  Company  on  March  31,  1995.  Dr.  Hasan  was the
Co-Chairman, Co-President and  Co-Chief Executive  Officer of  the Company  from
January  1994 (upon consummation  of the HSI Combination)  until March 31, 1995.
Dr. Hasan has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of QualMed since  its
formation  in 1985. Dr. Hasan assumed the additional position of Chief Executive
Officer of QualMed in June 1990. Effective March 2, 1991, Dr. Hasan also  became
President  of QualMed, an office he  held until February 1995. A board-certified
neurologist in Pueblo, Colorado since June 1975, Dr. Hasan maintained a  limited
practice  until July 1992.  From 1980 to 1984,  Dr. Hasan was  a director of the
Colorado Medical Society and Parkview Episcopal Medical Center. In 1989, he  was
appointed by the Governor of Colorado to the Colorado Health Data Commission, on
which he continued to serve until 1993. Dr. Hasan served as a Clinical Assistant
Professor  of Neurology at the  University of Colorado from  1976 until 1990 and
has been a member of the London Royal College of Physicians since 1964.
 
    Dr. Berkbigler became  Executive Vice  President of Medical  Affairs of  the
Company  and a director of the Company in January 1994 (upon consummation of the
HSI Combination). Dr. Berkbigler has been a director of QualMed since July  1987
and  has served as  the Executive Vice  President of Medical  Affairs of QualMed
since July 1989. Since February 1995, Dr. Berkbigler has served as President  of
QualMed.  Prior to  1986, Dr.  Berkbigler served  as the  President of  San Luis
Valley Physicians Service Corporation, and from  August 1986 to March 1991  held
the position of San Luis Valley HMO Medical Director. He was promoted to QualMed
Medical  Director in  April 1987,  and assumed  the title  of Vice  President of
Medical Affairs of QualMed in  January 1988. He also served  as a member of  the
Board  of Directors of St. Joseph  Hospital, Del Norte, Colorado, from September
1983 through September 1989 and as its  Chairman of the Board from October  1986
through  September 1988. Dr. Berkbigler was a practicing internist in Del Norte,
Colorado from 1979 until 1991.
 
    Effective May 30, 1995, Mr. Gallagher was appointed Chairman of the Board of
Directors, President and Chief  Executive Officer of Health  Net. He has been  a
director of the Company since January 1994 (upon
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
consummation  of the HSI  Combination). Mr. Gallagher was  a director of QualMed
from November 1993 until February 1995. Mr. Gallagher has been a general partner
of Shamrock Investments, a  financial advisory firm  specializing in the  health
care  service industry,  since 1987.  From 1980  to 1987,  Mr. Gallagher  was an
officer of American Medical International, Inc. ("AMI"), where he most  recently
served  as Group  Vice President.  Before joining  AMI, his  professional career
included various positions with the accounting firm of Coopers & Lybrand in  Los
Angeles and service as an officer in the U.S. Marine Corps.
 
    Mr. Hovland became Executive Vice President, Treasurer and a director of the
Company  in January 1994 (upon consummation of the HSI Combination). Since April
1995, Mr. Hovland has served as  acting Chief Financial Officer of the  Company.
Mr.  Hovland assumed responsibility for QualMed's financial affairs in late 1986
as Vice President for Finance and Administration. Since July 1989 he has  served
as  Executive  Vice President  for Finance  and  Administration of  QualMed. Mr.
Hovland has been a director of QualMed since July 1987, has served as  Treasurer
of  QualMed since that  time and served  as Secretary of  QualMed from July 1987
until September  1991.  Prior to  joining  QualMed,  Mr. Hovland  was  the  Vice
President  of Riverside Community Hospital in Riverside, California from 1985 to
1986. From  1980 to  1985, he  was  Senior Vice  President and  Chief  Financial
Officer of Parkview Episcopal Hospital in Pueblo, Colorado.
 
    Mr.  Criscione became Senior  Vice President, Governmental  Relations of the
Company in January 1994 upon consummation of the HSI Combination. Mr.  Criscione
has  served as Senior Vice President of  Government Affairs for Health Net since
1991. From  1983  to  1991,  Mr. Criscione  was  Vice  President  of  Government
Relations for Kaiser Foundation Health Plan.
 
    Dr.  Fouts became Senior Vice President of Medical Affairs of the Company in
January 1994 upon consummation of the HSI Combination. Dr. Fouts has been Senior
Vice President of Medical Affairs of QualMed since November 1991, and served  as
QualMed's  Associate  Vice  President of  Medical  Affairs from  August  1990 to
November 1991.  He  served  as  medical  director  for  the  Company's  Colorado
Springs/Pueblo  service areas from  November 1989 through  June 1992. From April
1986 until  November  1989, he  served  as a  regional  medical director  for  a
competitor  of  the Company.  Prior to  such  time, Dr.  Fouts was  a practicing
physician in Pueblo, Colorado.
 
    Mr. Wang  joined  Health Net  in  April 1992  as  Vice President  and  Chief
Actuary.  In September 1994  he assumed the  title of Senior  Vice President and
Chief Actuary for Health Net, the Company and QualMed. Mr. Wang was a consulting
actuary with  Milliman &  Robertson, Inc.  from 1974  to 1992  prior to  joining
Health  Net.  From  1972  to 1974  he  was  a Professor  of  Mathematics  at the
University of Colorado in Boulder, Colorado. Mr. Wang is a Fellow of the Society
of Actuaries and is a Member of the American Academy of Actuaries.
 
    Mr. Westen has served as Senior Vice President of the Company since  January
1995, and as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company
since  May 1995. Mr.  Westen has also  served as Senior  Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary of  QualMed since September 1993,  and has served as  Vice
President  of Administration  of QualMed from  August 1993  until February 1994.
Since February 1995, he has served as  a director of QualMed. Mr. Westen  served
as  Assistant General Counsel  and Assistant Secretary  of QualMed since joining
QualMed in March 1992. In 1994, he was appointed by the Governor of Colorado  to
the Colorado Cooperative Health Care Agreements Board. From September 1986 until
March 1992, Mr. Westen was an attorney with the firm of Lord, Bissell & Brook in
Chicago, Illinois.
 
    Mr.  Wilk  has served  as  Senior Vice  President  or Vice  President, Human
Resources and Administrative  Services of Health  Net since March  1992 and  has
functioned  as the chief human  resources officer since he  joined Health Net in
September 1990. From time to time during  the period 1973 to 1990, Mr. Wilk  was
responsible  for Human Resources functions  at Allied-Signal, Johnson & Johnson,
Bell Atlantic Corporation and CitiCorp.
 
    Mr. Woodbury became  Senior Vice President  of the Company  in January  1994
upon  consummation of the HSI Combination. Prior  to that time, Mr. Woodbury had
been QualMed's California Vice President of Operations since QualMed's  December
1990 acquisition of HEALS, The Personal Care Physician Health Plan ("HEALS"). He
served  as the Chief Executive  Officer and President of  HEALS from August 1988
until the merger of QualMed's California HMO plans in December 1992, after which
time he has served as Senior Vice President of the Company.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    Dr. Katz has served as Vice  President and Chief Information Officer of  the
Company  since  July 1995.  Prior  to joining  the  Company, Dr.  Katz  was Vice
President, Planning and  Technology at  Graduate Health System  from March  1990
until  July  1995.  His other  past  positions include  President  of Integrated
Technologies Resources Corporation and Associate Vice President, Technology  and
Information Management at Thomas Jefferson University.
 
DIRECTORS
 
    The  Third Amended and Restated Certificate  of Incorporation of the Company
(the "Certificate") provides that  the Board of Directors  shall consist of  not
less  than three nor more than twenty members, the exact number to be determined
in accordance  with  the  Company's  Third Amended  and  Restated  By-Laws  (the
"By-Laws").  In accordance with the By-Laws, the  number of members of the Board
of Directors has currently been set  at fourteen (14). The Certificate  provides
for the Board of Directors to be divided into three classes, each class to serve
for staggered three-year terms. Each class is to consist, as nearly as possible,
of  one-third of the total number of  directors constituting the entire Board of
Directors.
 
    The following sets forth certain  information with respect to the  directors
of the Company, which are divided by the class in which they serve. Please refer
to  the information contained  above under the  heading "Executive Officers" for
biographical information of  directors who  are also executive  officers of  the
Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      TERM TO
      NAME OF DIRECTOR                           PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION                        AGE      EXPIRE
- -----------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------     ---     ---------
<S>                            <C>                                                        <C>        <C>
CLASS I
Charles T. Braden              President of CBS Associates, Inc.                             52        1997
George Deukmejian              Partner of Sidley & Austin                                    67        1997
Michael E. Gallagher           Director of the Company and Chairman of the Board of          46        1997
                                Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of
                                Health Net
Robert L. Montgomery           President and Chief Executive Officer of Alta Bates           59        1997
                                Health System
J. Kevin Murphy                Business Consultant                                           69        1997
 
CLASS II
J. Thomas Bouchard             Senior Vice President, Human Resources of International       55        1998
                                Business Machines Corporation
Thomas T. Farley               Senior Partner of Petersen, Fonda, Farley, Mattoon,           61        1998
                                Crockenberg and Garcia, P.C.
E. Keith Hovland               Executive Vice President, Treasurer and acting Chief          56        1998
                                Financial Officer of the Company
Douglas M. Mancino             Partner of McDermott, Will & Emery                            47        1998
 
CLASS III
Malik M. Hasan, M.D.           Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief       57        1996
                                Executive Officer of the Company
Lawrence E. Austin, M.D.       Retired Northwest Vice President of Medical Affairs of        62        1996
                                the Company
Dale T. Berkbigler, M.D.       Executive Vice President of Medical Affairs of the            47        1996
                                Company and President of QualMed
Roger F. Greaves               Former Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors,                 58        1996
                                Co-President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of the
                                Company
Kenneth W. Kizer, M.D.         Health Care Consultant                                        44        1996
</TABLE>
 
    Dr.  Austin  became  a  director  of  the  Company  in  January  1994  (upon
consummation of the HSI Combination). Dr. Austin served as a director of QualMed
from 1986 until February 1995 and served as Northwest Vice President of  Medical
Affairs   of  QualMed  from  July  1989  until   May  1993.  Dr.  Austin  was  a
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
founding principal, director and president of Pueblo Physicians, Inc. He  served
as  Medical Director for the Pueblo HMO  service area from December 1986 to June
1989. Dr.  Austin  was  a practicing  board-certified  psychiatrist  in  Pueblo,
Colorado  from 1968 to 1989. Dr. Austin served as the Chief of Staff of Parkview
Episcopal Hospital in Pueblo, Colorado and as a member of the Board of  Parkview
Episcopal Medical Center from 1978 to 1980.
 
    Mr.  Bouchard  became  a  director  of the  Company  in  January  1994 (upon
consummation of  the HSI  Combination). Mr.  Bouchard served  as a  director  of
QualMed  from May 1991 until February 1995. Since October 1994, Mr. Bouchard has
served as  Senior  Vice President,  Human  Resources of  International  Business
Machines  Corporation. From June 1989 until October 1994, Mr. Bouchard served as
Senior Vice President  & Chief  Human Resources Officer  of U.S.  West, Inc.,  a
diversified  global communications company, and prior to that time he was Senior
Vice President -- Human Resources and Organization for United Technologies Corp.
Mr. Bouchard  has  served  on  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Labor  Policy
Association  since March  1991 and  Nordstrom National  Credit Bank  since April
1991.
 
    Mr.  Braden  became  a  director  of  the  Company  in  January  1994  (upon
consummation  of the HSI Combination). Mr. Braden  was elected to the Health Net
Board of Directors in September 1987. Mr. Braden is President of CBS Associates,
Inc.,  a  real  estate  advisory  group.  Prior  to  his  association  with  CBS
Associates,  Inc., Mr. Braden provided business consulting services primarily to
the real estate and  financial industries. Mr. Braden  served as Executive  Vice
President at Fidelity Federal Savings and Loan from 1977 to 1991. Currently, Mr.
Braden serves on the Board of Trustees at Woodbury University.
 
    Mr.  Deukmejian  became a  director  of the  Company  in January  1994 (upon
consummation of the HSI Combination). Mr. Deukmejian has served as a director of
QualMed from April 1992 until February 1995 and, since February 1991, has been a
partner in  the  law firm  of  Sidley &  Austin,  Los Angeles,  California.  Mr.
Deukmejian  served as Governor  of the State  of California for  two terms, from
January 1983 to January 1991. Mr. Deukmejian also served the State of California
as Attorney General from 1979 to 1982, as a State Senator from 1967 to 1978  and
as  a State Assemblyman from 1963 to 1966. Mr. Deukmejian has been a director of
Burlington Northern  Santa Fe  Pacific Corporation,  a railroad  company,  since
September  1995, and was a director of one of its predecessors, Santa Fe Pacific
Corporation, from January 1991 until September 1995.
 
    Mr.  Farley  became  a  director  of  the  Company  in  January  1994  (upon
consummation of the HSI Combination). Mr. Farley served as a director of QualMed
from  February 1991 until February 1995, and is a senior partner in the law firm
of Petersen,  Fonda,  Farley, Mattoon,  Crockenberg  and Garcia,  P.C.,  Pueblo,
Colorado.  Mr. Farley was formerly President  of the governing board of Colorado
State University, the University of Southern Colorado and Ft. Lewis College  and
Chairman  of the Colorado  Wildlife Commission. He served  as Minority Leader of
the Colorado House of Representatives from 1967  to 1975. Mr. Farley has been  a
director  of the Public Service  Company of Colorado, a  public gas and electric
company, since 1983 and a director/advisor of Norwest Banks of Pueblo and Sunset
since 1985. Mr. Farley has been a member of the Board of Regents of Santa  Clara
University, a Jesuit institution, since 1987.
 
    Mr.  Greaves,  who  serves  as  a  consultant  to  the  Company,  served  as
Co-Chairman of  the  Board of  Directors,  Co-President and  Co-Chief  Executive
Officer  of  the  Company  from  January  1994  (upon  consummation  of  the HSI
Combination) until March 31, 1995. Prior to January 1994, Mr. Greaves served  as
Chairman  of the  Board of Directors,  President and Chief  Executive Officer of
HNMH since its incorporation in June 1990. Mr. Greaves is the former Chairman of
the Board of  Directors, President and  Chief Executive Officer  of Health  Net.
Prior  to joining Health Net, Mr. Greaves  held various management roles at Blue
Cross of Southern California,  including Vice President  of Human Resources  and
Assistant  to the President,  and held various  management positions at Allstate
Insurance Company  from 1962  until  1968. Mr.  Greaves  currently serves  as  a
Commissioner  on the  California Senate Advisory  Commission on  Life and Health
Insurance and  as  a member  of  the Board  of  Directors of  the  Group  Health
Association of America.
 
    Dr.  Kizer became a  director of the Company  in August 1994.  He has been a
director of the  Foundation since  1992 and  was Chairman  of the  Board of  the
Foundation  from December 1993 through December  1995. Dr. Kizer was Chairman of
the  Department  of  Community  and   International  Health  and  Professor   of
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
Emergency  Medicine  and  Clinical  Toxicology  in  the  Department  of Internal
Medicine at the University of California,  Davis from July 1991 through  October
1994.  Dr. Kizer is also currently an  adjunct professor of public policy at the
University of Southern California. From 1985 to 1991, Dr. Kizer was the Director
of the California Department of Health  Services. Since October 1994, Dr.  Kizer
has  been the chief executive officer of  the veterans health care system of the
United States government.
 
    Mr. Mancino  became  a  director  of  the  Company  in  January  1994  (upon
consummation  of the HSI Combination). Mr. Mancino has been a partner in the Los
Angeles office of the law firm McDermott,  Will & Emery since 1987. Mr.  Mancino
also  is a past President of the American Academy of Healthcare Attorneys of the
American Hospital Association.
 
    Mr. Montgomery  became a  director  of the  Company  in January  1994  (upon
consummation  of the  HSI Combination). Mr.  Montgomery served as  a director of
QualMed from May 1991 until February 1995, and since January 1989 has served  as
the President and Chief Executive Officer of Alta Bates Health System, a holding
company consisting of acute care hospitals, long-term care facilities, home care
services  and a  management service  company for  physician practice  groups and
independent practice  associations.  Mr.  Montgomery served  as  Executive  Vice
President  for VHA  Enterprises, Inc.,  a subsidiary  of Voluntary  Hospitals of
America, Inc., from 1986 to 1988. Mr. Montgomery was a director of Blue Cross of
Northern California from  December 1972 to  April 1984, and  from 1989 to  April
1991  was  a director  of Bay  Pacific Health  Plan. Mr.  Montgomery has  been a
director of  Health Risk  Management, Inc.,  a managed  care information  system
company, since October 1993, and of Mecon Associates Inc., a database management
company, since April 1993.
 
    Mr.  Murphy  became  a  director  of  the  Company  in  January  1994  (upon
consummation of the HSI Combination). Mr. Murphy served as a director of QualMed
from August  1990 until  February 1995  and as  Vice Chairman  of the  Board  of
Directors of QualMed during such service from July 1991. Since January 1992, Mr.
Murphy has been self-employed as a business consultant, from November 1985 until
December 1991 he was employed as the President of 655 Associates, Inc., a crisis
management firm, and from August 1985 to January 1989 he was a Managing Director
and  a  Senior Vice  President  of the  Gabelli  Group, Inc.,  a  New York-based
financial services company. Prior to 1985 Mr. Murphy was President of  Purolator
Courier Corp. and Trailways, Inc. Mr. Murphy has been a director of Pinkerton's,
Inc.,  a security services company,  since October 1990 and  a member of the St.
Mary College Board of Trustees since November 1995.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
    The  following  table  sets forth  certain  information  as of  May  8, 1996
regarding the beneficial ownership of the Class A Common Stock of those  persons
or  groups who are known to the Company  to be beneficial owners of more than 5%
of the  outstanding  shares  of Class  A  Common  Stock and  all  directors  and
executive  officers as a group. The following information is based on reports on
Schedules 13D or  13G filed  with the  Securities and  Exchange Commission  (the
"Commission") or other reliable information.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                       SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED         AFTER THE OFFERING AND
                                                         PRIOR TO THE OFFERING        APPLICATION OF NET PROCEEDS
                                                     ------------------------------  ------------------------------
                                                     AMOUNT OF SHARES                AMOUNT OF SHARES
                                                       BENEFICIALLY     PERCENTAGE     BENEFICIALLY     PERCENTAGE
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                     OWNED (1)       OF CLASS        OWNED (1)       OF CLASS
- ---------------------------------------------------  -----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------
<S>                                                  <C>                <C>          <C>                <C>
Malik M. Hasan, M.D. (2)...........................    4,733,565             20.6%     4,733,565             16.8%
Amended and Restated Health Net
 Associate Trust dated May 1, 1994 (3).............    4,561,312             20.4%     1,366,938(4)           5.0%
FMR Corp. (5)......................................    2,316,175             10.3%     2,316,175              8.4%
All directors and executive officers of the Company
 as a group (21 persons)(2)(6).....................    6,674,490             28.9%     6,154,262(4)          21.8%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) The  nature of beneficial ownership for shares  shown in this column is sole
    voting and investment  power unless otherwise  indicated herein, subject  to
    community property laws where applicable.
 
(2) Includes  430,000 shares of Class  A Common Stock with  respect to which Dr.
    Hasan has the right to acquire beneficial ownership by virtue of outstanding
    vested options, and an aggregate of 85,095 shares owned by Dr. Hasan's  wife
    (3,262  shares) or held by the Hasan Family Foundation (a private charitable
    foundation of which Mrs.  Hasan is the chairperson)  (81,833 shares), as  to
    which  shares  Dr. Hasan  disclaims beneficial  ownership. Does  not include
    133,476 shares held  by three  trusts, the  beneficiaries of  which are  the
    three  children of Dr.  and Mrs. Hasan and  the sole trustee  of which is an
    unrelated third party.
 
(3) Shares of HN Management Holdings, Inc. capital stock issued to employees and
    directors of Health  Net prior to  the HSI Combination  were transferred  to
    Roger  F. Greaves, Stephen D. Vogt  and Gerald Cooper, as trustees, pursuant
    to the Associate Trust Agreement. Pursuant to the Associate Trust Agreement,
    such shares are voted by the trustees and may be disposed of by the trustees
    on behalf of  the beneficial  owners of  the shares.  Each beneficial  owner
    under  the Associate Trust  Agreement retains the  full economic interest in
    the underlying shares of Class A Common Stock.
 
(4) Adjusted to reflect  the repurchase by  the Company of  3,194,374 shares  of
    Class  A  Common  Stock from  beneficial  owners under  the  Associate Trust
    Agreement, including  75,228 and  425,000  shares from  Mr. Braden  and  Mr.
    Greaves  (directors  of the  Company),  respectively, and  5,000  and 15,000
    shares from each of  Mr. Criscione and Mr.  Wilk (executive officers of  the
    Company), respectively.
 
(5) FMR  Corp. owns  and controls Fidelity  Management and  Research Company, an
    investment company, which directly owns  2,120,375 shares of Class A  Common
    Stock.  FMR Corp.  has sole power  to dispose  of all such  shares. The sole
    power to vote or  direct the voting of  these 2,120,375 shares resides  with
    the  Board of  Trustees of  Fidelity Management  and Research  Company. Also
    includes 195,800  shares  owned  by Fidelity  Management  Trust  Company,  a
    subsidiary of FMR Corp.
 
(6) Includes  an aggregate of 720,464 shares with respect to which all directors
    and executive  officers as  a group  have the  right to  acquire  beneficial
    ownership by virtue of outstanding vested options.
 
    On  March 9,  1995, the Company  and Roger  F. Greaves, Stephen  D. Vogt and
Gerald M. Cooper (in their capacities  as such, the "Trustees"), as Trustees  of
the  trust created  pursuant to  the Associate  Trust Agreement  (the "Associate
Trust"), executed a Letter Agreement  (the "Letter Agreement"), which  agreement
was  ratified  by the  Board  of Directors  of the  Company  on March  16, 1995.
Pursuant to the Letter
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
Agreement, the Class A Stockholders agreed to waive their right, pursuant to the
Amended Foundation  Shareholder Agreement  dated  as of  January 28,  1992  (the
"Foundation  Shareholder Agreement") among the  Company, the Selling Stockholder
and the Class A Stockholders,  to purchase shares of  Class B Common Stock  from
the  Selling  Stockholder,  through  the  term  of  the  Foundation  Shareholder
Agreement. The Letter Agreement provides, in relevant part, that the Company and
the Class  A  Stockholders must  hold  good  faith discussions  to  determine  a
procedure,  consistent with  the terms and  conditions of  the Letter Agreement,
whereby each such Class A Stockholder may elect to sell to the Company a  number
of  shares  of Class  A Common  Stock up  to  the entire  number of  such shares
beneficially owned  by  such  Class  A Stockholder  under  the  Associate  Trust
(subject  to  applicable  restrictions  contained in  the  Credit  Facility). In
accordance with such discussions, in  February 1996, the Company repurchased  an
aggregate  of  303,879  shares  of  Class  A  Common  Stock  from  the  Class  A
Stockholders under a repurchase program adopted by the Company. In addition, the
Company has agreed to  repurchase an amount  of shares of  Class A Common  Stock
from such Class A Stockholders that is equal to the amount of shares sold by the
Company pursuant to the Offering, at a price per share equal to the net proceeds
per share to be received by the Company in the Offering.
 
CLASS B COMMON STOCK AND THE CALIFORNIA WELLNESS FOUNDATION
 
    The  Selling Stockholder currently holds 25,684,152 shares of Class B Common
Stock, which constitutes all of the outstanding shares of Class B Common  Stock.
The Selling Stockholder received all of such shares as a charitable recipient in
connection  with the Conversion, since the  legal requirements applicable to the
Conversion necessitated  the transfer  to a  charitable recipient  of an  amount
equal to the value of Health Net as determined by the DOC.
 
    In  connection with  the Conversion, Health  Net also issued  a $150 million
original principal  amount senior  secured  promissory note  and a  $75  million
original  principal amount subordinated  secured promissory note  to the Selling
Stockholder. In  January 1994,  the  Company made  a discretionary  $50  million
prepayment  to the  Selling Stockholder  on the  subordinated secured promissory
note, and in April 1995, the Company  paid down $135 million of the  outstanding
debt  under these  notes, leaving  a remaining  principal balance  on the senior
secured promissory note of $19.6 million due on December 31, 2006. Health  Net's
performance  under the note obligations has  been guaranteed by the Company, and
in accordance  with the  provisions of  such promissory  notes, Health  Net  has
provided the Selling Stockholder with a security interest in certain collateral.
The  long-term  portion  of  the  principal  and  interest  payments  under  the
outstanding senior secured promissory note is subordinated to Health Net meeting
certain minimum capital requirements under the Knox-Keene Act.
 
    The rights of  the Class A  Common Stock and  the Class B  Common Stock  are
identical except that the Class B Common Stock is generally non-voting. Upon the
sale  or transfer of the  Class B Common Stock by  the Selling Stockholder to an
unrelated third  party, the  Class B  Common Stock  automatically converts  into
shares  of Class A Common  Stock. The Selling Stockholder  is subject to various
volume and manner of sale  restrictions specified in the Foundation  Shareholder
Agreement  which limit  the number  of shares  that the  Selling Stockholder may
dispose of prior to December 31,  1998. In addition, the Foundation  Shareholder
Agreement,  in  conjunction  with  the Letter  Agreement,  requires  the Selling
Stockholder to offer its shares of Class B Common Stock to the Company prior  to
selling  such  shares  to any  other  person.  In this  respect,  the Foundation
Shareholder Agreement permits the  Selling Stockholder to offer  and sell up  to
80%  of the Selling Stockholder's  interest in the Class  B Common Stock (or all
but 5,136,830  of  such  shares) to  the  Company  prior to  December  31,  1998
(including  up to 3,852,623 shares in 1997 and  up to the balance of the 80% not
previously sold in 1998).  In the event the  Company declines to purchase  these
shares  offered, the Selling Stockholder will  have the right to exercise demand
registration rights prior to September  30 of each year  as to those shares  not
purchased  by the Company  during such year.  In addition, under  the terms of a
registration rights agreement dated March 2,  1995, prior to December 31,  1998,
the  Selling Stockholder has  the right to demand  two future registrations with
respect   to   up   to   8,026,298    shares   of   Class   B   Common    Stock.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
Notwithstanding  its  rights upon  the expiration  or  waiver of  any applicable
restrictions, the Selling Stockholder currently intends to refrain from  selling
approximately  2.1 million shares of Class B Common Stock which may be forfeited
in the event of a final adverse ruling in the Writ Proceeding described in  Item
3  of the Company's Annual  Report on Form 10-K for  the year ended December 31,
1995.
 
    Prior to the completion of the Offering, the Selling Stockholder owns  53.4%
of  the combined outstanding shares  of Class A Common  Stock and Class B Common
Stock. Upon  the completion  of the  Offering  and the  application of  the  net
proceeds  from the  Offering by  the Company,  the Selling  Stockholder will own
20,547,322 shares  of  Class  B  Common  Stock  (or  19,297,642  shares  if  the
Underwriters'  over-allotment  option  is exercised  in  full) or  42.7%  of the
combined outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock (or
40.1%  if  the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option  is  exercised  in  full).
Notwithstanding  the Selling Stockholder's significant ownership interest in the
Company, the Selling Stockholder does not  consider itself nor does the  Company
consider  the Selling Stockholder to  be a control person  of the Company due to
the current  significant  restrictions  imposed  on  the  Selling  Stockholder's
ownership of the Class B Common Stock.
 
    The  Selling Stockholder  is an  independent, private  foundation created to
improve the  health  of the  people  of California.  The  Selling  Stockholder's
mission  is to  improve the  quality and  accessibility of  health promotion and
disease prevention programs and services for a culturally diverse  cross-section
of  California's  children, youth  and  families, encourage  the  integration of
health promotion and disease prevention  activities into the delivery of  health
and  human services, increase the  availability of work-related health promotion
opportunities for  California workers  and their  families, and  facilitate  the
development  of  public  policies  that  support  health  promotion  and disease
prevention. In 1995, the Selling Stockholder made 177 grants in the  approximate
aggregate amount of $55 million.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The  authorized capital stock of the  Company consists of 135 million shares
of Class A  Common Stock,  30 million  shares of Class  B Common  Stock, and  10
million  shares of preferred  stock, par value $0.001  per share (the "Preferred
Stock"). As of May 8, 1996, there  were 22,411,697 shares of the Class A  Common
Stock  issued and  outstanding, 25,684,152  shares of  the Class  B Common Stock
issued and  outstanding  and  no  shares  of  the  Preferred  Stock  issued  and
outstanding.
 
    The  Class  A  Common  Stock  is  more  fully  described  in  the  Company's
Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File  No. 1-12718), dated January 21,  1994,
and  the Company's Certificate, each of  which is incorporated by reference into
this Prospectus. The  comparison of the  Class A  Common Stock and  the Class  B
Common Stock set forth below is qualified in its entirety by reference thereto.
 
COMPARISON OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND CLASS B COMMON STOCK
 
    VOTING.   Holders  of the Class  A Common Stock  have one vote  per share on
matters submitted to  stockholders for approval,  while holders of  the Class  B
Common  Stock generally  have no  voting rights  other than  as required  by the
Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
    DIVIDENDS, OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS  AND MERGERS OR  CONSOLIDATIONS.  Holders  of
the  Class A  Common Stock and  Class B Common  Stock are entitled  to equal per
share cash dividends, if any, distributions upon liquidation of the Company  and
consideration  in a merger or  consolidation of the Company  (whether or not the
Company is the surviving corporation). Holders  of the Class A Common Stock  and
the  Class B Common  Stock are entitled  to equal per  share stock dividends and
stock splits, if any, except that if stock dividends in shares of Class A Common
Stock are made to  holders of Class  A Common Stock, holders  of Class B  Common
Stock may receive, on a share-for-share basis, shares of Class B Common Stock.
 
    CONVERSION  UPON SALE.  Shares of Class B Common Stock automatically convert
into shares of  Class A Common  Stock on a  one-for-one basis upon  the sale  or
other  transfer  of  Class B  Common  Stock  by the  Selling  Stockholder  to an
unrelated third party.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Upon the terms and subject to the conditions stated in the U.S. Underwriting
Agreement dated the  date of this  Prospectus, each of  the underwriters of  the
U.S. Offering of Class A Common Stock named below (the "U.S. Underwriters"), for
whom  Smith Barney  Inc., Dillon,  Read & Co.  Inc., Dean  Witter Reynolds Inc.,
Robertson, Stephens &  Company LLC,  Salomon Brothers  Inc, and  Volpe, Welty  &
Company  are acting  as Representatives  (the "Representatives"),  has severally
agreed to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholder, and the Company
and the Selling Stockholder  have agreed to sell  to each U.S. Underwriter,  the
number  of shares of  Class A Common Stock  set forth opposite  the name of such
U.S. Underwriter below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITERS                            SHARES
- ------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                   <C>
 
<CAPTION>
Smith Barney Inc....................     959,994
<S>                                   <C>
Dillon, Read & Co. Inc..............     959,994
Dean Witter Reynolds Inc............     959,994
Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC...     959,994
Salomon Brothers Inc................     959,994
Volpe, Welty & Company..............     959,994
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ...........     135,000
<CAPTION>
                                       NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITERS                            SHARES
- ------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                   <C>
 
Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., Inc. ...     100,000
CS First Boston Corporation.........     135,000
Hanifen, Imhoff Inc. ...............     100,000
Josephthal Lyon & Ross
 Incorporated.......................     100,000
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated...     135,000
Piper Jaffray Inc. .................     100,000
Shattuck Hammond Partners Inc. .....     100,000
                                      -----------
  Total.............................   6,664,964
                                      -----------
                                      -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Under the terms and  subject to the conditions  stated in the  International
Underwriting  Agreement dated the date of  this Prospectus, each of the managers
of the concurrent  International Offering of  Class A Common  Stock named  below
(the  "Managers"), for  whom Smith  Barney Inc., Dillon,  Read &  Co. Inc., Dean
Witter International Ltd., Robertson, Stephens  & Company LLC, Salomon  Brothers
International  Limited, and Volpe,  Welty & Company are  acting as lead managers
(the "Lead Managers"), has severally agreed to purchase, and the Company and the
Selling Stockholder have agreed to sell to each Manager, the number of shares of
Class A Common Stock set forth opposite the name of such Manager below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       NUMBER OF
MANAGER                                 SHARES
- ------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                   <C>
 
<CAPTION>
Smith Barney Inc....................     257,710
<S>                                   <C>
Dillon, Read & Co. Inc..............     257,706
Dean Witter International Ltd. .....     257,706
Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC...     257,706
Salomon Brothers International
 Limited............................     257,706
Volpe, Welty & Company..............     257,706
<CAPTION>
                                       NUMBER OF
MANAGER                                 SHARES
- ------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                   <C>
ABN AMRO Bank N.V. .................      30,000
Robert Fleming & Co. Limited........      30,000
Nikko Europe plc....................      30,000
Vereins-und Westbank AG.............      30,000
                                      -----------
  Total.............................   1,666,240
                                      -----------
                                      -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Each of the U.S. Underwriting  Agreement and the International  Underwriting
Agreement provides that the obligations of the several U.S. Underwriters and the
several  Managers to pay  for and accept  delivery of the  shares are subject to
approval of certain legal  matters by counsel and  to certain other  conditions.
The  U.S. Underwriters and  the Managers are  obligated to take  and pay for all
shares of Class A Common Stock offered  hereby (other than those covered by  the
over-allotment option described below) if any such shares are taken.
 
    The  U.S. Underwriters and  the Managers initially propose  to offer part of
the shares of  the Class A  Common Stock directly  to the public  at the  public
offering  price set forth on  the cover page of this  Prospectus and part of the
shares to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of  $.54
per  share  below  the public  offering  price.  The U.S.  Underwriters  and the
Managers may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess  of
$.10  per share to  any other U.S.  Underwriter or Manager,  respectively, or to
certain other dealers. After  the Offering, the public  offering price and  such
concession may be changed by the U.S. Underwriters and the Managers.
 
    The  Selling Stockholder  has granted  to the  U.S. Underwriters  an option,
exercisable within 30 days from the date  of this Prospectus, to purchase up  to
an  aggregate of 999,744 additional shares of Class A Common Stock at the public
offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus less  underwriting
discounts  and commissions.  The U.S. Underwriters  may exercise  such option to
purchase additional shares
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
solely for  the  purpose  of  covering  over-allotments,  if  any,  incurred  in
connection  with the sale of  the shares of Class A  Common Stock offered in the
U.S. Offering. To  the extent such  option is exercised,  each U.S.  Underwriter
will  become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately
the same percentage of such additional shares as the number of shares set  forth
next  to such U.S. Underwriter's name in  the preceding table bears to the total
number of shares in such table.
 
    The Selling Stockholder has granted  to the Managers an option,  exercisable
within  30 days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate
of 249,936 additional  shares of  Class A Common  Stock at  the public  offering
price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus less underwriting discounts
and  commissions. The Managers  may exercise such  option to purchase additional
shares solely for the purpose of  covering over-allotments, if any, incurred  in
connection  with the sale of  the shares of Class A  Common Stock offered in the
International Offering. To  the extent  such option is  exercised, each  Manager
will  become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately
the same percentage of such additional shares as the number of shares set  forth
next  to such Manager's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of
shares in such table.
 
    The Company, the Selling Stockholder, the U.S. Underwriters and the Managers
have agreed  to  indemnify each  other  against certain  liabilities,  including
liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
    The  Company has agreed that, for a period  of 90 days from the date of this
Prospectus, it will not, without the prior written consent of Smith Barney Inc.,
offer, sell, contract to sell,  or otherwise dispose of,  any shares of Class  A
Common  Stock or  Class B  Common Stock or  any securities  convertible into, or
exercisable or exchangeable for  Class A Common Stock  or Class B Common  Stock,
except  for (i) the shares of the Class  A Common Stock offered hereby, (ii) the
issuance of  Class A  Common  Stock by  the  Company pursuant  to  acquisitions,
mergers  or other similar transactions  and (iii) the issuance  of shares by the
Company pursuant to  employee and  non-employee director stock  options and  the
issuance  or granting of shares  or options by the  Company pursuant to employee
benefit, stock option,  employee stock  purchase and compensation  plans of  the
Company.
 
    The  Selling Stockholder  and the  Associate Trust  have agreed  that, for a
period of 90 days from the date  of this Prospectus, they will not, without  the
prior  written consent of Smith  Barney Inc., offer, sell,  contract to sell, or
otherwise dispose of, any shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock
(in the case of the Selling Stockholder) or any securities convertible into,  or
exercisable  or exchangeable for Class  A Common Stock or  Class B Common Stock,
except for the shares of the Class A Common Stock offered hereby by the  Selling
Stockholder  and the  shares of Class  A Common  Stock to be  repurchased by the
Company pursuant to the Offering.
 
    The nonemployee directors of the Company  have agreed that, for a period  of
90  days from  the date  of this  Prospectus, they  will not,  without the prior
written consent  of  Smith  Barney  Inc., offer,  sell,  contract  to  sell,  or
otherwise  dispose  of,  shares  of  Class  A  Common  Stock  or  any securities
convertible into, or exercisable  or exchangeable for Class  A Common Stock,  in
excess of 25,000 shares of Class A Common Stock per director.
 
    The  executive officers of the Company have also agreed that for a period of
90 days from  the date of  this Prospectus, with  certain exceptions, they  will
not,  without  the prior  written  consent of  Smith  Barney Inc.,  offer, sell,
contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of, shares of Class A Common Stock of the
Company or any securities convertible  into, or exercisable or exchangeable  for
Class  A Common Stock, in  excess of an aggregate of  400,000 shares (or, in the
case of  any  given  executive officer,  in  excess  of 10%  of  such  executive
officer's  beneficial ownership of such shares  of Class A Common Stock), except
that the exercise  and sale of  the underlying  shares of Class  A Common  Stock
subject  to employee  stock options  expiring in  1996 shall  not apply  to this
restriction and may be freely sold or disposed of.
 
    The U.S.  Underwriters  and the  Managers  have entered  into  an  agreement
between  U.S. Underwriters and Managers pursuant  to which each U.S. Underwriter
has agreed that, as part of the distribution of the 6,664,964 shares of Class  A
Common Stock offered in the U.S. Offering (plus any of the shares to cover over-
allotments, if any): (i) it is not purchasing any such shares for the account of
anyone other than a U.S. or
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
Canadian  Person (as defined) and (ii) it has  not offered or sold, and will not
offer, sell, resell or  deliver, directly or indirectly,  any of such shares  or
distribute  any  prospectus relating  to the  U.S.  Offering outside  the United
States or Canada to anyone  other than a U.S.  or Canadian Person. In  addition,
each Manager has agreed that as part of the distribution of the 1,666,240 shares
offered  in the International Offering: (i) it is not purchasing any such shares
for the account of any  U.S. or Canadian Person and  (ii) it has not offered  or
sold,  and will not, offer, sell, resell or deliver, directly or indirectly, any
of such  shares  or distribute  any  prospectus relating  to  the  International
Offering  in the United States or Canada or to any U.S. or Canadian Person. Each
U.S. Underwriter and Manager has also agreed  that it will offer to sell  shares
only in compliance with all relevant requirements of any applicable laws.
 
    The  foregoing limitations do not apply  to stabilization transactions or to
certain other transactions  specified in  the U.S.  Underwriting Agreement,  the
International   Underwriting  Agreement  and  the  Agreement  Between  the  U.S.
Underwriters and  the  Managers,  including: (i)  certain  purchases  and  sales
between  the U.S.  Underwriters and  the Managers,  (ii) certain  offers, sales,
resales, deliveries or distributions to or through investment advisors or  other
persons  exercising investment discretion, (iii) purchases, offers or sales by a
U.S. Underwriter who is  also acting as a  Manager or by a  Manager who is  also
acting  as a U.S. Underwriter and  (iv) other transactions specifically approved
by the Representatives.  As used  herein, "U.S.  or Canadian  Person" means  any
resident   or  national  of  the  United  States  or  Canada,  any  corporation,
partnership or other entity  created or organized  in or under  the laws of  the
United  States or Canada, or any estate or  trust the income of which is subject
to United States  or Canadian income  taxation regardless of  the source of  its
income  (other than  the foreign  branch of  any U.S.  or Canadian  Person), and
includes any United States or Canadian branch  of a person other than a U.S.  or
Canadian Person.
 
    Any  offer of  shares of Class  A Common Stock  in Canada will  be made only
pursuant to  an exemption  from the  requirement  to file  a prospectus  in  the
relevant Province of Canada in which such offer is made.
 
    Each  Manager has represented and agreed (i) that it has not offered or sold
and will not offer or sell in the United Kingdom, by means of any document,  any
shares  of Class A Common Stock other than to persons whose ordinary business it
is to buy  or sell shares  or debentures, whether  as principal or  agent or  in
circumstances  which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning
of the Companies Act 1985,  (ii) that it has complied  and will comply with  all
applicable  provisions of  the Financial  Services Act  of 1986  with respect to
anything done by it in relation to the  shares of Class A Common Stock in,  from
or  otherwise involving, the United Kingdom and (iii) that any document received
by it in connection with the issue of the shares of Class A Common Stock has not
been passed on and  will not be passed  on in the United  Kingdom to any  person
unless  that person  is of  a kind  described in  Article 9(3)  of the Financial
Services Act 1986 (Investment  Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order  1988 or is  a
person to whom such documents may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
 
    No  action has been or  will be taken in any  jurisdiction by the Company or
the Managers that would permit an offering  to the general public of the  shares
of Class A Common Stock offered hereby in any jurisdiction other than the United
States.
 
    Purchasers  of the  shares of  Class A  Common Stock  offered hereby  may be
required to pay stamp taxes  and other charges in  accordance with the laws  and
practices of the country of purchase in addition to the offering price set forth
on the cover page of this Prospectus.
 
    Pursuant  to the Agreement  between the U.S.  Underwriters and the Managers,
sales may be made between the U.S. Underwriters and the Managers of such  number
of  shares of Class A Common  Stock as may be mutually  agreed. The price of any
shares of Class A  Common Stock so  sold shall be the  public offering price  as
then  in  effect for  shares of  Class A  Common  Stock being  sold by  the U.S.
Underwriters, less all or any part  of the selling concessions unless  otherwise
determined  by mutual agreement. To the extent  that there are sales between the
U.S. Underwriters and the  Managers pursuant to the  Agreement Between the  U.S.
Underwriters  and the  Managers, the  number of shares  of Class  A Common Stock
initially available for sale by the U.S. Underwriters and by the Managers may be
more or less than the number of shares of Class A Common Stock appearing on  the
front cover of this Prospectus.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    Pursuant  to regulations promulgated by the Commission, market makers in the
Class A Common Stock who are underwriters and prospective underwriters ("Passive
Market Makers") may, subject to certain limitations, make bids for or  purchases
of  Class A  Common Stock  until the  earlier of  the time  of commencement (the
"Commencement Date") of offers or sales of the Class A Common Stock contemplated
by this Prospectus  or the  time at  which a stabilizing  bid for  such Class  A
Common  Stock is made. In general, on and after the date two business days prior
to the Commencement Date (i) such market maker's net daily purchase of the Class
A Common Stock may not  exceed 30% of its average  daily trading volume in  such
Class  A Common Stock  for the two full  consecutive calendar months immediately
preceding the filing date of the registration statement of which this Prospectus
forms a part, (ii) such market maker may not effect transactions in, or  display
bids  for, the Class A Common Stock at  a price that exceeds the highest bid for
the Class A Common Stock by persons who are not Passive Market Makers, and (iii)
bids made by Passive Market Makers must be identified as such.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The validity of the Class A Common Stock offered hereby will be passed  upon
for  the Company  by McDermott,  Will &  Emery, Chicago,  Illinois, and  for the
Underwriters by  Dewey  Ballantine,  Los Angeles,  California.  Mr.  Mancino,  a
director of the Company, is a partner in the law firm of McDermott, Will & Emery
and  beneficially  owns 10,781  shares of  Class A  Common Stock.  Certain legal
matters related to the Offering will be passed upon for the Selling  Stockholder
by Manatt, Phelps & Phillips, LLP, Los Angeles, California.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The  consolidated financial  statements and the  related financial statement
schedules incorporated  into this  Prospectus by  reference from  the  Company's
Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the years  ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 have
been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in  their
report  which is incorporated herein by reference, and have been so incorporated
in reliance upon the report of such  firm given upon their authority as  experts
in accounting and auditing.
 
    The  consolidated financial  statements and the  related financial statement
schedules of  the  Company, except  for  the financial  statements  and  related
financial  statement  schedules of  QualMed  appearing in  the  Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K  for the year  ended December 31, 1995,  for the year  ended
December  31, 1993 have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors,
as set forth in their report therein and incorporated herein by reference.  Such
consolidated  financial statements,  except with respect  to QualMed information
included therein, are  incorporated herein  by reference in  reliance upon  such
report  given  upon the  authority of  such  firm as  experts in  accounting and
auditing.
 
    The consolidated financial statements of QualMed consolidated with those  of
HSI  for the year  ended December 31,  1993 (and not  separately included in the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993)  have
been  audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their
report which is incorporated herein by reference, and have been so  incorporated
in  reliance upon the report of such  firm given upon their authority as experts
in accounting and auditing.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    The Company is  subject to  the informational requirements  of the  Exchange
Act,  and, in accordance therewith, files reports, proxy statements, information
statements and  other  information  with the  Commission.  Such  reports,  proxy
statements,  information statements and  other information filed  by the Company
can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission at the  principal offices  of the  Commission, Room  1024, 450  Fifth
Street,  N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and  at the Commission's regional offices
located at  Northwestern  Atrium  Center,  500  West  Madison  Street,  Chicago,
Illinois 60661-2511, and at Suite 1300, 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York
10048. Copies of such material
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth
Street,  N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. In addition, material
filed by  the Company  can be  inspected at  the office  of the  NYSE, 20  Broad
Street, New York, New York 10005.
 
    The  Company has filed with the  Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-3 (herein  together  with  all amendments  thereto  called  the  "Registration
Statement")  under the  Securities Act  with respect  to the  securities offered
hereby. This Prospectus  does not contain  all of the  information set forth  or
incorporated  by reference into the Registration  Statement and the exhibits and
schedules relating  thereto, certain  portions  of which  have been  omitted  as
permitted   by  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Commission.  For  further
information with  respect to  the Company  and the  securities offered  by  this
Prospectus, reference is made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits and
schedules  thereto which are on file at the offices of the Commission and may be
obtained upon  payment  of the  fee  prescribed by  the  Commission, or  may  be
examined  without charge at the offices  of the Commission. Statements contained
in this  Prospectus  as to  the  contents of  any  contract or  other  documents
referred  to  herein are  not  necessarily complete,  and  are qualified  in all
respects by the terms of such contracts and documents by such reference.
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
    The following  documents previously  filed with  the Commission  are  hereby
incorporated by reference into this Prospectus:
 
    1.   The  Company's Annual  Report on  Form 10-K  for the  fiscal year ended
       December 31, 1995.
 
    2.  The Company's two Current Reports on Form 8-K each dated March 15, 1995,
       the Company's  Current Report  on Form  8-K dated  December 8,  1995,  as
       amended  by the  Company's Current Report  on Form 8-K/A  dated March 27,
       1996, the Company's Current Report on  Form 8-K dated April 10, 1996  and
       the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 3, 1996.
 
    3.   The description of the Class A Common Stock of the Company contained in
       its Registration Statement on Form 8-A, dated January 21, 1994.
 
    All documents subsequently filed by the Company pursuant to Sections  13(a),
13(c),  14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act prior to the termination of the Offering
shall be deemed to be incorporated by  reference in this Prospectus and to be  a
part of this Prospectus from the date of filing thereof. Any statement contained
in a document incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or
superseded  for  purposes of  this  Prospectus to  the  extent that  a statement
contained herein or in any other subsequently filed document which also is or is
deemed to  be  incorporated by  reference  herein modifies  or  supersedes  such
statement.  Any such  statement so modified  or superseded shall  not be deemed,
except as modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.
 
    The Company hereby undertakes  to provide without charge  to each person  to
whom  a  copy of  this Prospectus  has been  delivered, on  the written  or oral
request of any such person,  a copy of any or  all of the documents referred  to
above  which have been or may be  incorporated by reference into this Prospectus
by reference (other than exhibits). Requests for such copies should be  directed
to:  Health Systems  International, Inc.,  21600 Oxnard  Street, Woodland Hills,
California 91367,  Attention:  Investor Relations  Department,  telephone  (818)
719-6978.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors......................................................  F-2
Report of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of Health Systems International, Inc...............  F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1995 and 1994..................................................  F-4
Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995........  F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995....  F-6
Supplemental Schedule to Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period
 ended December 31, 1995...................................................................................  F-7
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December
 31, 1995..................................................................................................  F-8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................  F-9
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Health Systems International, Inc.
Pueblo, Colorado
Woodland Hills, California
 
We  have audited the accompanying consolidated  balance sheets of Health Systems
International,  Inc.  as  of  December  31,  1995  and  1994,  and  the  related
consolidated  statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the
years then  ended. These  financial  statements are  the responsibility  of  the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an  opinion  on the
financial statements based on our audits. The consolidated financial  statements
of  Health Systems  International, Inc.  for the  year ended  December 1993 were
audited by  other auditors  whose  report, dated  March  7, 1994,  expressed  an
unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those  standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of   material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In  our opinion, such  consolidated financial statements  present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Health Systems International,  Inc.
at  December 31, 1995 and  1994, and the results  of its consolidated operations
and its  cash  flows for  the  years then  ended  in conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Los Angeles, California
February 16, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    The Board of Directors of the Company addresses its oversight responsibility
for the consolidated financial statements through its Audit Committee. The Audit
Committee  meets regularly with the independent  auditors to discuss the results
of their  audit  work and  their  evaluation of  the  adequacy of  the  internal
controls and the quality financial reporting of the Company.
 
    In  fulfilling its responsibilities in 1995, the Audit Committee recommended
to the Board of Directors, subject to stockholder ratification, the selection of
the Company's independent  auditors. The  Audit Committee  reviewed the  overall
scope and specific plans of the independent auditor's audit plans, and discussed
the  independent  auditor's  management letter  recommendations,  approved their
general audit fees and reviewed their non-audit services to the Company.
 
    The Audit Committee meetings are designed to facilitate open  communications
between  the independent  auditors and  the Audit  Committee. To  ensure auditor
independence, the independent auditors of the Company have full and free  access
of the Audit Committee.
 
Thomas T. Farley, Chairman
Audit Committee
March 19, 1996
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
              HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                           1995          1994
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>           <C>
ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash and equivalents...............................................................   $  225,932    $  267,877
  Marketable securities held for sale................................................      366,629       244,495
  Premiums receivable, net of allowances of $13,408 in 1995 and
   $11,235 in 1994...................................................................       91,106        63,374
  Prepaid expenses and other.........................................................       34,849        20,546
  Deferred income taxes..............................................................       18,902        33,732
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    Total current assets.............................................................      737,418       630,024
  Property and equipment, net........................................................       84,743        75,095
  Goodwill and other intangible assets, net..........................................      336,365       182,735
  Deferred income taxes..............................................................        1,958
  Other assets.......................................................................       53,227         6,543
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    TOTAL ASSETS.....................................................................   $1,213,711    $  894,397
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Estimated claims payable...........................................................   $  310,392    $  263,566
  Shared risk and other settlements..................................................       30,664        64,101
  Unearned subscriber premiums.......................................................       91,596        54,422
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses..............................................      120,161        78,073
  Federal and state income taxes payable.............................................       13,196         9,998
  Notes payable, current portion.....................................................        2,340         8,207
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    Total current liabilities........................................................      568,349       478,367
  Notes payable......................................................................      354,080       158,340
  Deferred income taxes..............................................................                     28,335
  Other..............................................................................        5,755         5,750
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                           928,184       670,792
Commitment and contingencies (Notes 6, 7 and 8)
Stockholders' equity
  Preferred stock, $.001 par value
   Authorized shares -- 10,000,000
   Issued and outstanding shares -- none
  Class A common stock, $.001 par value
   Authorized shares -- 135,000,000
   Issued and outstanding shares -- 22,643,030 in 1995 and 23,462,396 in 1994........           23            24
  Class B nonvoting convertible common stock, $.001 par value
   Authorized shares -- 30,000,000
   Issued and outstanding shares -- 25,684,152 in 1995 and 1994......................           26            26
  Additional paid-in capital.........................................................       66,147        70,688
  Retained earnings..................................................................      233,711       176,629
  Treasury stock, 654,881 shares of Class A common stock in 1994.....................                    (18,940)
  Advances to repurchase 574,869 shares of Class A common stock......................      (16,330)
  Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities held for sale, net.................        1,950        (4,822)
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    Total stockholders' equity.......................................................      285,527       223,605
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.......................................   $1,213,711    $  894,397
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
              HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                              1995          1994          1993
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Revenues:
Premium revenue.........................................................  $  2,692,335  $  2,290,601  $  1,943,730
Administrative services revenue.........................................        39,717        15,561        13,530
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
      Total revenues....................................................     2,732,052     2,306,162     1,957,260
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Operating expenses:
  Health care expenses:
    Physician...........................................................     1,053,630       911,476       790,303
    Hospital............................................................       883,100       742,248       622,817
    Pharmacy and other..................................................       243,547       184,511       154,112
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
      Total health care expenses........................................     2,180,277     1,838,235     1,567,232
Marketing, general and administrative...................................       302,870       266,764       262,927
Depreciation and amortization...........................................        48,140        39,692        34,187
Administrative services expenses........................................        37,453        15,623        10,837
Merger-related costs....................................................        20,164           672        29,725
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
      Total operating expenses..........................................     2,588,904     2,160,986     1,904,908
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Operating income........................................................       143,148       145,176        52,352
 
Investment income.......................................................        33,170        20,143        18,561
Interest expense........................................................       (19,675)      (14,551)      (18,675)
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Income before income taxes and minority interest........................       156,643       150,768        52,238
 
Income taxes............................................................        67,307        62,759        28,438
Minority interest in loss of subsidiary.................................           256            66
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
NET INCOME..............................................................  $     89,592  $     88,075  $     23,800
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Earnings per share:
  PRIMARY AND FULLY DILUTED.............................................  $       1.83  $       1.77  $       0.48
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
  PRIMARY...............................................................        48,831        49,691        49,517
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
  FULLY DILUTED.........................................................        48,883        49,792        49,624
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
              HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             -------------------------------------
                                                                                1995         1994         1993
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                          <C>          <C>          <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income.................................................................  $    89,592  $    88,075  $    23,800
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
 activities:
  Depreciation and amortization of fixed and intangible assets.............       48,140       39,692       34,187
  Deferred income taxes....................................................        7,585           70      (19,801)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
  Premiums receivable and unearned subscriber premiums.....................       25,582        1,946        4,274
  Prepaid expenses and other...............................................      (18,523)      (7,967)      (5,913)
  Estimated claims payable, shared risk and other settlements..............      (30,000)      31,856       32,168
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses....................................      (20,833)         308       22,761
  Federal and state income taxes payable...................................       10,082        6,781      (27,472)
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
Net cash provided by operating activities..................................      111,625      160,761       64,004
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Sale or redemption of marketable securities held for sale..................      249,506      295,943      178,849
Purchases of marketable securities held for sale...........................     (328,957)    (235,043)    (264,796)
Purchases of property and equipment, net...................................      (35,647)     (28,883)     (24,610)
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired..........................     (139,462)        (795)      (1,637)
Investment in HDS..........................................................      (21,949)
Other......................................................................       (5,798)
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities...........................     (282,307)      31,222     (112,194)
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of treasury stock.................................................      (24,418)     (18,940)
Advances to repurchase shares of Class A common stock......................      (16,330)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and employee
 stock plan purchases......................................................        4,524        4,686        1,142
Borrowings.................................................................      310,000                    11,400
Repayment of debt and other non-current liabilities........................     (145,039)     (60,011)     (18,151)
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities...........................      128,737      (74,265)      (5,609)
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
Increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents................................      (41,945)     117,718      (53,799)
Cash and equivalents, beginning of period..................................      267,877      150,159      203,958
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD........................................  $   225,932  $   267,877  $   150,159
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
              HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  --------------------------------
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>        <C>
                                                                                     1995       1994       1993
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash paid during the year for:
  Income taxes..................................................................  $   39,600  $  53,335  $  76,700
  Interest......................................................................      19,472     14,462     18,702
 
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Issuance of notes and assumption of liabilities as consideration in acquisition
 of GHH.........................................................................  $   28,200  $          $
Tax benefit realized upon exercise of stock options.............................       8,647      1,515        833
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities held for sale.........       6,772     (6,083)     1,261
Leases capitalized..............................................................                               905
Retirement of treasury stock....................................................      43,358
 
DETAILS OF BUSINESSES ACQUIRED IN PURCHASE TRANSACTIONS
Fair value of assets acquired...................................................  $  287,403  $   5,084  $   4,463
Less liabilities assumed........................................................     105,787      3,972        343
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
Cash paid for acquisitions......................................................     181,616      1,112      4,120
Cash acquired in acquisitions...................................................      42,154        317      2,483
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
Net cash paid in acquisitions...................................................  $  139,462  $     795  $   1,637
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
              HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            COMMON STOCK
                                           ----------------------------------------------
                                                  CLASS A                 CLASS B          ADDITIONAL       TREASURY STOCK
                                           ----------------------  ----------------------    PAID-IN    ----------------------
                                            SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES      AMOUNT       CAPITAL      SHARES      AMOUNT
                                           ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance at January 1, 1993...............     22,766   $      23      25,684   $      26    $  62,513                $
  Exercise of stock options, including
   related tax benefit...................        192                                            1,412
  Employee stock purchase plan...........         49                                              563
  Adjustment for the implementation of
   SFAS No. 115..........................
  Net income.............................
                                           ---------         ---   ---------         ---   -----------       -----   ---------
Balance at December 31, 1993.............     23,007          23      25,684          26       64,488
  Exercise of stock options, including
   related tax benefit...................        401           1                                5,298
  Employee stock purchase plan...........         54                                              902
  Purchase of treasury stock.............                                                                     (655)    (18,940)
  Unrealized loss on marketable
   securities held for sale, net.........
Net income...............................
                                           ---------         ---   ---------         ---   -----------       -----   ---------
Balance at December 31, 1994.............     23,462          24      25,684          26       70,688         (655)    (18,940)
  Exercise of stock options, including
   related tax benefit...................        629           1                                5,234
  Employee stock purchase plan...........         48                                            1,071
  Purchase of treasury stock.............                                                                     (841)    (24,418)
  Retirement of treasury stock...........     (1,496)         (2)                             (10,846)       1,496      43,358
  Advances to repurchase stock...........
  Unrealized gain on marketable
   securities held for sale, net.........
  Net income.............................
                                           ---------         ---   ---------         ---   -----------       -----   ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995.............     22,643   $      23      25,684   $      26    $  66,147                $
                                           ---------         ---   ---------         ---   -----------       -----   ---------
                                           ---------         ---   ---------         ---   -----------       -----   ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                     UNREALIZED
                                                                     GAIN (LOSS)
                                                                    ON MARKETABLE
                                           ADVANCES TO               SECURITIES
                                           REPURCHASE   RETAINED      HELD FOR
                                              STOCK     EARNINGS        SALE          TOTAL
                                           -----------  ---------  ---------------  ---------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>        <C>              <C>
Balance at January 1, 1993...............   $           $  64,754     $             $ 127,316
  Exercise of stock options, including
   related tax benefit...................                                               1,412
  Employee stock purchase plan...........                                                 563
  Adjustment for the implementation of
   SFAS No. 115..........................                                 1,261         1,261
  Net income.............................                  23,800                      23,800
                                           -----------  ---------       -------     ---------
Balance at December 31, 1993.............                  88,554         1,261       154,352
  Exercise of stock options, including
   related tax benefit...................                                               5,299
  Employee stock purchase plan...........                                                 902
  Purchase of treasury stock.............                                             (18,940)
  Unrealized loss on marketable
   securities held for sale, net.........                                (6,083)       (6,083)
Net income...............................                  88,075                      88,075
                                           -----------  ---------       -------     ---------
Balance at December 31, 1994.............                 176,629        (4,822)      223,605
  Exercise of stock options, including
   related tax benefit...................                                               5,235
  Employee stock purchase plan...........                                               1,071
  Purchase of treasury stock.............                                             (24,418)
  Retirement of treasury stock...........                 (32,510)
  Advances to repurchase stock...........     (16,330)                                (16,330)
  Unrealized gain on marketable
   securities held for sale, net.........                                 6,772         6,772
  Net income.............................                  89,592                      89,592
                                           -----------  ---------       -------     ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995.............   $ (16,330)  $ 233,711     $   1,950     $ 285,527
                                           -----------  ---------       -------     ---------
                                           -----------  ---------       -------     ---------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    These  consolidated  financial  statements present  the  accounts  of Health
Systems International,  Inc.  and its  wholly-and  majority-owned  subsidiaries,
including Health Net, QualMed, Inc. ("QualMed"), HN Reinsurance Limited ("HNR"),
M.D.  Enterprises  of Connecticut,  Inc. ("MDEC")  and G.H.  Holding Corporation
("GHH") (collectively, the "Company"). All significant intercompany balances and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
    NATURE OF OPERATIONS
 
    The Company provides a  wide range of managed  health care services  through
Health  Net, a California health  maintenance organization ("HMO"), and QualMed,
the parent  company of  a system  of  HMOs with  operations in  various  Western
states.  In March 1995,  the Company acquired  MDEC, the parent  company of M.D.
Health Plan, Inc., an HMO operating in Connecticut ("M.D. Health Plan"), and  in
December  1995 the Company acquired GHH,  the parent company of Greater Atlantic
Health Service, Inc. ("Greater Atlantic"), an HMO operating in Pennsylvania  and
New  Jersey. The  Company also  owns a  preferred provider  organization ("PPO")
network with operations in 36 states and two health and life insurance companies
with licenses to sell insurance in 33 states and the District of Columbia.
 
    In California, the  Company generally  provides services to  its members  by
contract  with  participating medical  groups on  a capitated  or fixed  fee per
member per month ("PMPM")  basis. Outside of  California, the Company  generally
provides  services to its  members through contracts  with individual physicians
and groups of physicians  on a discounted fee-for-service  basis and in  certain
areas through capitation arrangements with physician groups.
 
    HSI COMBINATION
 
    On  January 28, 1994, the Company, successor by name change to HN Management
Holdings, Inc. ("HNMH") (which was formed  in 1990 for the purpose of  acquiring
Health  Net) and QualMed completed a merger  (the "HSI Combination"). In the HSI
Combination, QualMed stockholders received  one share of  the Company's Class  A
Common  Stock for  each share  of QualMed  common stock  and, at  the same time,
previously outstanding HNMH shares (both Class  A voting and Class B  nonvoting)
were  split in a ratio  of 3.3618 shares of the  Company's Common Stock for each
previously existing share of HNMH stock.  The HSI Combination was accounted  for
as  a pooling-of-interests. In accordance  with the pooling-of-interests method,
the consolidated financial  statements of  the Company include  the accounts  of
Health  Net,  QualMed  and  their subsidiaries  for  all  periods  presented. In
addition, retroactive effect of the stock split has been given to all shares and
per share information in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
    In connection with the HSI  Combination, the Company accrued certain  direct
transaction and integration costs totaling $29.7 million which were reflected as
merger-related  costs in  the Company's  1993 consolidated  statement of income.
Such fees and  expenses consist  of $17.4  million of  direct transaction  costs
(including  investment banking fees,  legal, accounting and  printing costs, and
costs associated with  the change  of control provisions  of certain  agreements
with   certain  senior  executives)  and  $12.3  million  of  integration  costs
(including employee severance,  facility consolidation,  conformity of  employee
benefits  and  other items).  Through December  31, 1995,  the Company  has made
payments for merger-related  costs of  approximately $28.9  million relating  to
these items.
 
    Management  believes that the remaining amount  of the original accrual will
be adequate for any future costs incurred. Merger costs recorded in 1994  relate
to the acquisition of MDEC discussed elsewhere herein.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    TERMINATED WELLPOINT AND BLUE CROSS OF CALIFORNIA BUSINESS COMBINATION
 
    On March 31, 1995, the Company, WellPoint Health Networks Inc. ("WellPoint")
and  Blue Cross  of California  ("BCC") entered  into an  Agreement and  Plan of
Reorganization (the "Plan of Reorganization"),  which provided for, among  other
things,   the  business  combination  of  the  Company,  WellPoint  and  certain
commercial operations of BCC (the "HSI/WellPoint Transaction").
 
    In progressing  with the  final  steps necessary  to complete  the  proposed
HSI/WellPoint  Transaction, the  Company, WellPoint and  BCC encountered certain
disagreements regarding various issues. On  December 14, 1995, the Company,  BCC
and WellPoint announced that they had been unable to resolve certain differences
and  were engaged in  discussions regarding a mutual  termination and release of
all  claims  against   one  another  related   to  the  proposed   HSI/WellPoint
Transaction. On December 28, 1995, the Company, WellPoint and BCC announced that
they  had entered into  a Settlement Agreement and  Mutual General Release dated
December 27,  1995  (the "Settlement  Agreement").  Pursuant to  the  Settlement
Agreement,  (i) all agreements among BCC and/or  WellPoint, on the one hand, and
the Company and/or  certain of  the Company's  stockholders, on  the other  hand
(including,  without  limitation, (a)  the Plan  of  Reorganization and  (b) the
Stockholder Agreements  and related  Irrevocable Proxies  dated March  31,  1995
among  WellPoint,  BCC and  each  of such  stockholders  in connection  with the
HSI/WellPoint Transaction), were terminated and (ii) all claims arising  between
BCC,  WellPoint and Mr. Leonard D. Schaeffer, the Chairman of both WellPoint and
BCC, on the one hand, and the Company and such stockholders, on the other  hand,
relating to the proposed HSI/WellPoint Transaction were released.
 
    In  connection  with  the HSI/WellPoint  Transaction,  the  Company incurred
merger-related costs totaling  approximately $20.2 million  in 1995. Such  costs
include  legal, accounting  and consulting  fees, as  well as  severance related
costs of $12.2 million resulting from agreements with certain key executives  in
contemplation of the proposed HSI/WellPoint Transaction.
 
    HEALTH NET CONVERSION
 
    On  February  6,  1992, Health  Net  received approval  from  the California
Department of Corporations ("DOC")  for the Conversion. Under  the terms of  the
Conversion  as approved by the DOC, on February 7, 1992, ownership of Health Net
was transferred to  the Company, and  Health Net contributed  $300 million to  a
qualifying   independent  charitable   organization,  The   California  Wellness
Foundation (the "Foundation").  In addition, the  Foundation received  7,640,000
(25,684,152  after giving effect to the 3.3618:1  stock split) shares of Class B
nonvoting common stock of the Company. The Foundation was established by  Health
Net  to provide  public awareness  and educational  programs to  promote healthy
lifestyles, and other health-related programs. The contribution by Health Net in
connection with the Conversion included $75 million in cash and $225 million  in
notes  payable to  the Foundation.  The Conversion  was accounted  for under the
purchase method of accounting  and the excess of  the Conversion price over  the
fair  value of net  assets acquired was  recorded as goodwill.  During 1995, the
Company eliminated approximately $33.0 million of associated goodwill (See  Note
8).
 
    STATUTORY ACCOUNTING PRACTICES
 
    All  of the Company's health plans as well as its insurance subsidiaries are
required to periodically file financial  statements with regulatory agencies  in
accordance   with  statutory  accounting  and  reporting  practices.  Under  the
California Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act, Health Net must comply  with
certain  minimum  capital  or  tangible  net  equity  ("TNE")  requirements. The
Company's non-California health plans, as well as its Health and Life  Insurance
Company,  must comply with their respective state's minimum regulatory net worth
requirements generally under the regulation of the respective state's department
of insurance.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    The long-term portion of Health Net's  debt to the Foundation, as  discussed
in  Note  5, is  subordinated  to Health  Net  satisfying its  TNE requirements.
Dividends and loans by Health Net are restricted to the extent that the  payment
of  such would reduce its TNE below  the minimum requirement. As of December 31,
1995 and  1994, all  of the  Company's health  plans exceeded  their  respective
minimum TNE requirements. On a cumulative basis, the regulatory net worth of the
Company's   health  plans   exceeded  the   minimum  aggregate   requirement  by
approximately $172  million and  $145 million  at December  31, 1995  and  1994,
respectively.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION AND HEALTH CARE EXPENSES
 
    Each of the Company's individual HMOs generally provide health care to their
members  for  a prepaid  monthly  fee. Premiums  for  members are  recognized as
revenue in the  month in  which the members  are entitled  to service.  Premiums
collected in advance are deferred and recorded as unearned subscriber premiums.
 
    The  cost of health care services is recognized in the period in which it is
provided and  includes an  estimate of  the  cost of  services which  have  been
incurred  but  not yet  reported. Such  costs include  payments to  primary care
physicians, specialists, hospitals,  out-patient care facilities  and the  costs
associated  with  managing the  extent of  such care.  The estimate  for accrued
health care costs is based on actuarial projections of hospital and other  costs
using historical studies of claims paid. Estimates are continually monitored and
reviewed  and, as  settlements are made  or estimates  adjusted, differences are
reflected in current operations.
 
    CAPITATION AND SHARED-RISK ARRANGEMENTS
 
    The Company generally contracts in California with various medical groups to
provide professional care to certain of its members on a capitation or fixed fee
PMPM. Capitation  contracts  generally  include  provisions  for  stop-loss  and
non-capitated  services for which the  Company is liable. Professional capitated
contracts also generally contain provisions for shared risk, whereby the Company
and the medical groups share in  the variance between actual hospital costs  and
predetermined  goals. Additionally, the Company contracts with certain hospitals
to provide hospital care to enrolled members on a capitated basis.
 
    CASH AND EQUIVALENTS
 
    Cash equivalents include all  highly liquid investments  with a maturity  of
three months or less when purchased.
 
    The  Company and  its consolidated  subsidiaries are  required to  set aside
certain funds  for  restricted purposes.  As  of  December 31,  1995  and  1994,
balances  of  $2.0 million  and $3.2  million, respectively,  which are  held in
financial depository accounts, are restricted as to use.
 
    MARKETABLE SECURITIES
 
    The Company  accounts  for  investments  in accordance  with  SFAS  No.  115
"Accounting  for  Certain Investments  in Debt  and  Equity Securities"  and has
determined that all marketable securities (which are primarily comprised of debt
securities) held  as of  December 31,  1995  and 1994  are available  for  sale.
Accordingly,  such securities are carried at  fair value determined using quoted
market prices, and unrealized gains or  losses, net of applicable income  taxes,
are  recorded in stockholders' equity. The Company has also determined that such
marketable  securities  are  available  for  use  in  current  operations   and,
accordingly,  has classified such securities as current assets without regard to
the securities' contractual maturity dates.
 
    The cost of marketable securities sold is determined in accordance with  the
specific  identification method  and realized gains  and losses  are included in
investment income.
 
    The Company  and its  consolidated subsidiaries  are required  to set  aside
funds  for the protection of  their plan members in  accordance with the laws of
the various states  in which they  operate. Such restricted  funds totaled  $9.3
million  and $5.4 million at  December 31, 1995 and  1994, respectively, and are
held in
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
U.S. Treasury bills  and certificates  of deposit with  commercial banks.  These
investments are included in marketable securities held for sale. Interest earned
on such investments accrues to the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and
is not restricted as to use.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property  and  equipment  are  stated at  historical  cost  less accumulated
depreciation. Depreciation is computed using  the straight-line method over  the
estimated  useful lives  of the  various classes  of assets  or the  lease term,
whichever is less. Lives of the assets range from three to 40 years.
 
    COSTS OF COMPUTER SOFTWARE DEVELOPED FOR INTERNAL USE
 
    With respect  to internal  costs  incurred in  the development  of  computer
software,  the  Company expenses  such costs  in the  period they  are incurred.
External costs incurred in the development of computer software are capitalized.
The Company capitalized approximately $12.7 million and $8.2 million of computer
software development  costs  in 1995  and  1994, respectively.  In  1993,  costs
eligible  for  capitalization  were immaterial.  Capitalized  costs  of computer
software developed for internal use are amortized using the straight line method
over the  remaining  estimated economic  life  of  four years  of  the  product.
Amortization  expense  amounted to  $2,203,000 and  $576,000  in 1995  and 1994,
respectively.
 
    GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
    Goodwill and other intangible assets  have resulted from the Conversion,  as
well  as acquisitions which  have been accounted for  under the purchase method.
Other intangible assets  consist of the  value of employer  group contracts  and
provider  networks.  The  Company  routinely  evaluates  the  recoverability  of
goodwill and other intangible assets based on estimated future cash flows.
 
    Intangible assets  consisted  of the  following  at December  31,  1995  (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        BALANCE AT
                                                                         ACCUMULATED   DECEMBER 31,  AMORTIZATION
                                                                COST     AMORTIZATION      1995         PERIOD
                                                             ----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
Goodwill...................................................  $  279,815   $   25,041    $  254,774      35 years
Provider network...........................................      19,125        1,068        18,057    5-20 years
Employer group contracts...................................      94,951       37,354        57,597      11 years
Other......................................................       6,261          324         5,937       4 years
                                                             ----------  ------------  ------------
                                                             $  400,152   $   63,787    $  336,365
                                                             ----------  ------------  ------------
                                                             ----------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Intangible  assets  consisted  of the  following  at December  31,  1994 (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        BALANCE AT
                                                                         ACCUMULATED   DECEMBER 31,  AMORTIZATION
                                                                COST     AMORTIZATION      1995         PERIOD
                                                             ----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
Goodwill...................................................  $  136,066   $   18,053    $  118,013      35 years
Provider network...........................................       6,434          534         5,900    5-14 years
Employer group contracts...................................      87,063       29,464        57,599      11 years
Other......................................................       1,370          147         1,223       4 years
                                                             ----------  ------------  ------------
                                                             $  230,933   $   48,198    $  182,735
                                                             ----------  ------------  ------------
                                                             ----------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
 
    Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations
of credit risk consist primarily of  marketable securities as described in  Note
2,   cash  equivalents  and  premiums   receivable.  All  cash  equivalents  and
investments are managed  within established guidelines  which limit the  amounts
which  may  be invested  with  one issuer.  Concentrations  of credit  risk with
respect to premiums receivable are limited
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
due to the large  number of payers comprising  the Company's customer base.  The
Company's  ten  largest  employer  groups  accounted  for  23.9%  and  43.6%  of
receivables and 24.8% and 26.7% of premium  revenue as of December 31, 1995  and
1994, respectively, and for the years then ended. In addition, the company has a
receivable  in the amount  of $20.5 million  from the State  of Connecticut that
represents claims  paid  by  the  Company  and  reimbursable  by  the  State  of
Connecticut  pursuant to a previous ASO arrangement. Included in other assets is
$18 million of this receivable.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    Deferred income  taxes  reflect the  net  effects of  temporary  differences
between  the carrying values  of assets and  liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The differences result in
taxable or deductible amounts for income  tax purposes when the reported  amount
of  the asset or liability in the  financial statements is recovered or settled,
respectively. The Company has recorded a deferred tax asset of $20.9 million  as
of  December 31, 1995. Although realization  is not assured, management believes
it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax asset will be realized.
 
    EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
    Earnings per share  is calculated based  on the weighted  average shares  of
common  stock  and  common  stock  equivalents  outstanding  during  the periods
presented. Common  stock equivalents  arising from  dilutive stock  options  are
computed using the treasury stock method.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The  preparation of  the financial  statements in  conformity with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported amounts  of  assets and  liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets  and liabilities at the  date of the  financial
statements,  and  the  reported  amounts of  revenues  and  expenses  during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
    NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    In March  1995,  FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING  STANDARDS  BOARD STATEMENT  NO.  121,
"ACCOUNTING FOR THE IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS TO
BE  DISPOSED  OF"  was issued  which  establishes accounting  standards  for the
impairment of long-lived assets, certain identifiable intangibles, and  goodwill
related  to those assets to  be held and used  for long-lived assets and certain
intangibles to be  disposed of.  The Company is  evaluating the  impact of  this
standard  which must be implemented in 1996.  The impact of such adoption on the
consolidated financial statements is not expected to be material.
 
    In October 1995,  FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING  STANDARDS BOARD  STATEMENT NO.  123,
"ACCOUNTING  FOR STOCK BASED COMPENSATION" was issued establishing financial and
reporting  standards  for  stock  based  compensation  plans.  The  Company   is
evaluating  the impact of this  standard which must be  implemented in 1996. The
impact of such adoption on the consolidated financial statements is not expected
to be material.
 
    RECLASSIFICATIONS
 
    Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the  current
presentation.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2.  MARKETABLE SECURITIES HELD FOR SALE
    The  following is  a summary  of marketable securities  held for  sale as of
December 31, 1995 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        GROSS        GROSS     ESTIMATED
                                                                     UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED      FAIR
                                                            COST        GAINS       LOSSES       VALUE
                                                         ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
U.S. Government securities.............................  $   99,640   $     445    $    (136)  $   99,949
Asset-backed securities................................     146,363       2,194         (214)     148,343
Debt securities........................................      60,093         940         (250)      60,783
Securities held by depository (NOTE 5).................      28,040                      (83)      27,957
Other..................................................      29,042         640          (85)      29,597
                                                         ----------  -----------       -----   ----------
                                                         $  363,178   $   4,219    $    (768)  $  366,629
                                                         ----------  -----------       -----   ----------
                                                         ----------  -----------       -----   ----------
</TABLE>
 
    During the year ended December 31, 1995, marketable securities held for sale
with a fair value  at the date of  sale of $249.5 million  were sold. The  gross
realized  gains on  such sales totaled  $618,000, and the  gross realized losses
totaled $38,000.
 
    The following is  a summary  of marketable securities  held for  sale as  of
December 31, 1994 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        GROSS        GROSS     ESTIMATED
                                                                     UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED      FAIR
                                                            COST        GAINS       LOSSES       VALUE
                                                         ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
U.S. Government securities.............................  $   27,947   $      54    $           $   28,001
Asset-backed securities................................     138,833           6       (6,471)     132,368
Debt securities........................................      56,920          38       (1,827)      55,131
Securities held by depository (NOTE 5).................      20,258                                20,258
Other..................................................       8,476         362         (101)       8,737
                                                         ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                         $  252,434   $     460    $  (8,399)  $  244,495
                                                         ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                         ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    During  the year ended December 31, 1994 marketable securities held for sale
with a fair value  at the date of  sale of $295.9 million  were sold. The  gross
realized  gains on  such sales totaled  $700,000, and the  gross realized losses
totaled $200,000.
 
    The amortized  cost and  estimated fair  value of  marketable securities  at
December  31,  1995 by  contractual maturity,  are  shown below  (in thousands).
Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because the  issuers
of  the securities may  have the right to  prepay obligations without prepayment
penalties. Asset-backed securities do not have single maturity dates.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              ESTIMATED
                                                                                     COST     FAIR VALUE
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>
Available for sale:
  Due in one year or less.......................................................  $  100,130  $  100,658
  Due after one year through five years.........................................      84,692      85,396
  Due after five years through ten years........................................       2,172       2,229
  Due after ten years...........................................................      21,611      21,864
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
                                                                                     208,605     210,147
  Asset-backed securities.......................................................     146,362     148,343
  Equity securities.............................................................       8,211       8,139
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
                                                                                  $  363,178  $  366,629
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
3.  ACQUISITIONS
    The following summarizes acquisitions and  strategic investments by HSI  for
the three years ended December 31, 1995:
 
    GHH  -- On December 1,  1995, the Company acquired  the outstanding stock of
GHH and certain of its  for-profit subsidiaries, including Greater Atlantic,  an
HMO  operating in Pennsylvania and New Jersey, for $94 million in cash and notes
(the "GHH Transaction").  In connection  with the GHH  Transaction, the  Company
also  paid  an aggregate  of $12.5  million to  certain affiliated  hospitals of
Graduate Health System, Inc. ("GHS"),  GHH's previous parent company, in  return
for  the  extension of  term and  other amendments  to such  hospitals' provider
contracts with Greater Atlantic. In  addition, pursuant to the GHH  Transaction,
the   Company  established  a  hospital   management  company  to  manage  GHS's
Philadelphia-area hospitals and acquired  certain other businesses that  provide
services  primarily to the hospitals in the GHS system. The acquisition has been
accounted using purchase accounting  and the excess of  the purchase price  over
the fair value of assets acquired in the amount of $88.4 million was recorded as
goodwill.
 
    CARE  MANAGEMENT SCIENCES CORPORATION  -- On September  8, 1995, the Company
purchased shares  of preferred  stock of  Care Management  Sciences  Corporation
("CMS")  for an aggregate  purchase price of $2  million, which shares represent
approximately 21.5% of the  outstanding capital of CMS.  The Company was  issued
warrants  to purchase additional shares  of CMS preferred stock  at the same per
share  purchase  price  of  its  initial  purchase,  which  warrants,  if  fully
exercised,  would increase the Company's ownership in CMS to 36.8%. In addition,
the Company  (as part  of the  stock acquisition)  has provided  CMS with  a  $1
million line of credit. CMS develops, licenses and supports proprietary software
related  to the health care industry. Accordingly, the Company has accounted for
its investment in CMS using the cost  method and such investment is included  in
other assets.
 
    HDS  -- On June 30, 1995, the  Company acquired shares of preferred stock of
Health  Data  Sciences  Corporation  ("HDS"),  representing  a  minority  equity
interest in HDS, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $15.6 million.
In addition, the Company entered into certain software licensing and development
agreements  with HDS. HDS  develops, licenses and  supports proprietary software
and technology  related  to  health  care  information  management  systems.  On
November  13, 1995 and December 29, 1995, the Company acquired additional shares
of preferred stock of HDS for an aggregate purchase price of approximately  $6.3
million.  As  of  December 31,  1995,  the  Company's minority  interest  in HDS
represents  approximately  16%  of  the   total  outstanding  capital  of   HDS.
Accordingly,  the Company has accounted for its investment in HDS using the cost
method and such investment is included in other assets.
 
    MDEC -- On March 15, 1995, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock
of MDEC, and its wholly-owned subsidiary, M.D. Health Plan, an HMO operating  in
Connecticut,  for  $95.4  million.  In  addition,  the  Company  assumed certain
contractual obligations related to MDEC stock appreciation rights equal in value
to $5.1 million. The  acquisition has been  accounted using purchase  accounting
and  the excess  of the purchase  price over  the fair value  of assets acquired
totaling $97.1 million was recorded as  goodwill in the amount of $89.1  million
and employer group contracts in the amount of $8.0 million.
 
    QMPHP -- In October 1994, the Company purchased 51% of the outstanding stock
of  QualMed Plans  for Health  of Pennsylvania,  Inc. ("QMPHP"),  a Pennsylvania
managed health  care  provider,  for  $1.1 million  in  cash.  HSI  subsequently
increased  its ownership  interest in  QMPHP to  82% through  additional capital
contributions of approximately $3.5 million.  The QMPHP acquisition resulted  in
$3   million  of  provider  network  intangible  assets.  QMPHP's  accounts  are
consolidated with those of the Company, and the minority stockholders'  interest
in  QMPHP's net assets and income (loss)  is included in the Company's financial
statements as minority interest.
 
    HUMANA -- On  July 1,  1993, QualMed  acquired certain  provider, group  and
subscriber  agreements  and certain  other assets  relating to  Humana's managed
health care business in Colorado for an aggregate
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
3.  ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
purchase price of  $1.9 million, which  purchase price was  subject to  downward
adjustment to the extent members enrolled under certain contracts subject to the
transaction  did not enroll under a Company contract. Accordingly, such purchase
price was adjusted downward by $450,000.
 
    HEALTH NET  LIFE  --  In  May  1993,  the  Company  purchased  100%  of  the
outstanding  common  stock  of  Health Net  Life  (HNL  -formerly  Sentinel Life
Insurance Company of California)  for $4.2 million. The  excess of the  purchase
price  over  the fair  value  of assets  acquired  was recorded  as  goodwill of
$470,000.
 
    Summarized below  are  the  unaudited  pro  forma  consolidated  results  of
operations  for the  Company, as if  the acquisition  of MDEC and  GHH had taken
place as of January 1, 1994 (in millions except earnings per share):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1995       1994
                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Premium revenue............................................................  $   2,692  $   2,614
Net income.................................................................  $      78  $      72
Primary earnings per share.................................................  $    1.60  $    1.46
Fully diluted earnings per share...........................................  $    1.60  $    1.45
</TABLE>
 
4.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    Property and equipment consists  of the following at  December 31, 1995  and
1994 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1995        1994
                                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Furniture, equipment and software.....................................  $  170,342  $  124,353
Leasehold improvements................................................      13,105       8,950
Land and building.....................................................       4,256       3,935
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                           187,703     137,238
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization......................     102,960      62,143
                                                                        ----------  ----------
Total property and equipment..........................................  $   84,743  $   75,095
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
5.  NOTES PAYABLE
 
    WELLNESS NOTE
 
    In  connection  with the  Conversion of  Health Net,  Health Net  issued two
non-negotiable promissory  notes to  the Foundation  in the  aggregate  original
principal  amount of $225 million. The  notes, a $150 million original principal
amount senior  secured promissory  note  and a  $75 million  original  principal
amount  subordinated secured promissory note, bore  interest at 10.27% and 7.96%
in the years ended 1995 and 1994,  respectively. The rate adjusts to 2.5%  above
the  three-year  treasury bill  auction  rate on  the  last business  day before
December 31, 1997, 2000, and 2003, but  will not be less than 5%. Principal  and
interest  is  due  in  quarterly  installments,  currently  based  on  a 25-year
amortization schedule;  in 1996,  the  amortization schedule  is changed  to  20
years,  and  in 1997,  the  amortization schedule  is  changed to  15  years. In
addition, commencing in 1995,  additional payments of  principal becomes due  to
the  extent  that Health  Net has  an "Excess  Cash Ratio,"  as defined,  in any
calendar year. Any remaining  unpaid principal and interest  is due on  December
31,  2006.  In  January  1994,  the Company  made  a  discretionary  $50 million
prepayment to the  Foundation on  the subordinated secured  promissory note.  In
April  1995, the  Company paid down  $135 million of  the outstanding Foundation
debt, leaving a  remaining principal  balance on the  senior secured  promissory
note of $19.6 million. (See discussion of credit facility below).
 
    Health  Net's performance under the note  obligations has been guaranteed by
the Company. In accordance with the provisions of the promissory notes described
above, Health  Net  has provided  the  Foundation  a security  interest  in  the
following  collateral:  premiums  receivable, property  and  equipment  and debt
securities held by depository (Note 2). Health Net is required to maintain funds
in a depository sufficient to
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5.  NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED)
cover the debt service for the next four quarters. These funds totaled  $318,000
and $20.3 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, and were included
in  marketable securities held for sale. In  addition, Health Net is required to
make payments to a sinking fund, commencing  in 2003, in order to provide  funds
for the unpaid principal balloon payment (plus any interest) due in 2006.
 
    The  long-term portion  of the principal  and interest  payments under these
notes is subordinated to Health Net meeting its tangible net equity requirements
under the Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act.
 
    Based on the terms of the Conversion as approved by the DOC, Health Net  may
treat  as a  deemed principal  payment with respect  to the  senior secured note
payable to the Foundation any taxes, penalties or interest assessed with respect
to the Conversion (whether resulting from the recently completed examination  or
otherwise) up to a maximum of $28 million. In March 1995, Health Net and the IRS
entered  into a settlement  of all outstanding  issues raised in  the audit. The
settlements paid were treated  as a principal  payment on the  notes due to  the
Foundation. (see Note 8).
 
    CREDIT FACILITY
 
    On  April 12, 1995, the Company obtained  a five year unsecured $400 million
revolving line of credit (the "Credit Facility") from a lending syndicate led by
Bank of America. As of December 31,  1995, the Company had used $310 million  of
the Credit Facility to fund the prepayment by Health Net of $135 million in debt
to the Foundation, $100 million to fund the MDEC acquisition, and $75 million to
fund  the purchase  of GHH.  Under the  Credit Facility,  the Company  may incur
permitted subordinated indebtedness in a maximum aggregate amount not to  exceed
$150  million which  will be available  for acquisition purposes  and to provide
short-term financing to repurchase shares of stock.
 
    The Company may elect  from various short-term interest  rates based upon  a
spread  above the LIBOR rate, or the greater of the bank's reference rate or the
federal funds rate plus 1/2%. In addition, the Company may elect a  "competitive
bid  auction" in  which participating  banks are  offered an  opportunity to bid
alternative rates. The Credit Facility is for a term of five years from the date
of execution, with two one year extension options.
 
    The Company is currently  seeking to increase its  revolving line of  credit
under the Credit Facility to $700 million.
 
    OTHER NOTES PAYABLE
 
    The  Company also has various other  notes payable outstanding, both secured
and unsecured, totaling $26.8 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 1995  and
1994,  respectively.  In connection  with its  acquisition of  GHH in  1995, the
Company issued a promissory  note in the  amount of $22.5  million to GHS.  Such
note bears interest at 7.95% and is payable in 2005.
 
    The  weighted average annual  interest rate on  the Company's long-term debt
was approximately 7.4% for 1995 and 8% for each of the years 1994 and 1993.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5.  NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED)
    The following table presents the principal payments due with respect to  all
of  the  above  referenced notes  for  the  five years  ending  December  31 (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
1996..............................................  $   2,340
1997..............................................      1,758
1998..............................................        930
1999..............................................      1,013
2000..............................................     23,631
Thereafter........................................    326,748
                                                    ---------
                                                      356,420
Less: current portion.............................      2,340
                                                    ---------
Long-term portion.................................  $ 354,080
                                                    ---------
                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
6.  OPERATING LEASES
    The Company leases  administrative and  medical office  space under  various
operating  leases. Certain  medical office  space is  subleased to Participating
Medical Groups doing business with  the Company. Certain leases contain  renewal
options  and  rent  escalation  clauses. Future  minimum  lease  commitments for
noncancelable  operating  leases  at  December  31,  1995  are  as  follows  (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                  <C>
1996...............................................  $  20,448
1997...............................................     19,018
1998...............................................     13,192
1999...............................................     11,216
2000...............................................     10,816
Thereafter.........................................     23,310
                                                     ---------
Total minimum lease commitments....................  $  98,000
                                                     ---------
                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Rent expense totaled $17.7 million, $13.8 million and $11.3 million in 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
7.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
    RETIREMENT PLANS
 
    In  1995 the Company had five separate 401(k) retirement savings plans. Such
plans are available to substantially  all employees of certain subsidiaries  age
21 or older who have completed various periods of continuous service. Non-highly
compensated  employees as defined by the Internal Revenue Code may defer up to a
maximum of 15% of their annual compensation under the 401(k) plans, while highly
compensated  employees  are  limited  to  lesser  maximums  in  compliance  with
discrimination  tests. The  Company made  certain matching  contributions to the
plans in 1995. All five of the 401(k) plans were consolidated into a single plan
effective January 1, 1996.
 
    Effective April  30, 1994,  the Company's  defined benefit  pension plan  in
effect  at  such  time was  amended  to  cease benefit  accruals.  The  plan was
subsequently terminated effective December 31,  1994. This freezing of the  plan
affects  the comparability of  net periodic pension cost  and funded status with
that of prior years. In 1994, the Company recorded a $3.1 million gain from  the
freeze.  The plan covered substantially all  Health Net employees. Benefits were
based on years of service and  the employee's compensation during the last  five
years of employment. The plan's assets consist of investments in a bank's pooled
trust  fund. Expenses under the 401(k) and defined benefit pension plans totaled
$1.3 million in 1995, $2.9 million in 1994 and $5.5 million in 1993.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
    The following table  sets forth  the plans'  funded status  and the  amounts
recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements at December 31 (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1995       1994
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Accumulated vested benefit obligation..............................................  $   6,988  $  12,844
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
Projected benefit obligation.......................................................  $   6,988  $  12,844
Plan assets at fair value..........................................................      6,751     12,690
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
Projected benefit obligation greater than plan assets..............................        237        154
Unrecognized net loss..............................................................       (832)    (1,135)
Additional minimum liability.......................................................        832      1,135
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
Net pension liability..............................................................  $     237  $     154
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Net  pension costs  included the  following components  for the  years ended
December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1995       1994       1993
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>
Service costs, benefits earned during year.................................  $          $          $   2,866
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation..............................        614        644      1,171
Actual return on plan assets...............................................       (749)       123       (819)
Net amortization and deferral..............................................        644     (1,119)       291
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total cost.............................................................  $     509  $    (352) $   3,509
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The projected benefit  obligation was  determined using a  discount rate  of
5.25%  for 1995 and 5.25% for 1994  and an assumed rate of compensation increase
was not applicable in 1995 nor 1994. The net pension costs were determined using
the aforementioned assumptions and an expected long-term rate of return on  plan
assets of 8% for each of the years 1995, 1994 and 1993.
 
    On   December  15,  1992,  the  Company  adopted  a  Supplemental  Executive
Retirement Plan  (the "Prior  SERP"). Certain  key executives  were eligible  to
participate  in the Prior  SERP. Under the  provisions of the  Prior SERP, these
executives could  elect  to  credit  amounts  to  the  Prior  SERP  in  lieu  of
compensation. The annual amount so credited was equal to 50% of the premium that
would  be required to fund a premium variable life insurance policy. The Company
then credited the executive's SERP account with the remaining 50% premium.  Upon
death,  beneficiaries are entitled to receive the entire death benefit under the
policy  plus  an  additional  78.5%   of  policy  benefits.  At  retirement   or
termination, the executive is entitled to the cash surrender value of the policy
plus  an  additional 78.5%  of  such cash  surrender  value. The  termination or
retirement benefit must be paid to the executive in a lump sum. This Prior  SERP
was discontinued in December 1995.
 
    A  new SERP program  (the "Current SERP") was  approved effective January 1,
1996. The new SERP plan  ensures that executives who retire  at age 62 or  later
and  have worked for the  Company or a predecessor  organization for at least 15
years receive 50% of  average pay (salary and  bonus) when combined with  Social
Security  and  all other  employer provided  retirement benefits  provided under
current  and  prior  programs  including   the  accumulated  value  of   company
contributions  to  the Company's  401(k) plan  and Profit  Sharing Plan  for the
account of such individuals,  along with benefits accrued  under the prior  SERP
frozen  in 1995. Executives  with less than 15  years of service  at age 62 will
receive a reduced benefit under this  plan, and executives must accrue at  least
five  years  of service  to receive  a partial  benefit. Those  terminating with
between 5 and 10 years of service are entitled to receive a partial benefit, and
executives who terminate with 10 or more years of service will be 100% vested on
earned benefits.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
    The Company also has  adopted the Health Net  Board of Directors  Retirement
Plan.  The plan covers all outside members  of the Health Net Board of Directors
retiring on or after age 65 for a  duration not to exceed the period of  service
as a director.
 
    Expense  under the Prior  SERP and Health Net  Board of Directors Retirement
Plan totaled $1.8  million in 1995,  $2.5 million  in 1994 and  $3.0 million  in
1993.
 
    POST-RETIREMENT HEALTH AND LIFE BENEFITS
 
    The  Company sponsors a defined-benefit health  care plan for its Health Net
employees that provides post-retirement medical benefits to full-time  employees
and  their  eligible dependents  for  employees who  have  worked ten  years and
attained age  55.  The  Company  pays  100% of  the  cost  of  medical,  dental,
prescription  and vision  benefits for those  employees who retire  on or before
December 1, 1995;  for employees retiring  after December 1,  1995, the  Company
pays  25% of the cost of medical coverage  for those employees with ten years of
service, increasing 5% a year to 25 years or more of service, at which time 100%
of the cost  is borne  by the  Company. The  health care  plan includes  certain
cost-sharing  features  such  as  deductibles,  coinsurance  and  maximum annual
benefit amounts for certain benefits.
 
    The following  table presents  this  plan's funded  status and  the  amounts
recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements at December 31 (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1995       1994
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>
Accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations:
Retirees.............................................................................  $   1,251  $     975
Active...............................................................................      2,800      2,181
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
Plan assets at fair value............................................................      4,051      3,156
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
Accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets..............................      4,051      3,156
Unrecognized net gain from past experience different from that assumed and from
 changes in assumptions..............................................................        328        627
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
Accrued post-retirement benefit cost at year end.....................................  $   4,379  $   3,783
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Net periodic post-retirement cost includes the following for the years ended
December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1995       1994       1993
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
Service cost....................................................................  $     390  $     413  $     341
Interest cost...................................................................        266        211        184
Net amortization and deferral...................................................                    (4)       (11)
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total cost..................................................................  $     656  $     620  $     514
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  weighted-average annual assumed rate of increase in the per capita cost
of covered benefits (i.e., health-care cost-trend  rate) is 9% for 1996, and  is
assumed  to  decrease  gradually to  5.5%  for  2007 and  remain  at  that level
thereafter. The health-care cost-trend rate assumption has a significant  effect
on  the  amounts reported.  To illustrate,  increasing  the assumed  health care
cost-trend rates  by  one percentage  point  in  each year  would  increase  the
accumulated  post-retirement  benefit  obligation  as of  December  31,  1995 by
$200,000 and  the aggregate  of  service and  interest  cost components  of  net
periodic  post-retirement benefit cost for the  year then ended by $850,000. The
weighted-average   discount   rate   used   in   determining   the   accumulated
post-retirement  benefit obligation was 7.5% for 1995, 8.5% in 1994 and 7.5% for
1993.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
    The Company also  sponsors a  life insurance  plan, funded  entirely by  the
Company.  The amount of coverage  varies with the maximum  amount of three times
earnings not to exceed  $500,000. The Company's  policy is to  fund the cost  of
benefits  for the health care and life  insurance plans in amounts determined at
the discretion of management, after consultation with an independent actuary.
 
    EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    In 1993  the  Company's  Board  of Directors  approved  the  Health  Systems
International  Employee Stock  Purchase Plan,  effective February  15, 1993. The
plan provides employees  of the Company  with an opportunity  to purchase  stock
through  payroll deductions.  The Company has  reserved 1,000,000  shares of its
Class A  Common  Stock for  issuance  under  the plan.  Eligible  employees  may
purchase  up to $25,000  in fair market  value annually of  the Company's Common
Stock at 85% of the lower  of the market price on  either the first or the  last
day  of each offering period. During 1995,  1994 and 1993, 48,530 shares, 54,382
shares and 49,416 shares, respectively, were issued under the plan at prices  of
$20.93  and $23.06 in 1995,  $10.73 and $21.04 in 1994  and $10.63 and $11.90 in
1993.
 
    PERFORMANCE-BASED ANNUAL BONUS PLAN
 
    The Company has a Performance-Based  Annual Bonus Plan that qualifies  under
Section  162(m) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code").
Under the plan, if  the Company meets certain  financial and operating  targets,
certain  executives subject  to the  limitations of  Section 162(m)  of the Code
become eligible to receive annual cash bonuses  based on a maximum pool of  2.5%
of  consolidated operating income and on the executives' salaries in relation to
the pool.  Amounts payable  to such  executives from  such pool  are subject  to
downward adjustment by the Company's Compensation and Stock Option Committee.
 
    MANAGEMENT BONUS PLAN
 
    The  Company also  has a  Management Bonus  Plan whereby  certain executives
become eligible  to  receive  annual  cash  bonuses  if  the  Company  and  such
executives meet certain financial and operating targets.
 
8.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
    IRS EXAMINATION
 
    Health  Net was under audit  by the IRS during  1995 and 1994. The principal
issue during the  course of  the audit  was whether  Health Net  qualified as  a
tax-exempt  entity for certain  periods prior to the  Conversion. In March 1995,
Health Net  and the  IRS entered  into a  settlement of  all outstanding  issues
raised  in the audit. The settlement paid was  treated as a payment on the notes
due to the Foundation, in accordance with the terms of such notes.
 
    A deferred tax liability account  was previously established by the  Company
to  cover  potential liabilities  relating to  the above  mentioned audit.  As a
result of this settlement, the deferred tax liability and associated goodwill of
approximately $33.0 million have been eliminated.
 
    FTB EXAMINATION
 
    Health Net is currently  under examination by  the California Franchise  Tax
Board  ("FTB"). Issues raised  by such examination  include, among other issues,
tax ramifications of the Conversion. Although it is not possible to predict with
any certainty the outcome of the examination, the Company's management believes,
based on advice of legal counsel, that Health Net has substantial bases for  its
positions  on issues likely to  arise during the course  of the examination. The
ultimate resolution of these matters should  not have a material adverse  effect
on the financial statements of the Company.
 
    LITIGATION
 
    In January, 1995, two purported class action lawsuits were filed against the
Company  and the members of its Board  of Directors alleging breach of fiduciary
duties to the Company's public stockholders by refusing
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
8.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
to seriously consider certain  acquisition bids for  the Company. The  complaint
requests  an  injunction  ordering  the directors  to  evaluate  alternatives to
maximize stockholder value, to ensure that no conflicts of directors'  interests
exist,  to account for damages allegedly  suffered, and to pay plaintiff's legal
costs. The Company and its individual  directors believe that both lawsuits  are
wholly  without  merit  and  intend  to  defend  against  each  of  the  actions
vigorously.
 
    The Company  is  involved in  various  other legal  proceedings,  which  are
routine  in its business. In the opinion of management, based upon current facts
and circumstances known by the Company,  the resolution of these matters  should
not  have a  material adverse  effect on  the financial  position or  results of
operations of the Company.
 
9.  TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
    During 1993, a stockholder, prior director and the prior chief legal officer
and secretary of the Company, was a partner of a law firm from which the Company
purchased legal services in the amount of $2.4 million. The law firm became part
of the Company's in-house legal department in  July 1993, and no fees have  been
billed to the Company since then.
 
    Three  directors of  the Company  are partners  of law  firms which received
legal fees totaling $1.9  million, $1.5 million and  $4.4 million in 1995,  1994
and 1993, respectively.
 
    An  officer of a contracted hospital is also a member of the Company's Board
of Directors. Medical costs  paid to the provider  totaled $55.3 million,  $14.0
million  and $8.0 million in 1995,  1994 and 1993, respectively. Such contracted
hospital is also an employer group of the Company. The Company received  premium
revenues of $3 million annually in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
    A  director  of  a  subsidiary of  the  Company  is a  majority  owner  of a
contracted  provider  of   Health  Net.  The   Company  paid  professional   and
institutional capitation fees to the medical group totaling $36.7 million, $36.5
million and $55.9 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
    A  director of the Company was an officer of an employer group until October
1994. In 1994 and 1993, the Company received premium revenues of $17 million and
$14 million, respectively, from the group.
 
    A stockholder and director of the Company is an officer of a consulting firm
which received approximately $50,000 in 1995 pursuant to a consulting  agreement
to  pay for certain consulting services provided  to a subsidiary of the Company
in connection with its  warehouse operations. In addition,  a subsidiary of  the
Company,  paid approximately $90,000 and $70,000 to the consulting firm for real
estate consulting services rendered in 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
    In 1995,  the  Company advanced  an  aggregate sum  of  approximately  $16.3
million  to three of  its former executive officers  and directors in connection
with the future repurchase of  shares of HSI Class A  Common Stock held by  such
individuals.  This  repurchase agreement  was  entered into  in  connection with
certain severance agreements  between the  Company and each  such individual  in
connection  with  his  or  her termination  of  employment.  Such  advances were
non-interest bearing and were secured  by a pledge of  shares of Class A  Common
Stock, which shares were ultimately repurchased by the Company in January 1996.
 
10. STOCK OPTION PLANS
    HSI has various outstanding stock option plans which cover certain employees
and non-employee directors. Such plans have been adopted by the stockholders and
options  have been granted under such plans.  A summary of the plans which exist
as of December 31, 1995 is as follows:
 
    1989 PLAN -- In 1989, 2,210,000 shares of the Company's Class A shares  were
authorized  to be issued under future  grants to officers, directors and certain
employees pursuant to the 1989 Stock Option Plan.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10. STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)
Options exercised under the plan totaled  785,551, 227,000 and 151,000 in  1995,
1994  and 1993, respectively, at prices per share of between $1.50 and $13.50 in
1995, $1.50 and $13.50 in 1994, and $1.50 and $5.25 in 1993.
 
    1991 PLAN -- In 1991, 1,000,000 shares of the Company's Class A shares  were
authorized  to be issued  under future grants  to officers and  employees of the
Company pursuant to the 1991 Stock Option Plan. The authorized number of  shares
was  subsequently  increased  to  5,000,000. Options  exercised  under  the plan
totaled 120,086, 164,700  and 2,000  in 1995,  1994 and  1993, respectively,  at
prices per share of between $13.75 and $28.25 in 1995, $13.00 and $18.25 in 1994
and at $14.88 in 1993.
 
    NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN -- In 1991, 100,000 shares of Class A shares were
authorized  to be issued  under grants to non-employee  directors of the Company
pursuant to its Non-Employee Director  Stock Option Plan. The authorized  number
of  shares was  subsequently increased to  300,000. Options  exercised under the
plan totaled 10,000, 10,000 and 5,000  in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively,  at
prices  per share of  between $11.63 and  $13.88 in 1995,  $11.625 and $14.50 in
1994 and at $11.625 in 1993.
 
    The following  table summarizes  the  status of  stock  option plans  as  of
December 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1995             1994             1993
                                                      ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>              <C>
Outstanding, beginning of year......................        2,617,815        1,770,264        1,967,436
  Granted...........................................           71,586        1,297,665           75,000
  Exercised.........................................         (915,637)        (401,114)        (158,192)
  Forfeited.........................................         (101,200)         (49,000)        (113,980)
                                                      ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
Outstanding, end of year............................        1,672,564        2,617,815        1,770,264
Exercisable, end of year............................        1,618,564        1,280,030        1,622,954
Exercise price per share............................    $5.25-$27.875    $1.50-$36.125    $1.50-$18.875
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
11. INCOME TAXES
    Significant  components of the Company's deferred tax liabilities and assets
as of December 31 are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1995       1994
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Tax over book amortization......................................................  $     230  $
  Unrealized gain on marketable securities........................................      1,501
  Pre-conversion income tax reserves for book/tax differences on net assets.......                35,463
  Other...........................................................................      2,454      2,098
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
    Total deferred tax liabilities................................................      4,185     37,561
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
Deferred tax assets:
  Unrealized loss on marketable securities........................................                 3,201
  Estimated claims payable in excess of current tax deduction.....................      5,588     16,569
  Other non-claimed accruals in excess of current tax deduction...................      7,337      4,475
  Other post-employment benefit obligations.......................................      1,034        770
  Book over tax depreciation......................................................      1,765        629
  Book over tax amortization......................................................                 5,832
  Accrued compensation............................................................      1,447      2,766
  State franchise tax.............................................................      3,244      3,642
  Accrued merger related costs....................................................      2,986      3,191
  Deferred rent...................................................................      1,296      1,498
  Other...........................................................................        348        385
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
    Total deferred tax assets.....................................................     25,045     42,958
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
  Net deferred tax assets.........................................................  $  20,860  $   5,397
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The accrual for the book/tax differences on net assets was established  with
the  Conversion.  The initial  amount  of the  accrual  was $34.7  million which
resulted in  a corresponding  charge  to goodwill.  In  March 1995,  Health  Net
entered  into  a settlement  with the  IRS,  resulting in  the reduction  of the
deferred tax liability and associated goodwill by $33.0 million.
 
    During the  years ended  December  31, 1995,  1994  and 1993,  tax  benefits
totaling  $8,663,000, $1,515,000 and $833,000,  respectively, were realized as a
result of compensation recognized for tax  purposes relating to the exercise  of
stock options and were recorded as an increase in additional paid-in capital.
 
    The  Company has  utilized pre-acquisition operating  losses of subsidiaries
acquired which  could  differ  from  amounts allowed  by  the  tax  authorities.
Management  believes it has adequately provided  for any increases in taxes that
might result  from  any reduction  of  the  realization of  net  operating  loss
carryforwards.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
11. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    Significant  components of the provision for income taxes are as follows for
the three years ended December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1995       1994       1993
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
Current:
  Federal..............................................................  $  39,273  $  49,641  $  40,322
  State................................................................     11,552     12,971      8,748
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total current......................................................     50,825     62,612     49,070
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
Deferred:
  Federal..............................................................     12,596        (27)   (17,068)
  State................................................................      3,886        174     (3,564)
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total deferred.....................................................     16,482        147    (20,632)
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         $  67,307  $  62,759  $  28,438
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Following is a  reconciliation of income  tax computed at  the U.S.  federal
statutory  tax rates to income tax expense for the three years ended December 31
(in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1995       1994       1993
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
 Income taxes at the federal statutory rate............................  $  54,825  $  52,769  $  18,202
  State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit.......................     10,035      8,544      4,147
  Merger-related expenses..............................................                   262      3,788
  Goodwill amortization................................................      2,099
  Other, net...........................................................        348      1,184      2,301
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         $  67,307  $  62,759  $  28,438
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
12. QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
    The following  interim  financial information  presents  the 1995  and  1994
results of operations on a quarterly basis (in thousands except per share data):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1995 QUARTER ENDED
                                                    ---------------------------------------------------
                                                    MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                    ----------  ----------  -------------  ------------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>
Revenues..........................................  $  627,497  $  660,712   $   702,882    $  740,961
Merger-related costs..............................       8,927       2,185         2,328         6,724
Income from operations............................      29,173      39,036        38,955        35,984
Net income........................................      18,911      22,966        24,284        23,431
Earnings per share................................        0.38        0.47          0.50          0.48
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1994 QUARTER ENDED
                                                    ---------------------------------------------------
                                                    MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                    ----------  ----------  -------------  ------------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>
Revenues..........................................  $  564,655  $  571,148   $   580,837    $  589,522
Merger-related costs..............................                                                 672
Income from operations............................      34,832      34,992        36,461        38,891
Net income........................................      20,527      21,254        22,415        23,879
Earnings per share................................        0.41        0.43          0.45          0.48
</TABLE>
 
13. FAIR VALUE INFORMATION
    The Company has estimated the fair value of financial instruments held as of
December  31, 1995 and 1994 in accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 107,
"Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
13. FAIR VALUE INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
Instruments." The estimated fair value  amounts of cash equivalents,  marketable
securities held for sale and notes payable approximate their carrying amounts in
the financial statements and have been determined by the Company using available
market  information and appropriate valuation methodologies. The carrying amount
of cash equivalents approximate  fair value due to  the short maturity of  those
instruments.  The fair  values of marketable  securities are  estimated based on
quoted market prices and dealer quotes  for similar investments. The fair  value
of  notes payable is estimated based on the quoted market prices for the same or
similar issues or on the  current rates offered to the  Company for debt of  the
same   remaining  maturities.  Considerable  judgment  is  required  to  develop
estimates  of  fair  value.  Accordingly,  the  estimates  are  not  necessarily
indicative  of the amounts the  Company could have realized  in a current market
exchange as  of  December  31,  1995  and 1994.  The  use  of  different  market
assumptions  and/or estimation methodologies  may have a  material effect on the
estimated fair value amounts.
 
    The fair value  estimates are  based on pertinent  information available  to
management as of December 31, 1995 and 1994. Although management is not aware of
any  factors that would  significantly affect the  estimated fair value amounts,
such amounts  have  not been  comprehensively  revalued for  purposes  of  these
financial  statements since that date, and  therefore, current estimates of fair
value may differ significantly.
 
14. COMMON STOCK
    The Company has two  classes of Common Stock.  The Company's Class A  Common
Stock  and Class B Common Stock have  identical rights except that upon the sale
or other transfer of the Class B Common Stock, such shares automatically convert
to Class A  Common Stock. The  Foundation is the  only holder of  record of  the
Company's Class B Common Stock.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
 
    NO  DEALER,  SALESPERSON OR  OTHER PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO  GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR  TO MAKE  ANY REPRESENTATIONS  IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS  OFFERING
OTHER  THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH OTHER
INFORMATION  AND  REPRESENTATIONS  MUST  NOT  BE  RELIED  UPON  AS  HAVING  BEEN
AUTHORIZED  BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING STOCKHOLDER OR THE UNDERWRITERS. NEITHER
THE DELIVERY OF  THIS PROSPECTUS NOR  ANY SALE MADE  HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER  ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE  ANY IMPLICATION  THAT THERE  HAS BEEN  NO CHANGE  IN THE
AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE  DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION  CONTAINED
HEREIN  IS CORRECT AS OF  ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO  ITS DATE. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES
NOT CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER  TO SELL  OR  A SOLICITATION  OF AN  OFFER TO  BUY  ANY
SECURITIES  OTHER  THAN  THE REGISTERED  SECURITIES  TO WHICH  IT  RELATES. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO
BUY SUCH SECURITIES IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION  IN
UNLAWFUL.
 
                                 --------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................           3
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking
 Statements....................................           6
Risk Factors...................................           6
The Company....................................           8
Use of Proceeds................................           8
Price Range of Class A Common Stock............           9
Dividend Policy................................           9
Capitalization.................................          10
Selected Consolidated Financial Data...........          11
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations....................................          12
Business.......................................          17
Management.....................................          28
Principal and Selling Stockholders.............          33
Description of Capital Stock...................          35
Underwriting...................................          36
Legal Matters..................................          39
Experts........................................          39
Available Information..........................          39
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
 Reference.....................................          40
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.....         F-1
</TABLE>
 
                                8,331,204 SHARES
 
                       [LOGO]
 
                                 HEALTH SYSTEMS
                              INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                              CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
                                   ---------
 
                              P R O S P E C T U S
 
                                  MAY 9, 1996
 
                                   ---------
 
                               SMITH BARNEY INC.
                            DILLON, READ & CO. INC.
                           DEAN WITTER REYNOLDS INC.
                         ROBERTSON, STEPHENS & COMPANY
                              SALOMON BROTHERS INC
                             VOLPE, WELTY & COMPANY
 
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
P R O S P E C T U S
                                8,331,204 SHARES
                                                      [LOGO]
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              CLASS A COMMON STOCK
                                   ---------
 
    Of  the 8,331,204 shares of Class A  Common Stock, par value $.001 per share
(the "Class  A  Common  Stock"),  of Health  Systems  International,  Inc.  (the
"Company")  offered hereby,  3,194,374 shares are  being issued and  sold by the
Company  and  5,136,830  shares  are  being  sold  by  The  California  Wellness
Foundation (the "Selling Stockholder"). The Company will not receive any part of
the  proceeds from  the sale  of securities by  the Selling  Stockholder. Of the
8,331,204 shares of Class  A Common Stock offered  hereby, 1,666,240 shares  are
being  offered in an international offering outside the United States and Canada
by the Managers (as defined) (the "International Offering") and 6,664,964 shares
are being offered  in the  United States and  Canada (the  "U.S. Offering"  and,
together   with  the  International  Offering,   the  "Offering")  by  the  U.S.
Underwriters (as defined). The public offering price and aggregate  underwriting
discount per share are identical for both offerings. See "Underwriting."
 
    The Company's authorized capital stock includes the Class A Common Stock and
Class B Common Stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Class B Common Stock" and,
together  with  the Class  A Common  Stock, the  "Common Stock"),  and preferred
stock. The rights of holders of Class A Common Stock are identical to the rights
of holders of Class  B Common Stock,  except that each share  of Class A  Common
Stock  entitles its holder  to one vote and  the holder of  Class B Common Stock
generally has no right to vote. Shares of Class B Common Stock are automatically
converted into shares of Class  A Common Stock on  a one-for-one basis upon  the
sale  or transfer of the  Class B Common Stock to  an unrelated third party. See
"Description of Capital Stock."
 
    The Company's Class A Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange,
Inc. (the "NYSE") under the  symbol "HQ." The last  reported sales price of  the
Company's  Class A  Common Stock  as reported  on the  NYSE on  May 8,  1996 was
$31 7/8 per share.
 
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" STARTING  ON PAGE 6 FOR  A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN  FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE CLASS A COMMON
STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.
 
    This  document may  not be  passed on  in the  United Kingdom  to any person
unless the  person is  of a  kind described  in Article  9(3) of  the  Financial
Services  Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) Order 1988 or as a person to whom
such document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
 
                                ----------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES  AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
     SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION   OR  ANY  STATE   SECURITIES
        COMMISSION  PASSED UPON  THE ACCURACY  OR ADEQUACY  OF THIS
             PROSPECTUS. ANY  REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
                              A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    UNDERWRITING                            PROCEEDS TO
                                  PRICE TO         DISCOUNTS AND      PROCEEDS TO THE         SELLING
                                   PUBLIC          COMMISSIONS(1)        COMPANY(2)       STOCKHOLDER (2)
<S>                          <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Per Share                          $30.00               $.90               $29.10              $29.10
Total (3)                       $249,936,120         $7,498,084         $92,956,283         $149,481,753
</TABLE>
 
(1) The  Company  and the  Selling  Stockholder  have agreed  to  indemnify  the
    Managers  and the  U.S. Underwriters against  certain liabilities, including
    liabilities  under   the   Securities  Act   of   1933,  as   amended.   See
    "Underwriting."
 
(2)  Before deducting estimated expenses of  $575,134 payable by the Company and
    $924,866 payable by the Selling Stockholder.
 
(3) The Selling  Stockholder has granted  the U.S. Underwriters  and Managers  a
    30-day  option  to purchase  up to  1,249,680 additional  shares of  Class A
    Common Stock solely  to cover  over-allotments, if  any. If  such option  is
    exercised  in full,  the total Price  to Public,  Underwriting Discounts and
    Commissions, Proceeds to Company and Proceeds to Selling Stockholder will be
    $287,426,520, $8,622,796,  $92,956,283 and  $185,847,441, respectively.  See
    "Underwriting."
 
                               ------------------
 
    The  shares of Class A Common Stock  are being offered by the Managers named
herein, subject to prior sale, when, as  and if accepted by them and subject  to
certain  conditions. It is expected that certificates  for the shares of Class A
Common Stock offered hereby will be available  for delivery on or about May  15,
1996,  at the offices of  Smith Barney Inc., 14 Wall  Street, New York, New York
10005.
 
                                ----------------
SMITH BARNEY INC.
          DILLON, READ & CO. INC.
                    DEAN WITTER INTERNATIONAL LTD.
                              ROBERTSON, STEPHENS & COMPANY
                                          SALOMON BROTHERS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
                                                          VOLPE, WELTY & COMPANY
 
May 9, 1996
<PAGE>
                                [MAP ILLUSTRATES
                         STATES IN WHICH THE REGISTRANT
                          HAS PPO AND HMO OPERATIONS]
 
                            ------------------------
 
    IN  CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE CLASS A  COMMON
STOCK  OF THE COMPANY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE
OPEN MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE
MARKET MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN  THE CLASS A  COMMON STOCK ON  THE NEW YORK  STOCK
EXCHANGE  IN ACCORDANCE  WITH RULE 10B-6A  UNDER THE SECURITIES  EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934, AS AMENDED (THE "EXCHANGE ACT"). SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
    FOR NORTH CAROLINA  INVESTORS: THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT  BEEN APPROVED  OR
DISAPPROVED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF INSURANCE OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA, NOR
HAS  THE COMMISSIONER OF INSURANCE OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA RULED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR THE ADEQUACY OF THIS DOCUMENT.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND  NOTES THERETO  APPEARING
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND IN THE DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO
THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Health  Systems International,  Inc. (the "Company")  is one  of the largest
managed health care companies in the  United States, with more than 1.9  million
full-risk and administrative services only ("ASO") members. The Company provides
a  comprehensive  range  of  health  care  services  through  health maintenance
organizations ("HMOs") located  in the following  four regions: California,  the
Northeast (Connecticut, Pennsylvania and New Jersey), the Northwest (Washington,
Oregon  and Idaho) and the Southwest (Colorado  and New Mexico). Health Net, the
Company's HMO subsidiary in California, with approximately 1.34 million members,
is the second largest provider of managed health care services in the state. The
Company operates  a  preferred  provider  organization  ("PPO")  network,  which
provides  access  to health  care services  to  over 4.6  million persons  in 38
states, and also owns two health  and life insurance companies licensed to  sell
insurance in 33 states and the District of Columbia.
 
    The  Company's HMOs market their traditional HMO products to employer groups
and their  Medicare  and Medicaid  products  directly to  eligible  individuals.
Health  care services that are provided to the Company's members include primary
and specialty physician care, hospital care, laboratory and radiology  services,
pharmacy  services,  dental  and  vision care,  skilled  nursing  care, physical
therapy and  mental health  care.  The Company's  HMO service  networks  include
approximately  17,500  primary  care  physicians,  40,500  specialists  and  614
hospitals. The  Company utilizes  sophisticated  medical management  systems  to
reduce  excess  utilization  of  health  care  services.  The  Company  is  also
developing a new medical management system which will utilize clinical protocols
and triage procedures to  direct members to the  most appropriate provider.  The
Company believes that this new system, which it calls "Fourth Generation Medical
Management,"   will  represent   a  major  advance   in  applying  sophisticated
information systems to the practice of medicine.
 
    The Company's  growth  strategy  is focused  on  increasing  enrollment  and
profitability  through  (i) continued  commercial  and Medicare  risk enrollment
expansion  in  existing  markets,  (ii)  membership  and  revenue  growth   from
acquisitions  in  both  new and  existing  markets and  (iii)  improving medical
management of health plans  in new markets and  continued refinement of  medical
management in existing markets. The Company actively seeks to increase growth in
its  existing markets  by increasing  penetration of  its existing  product line
through continued  investment in  its sales  and marketing  capabilities and  by
introducing  new  products that  both increase  plan  flexibility and  reach new
potential customers,  including Medicare  and Medicaid  recipients. The  Company
intends  to expand on its recent success  with its Medicare risk products, which
products have experienced  rapid enrollment  and premium  growth throughout  the
last  three  years. The  Company also  plans  to capitalize  on the  breadth and
quality of its  provider network and  its high quality,  affordable products  to
drive  enrollment growth in  existing markets. The Company  also plans to expand
into contiguous  markets  that  will  allow  it  to  increase  enrollment  while
leveraging its existing infrastructure.
 
    The  Company plans to continue its expansion into geographic areas which the
Company believes represent attractive service markets. The Company believes such
markets have characteristics including relatively  low levels of managed  health
care  and  existing health  care delivery  systems which  can benefit  from more
efficient medical management. The Company  has targeted the Northeastern  United
States  as an  attractive service market  and, in  this regard, in  1995 began a
strategy  of  acquiring  significant  HMO  plans  in  the  Northeast  with   the
acquisition  of  M.D.  Health  Plan,  Inc.  ("M.D.  Health  Plan")  operating in
Connecticut and  Greater  Atlantic  Health Service,  Inc.  ("Greater  Atlantic")
operating  in Pennsylvania and  New Jersey. These  acquisitions, which accounted
for 237,125 members at year end 1995, provide the Company with a platform in the
Northeast  from   which  to   pursue  further   acquisition  and   consolidation
opportunities.  Additionally, the  Company intends to  utilize its sophisticated
medical  management  capabilities  to  optimize  utilization  and  increase  the
profitability of acquired plans.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    As  a  result  of  internal  expansion  and  acquisitions,  the  Company has
experienced significant enrollment,  revenue and net  income growth since  1993.
During  this time period, enrollment increased  from 1.3 million to 1.9 million,
revenue increased from $2.0 billion to  $2.7 billion, net income increased  from
$23.8  million to  $89.6 million  and net  income (before  merger-related costs)
increased from $46.1 million to $101.1 million.
 
    On April  10,  1996,  the Company  announced  that  it intends  to  take  an
approximately  $34.2 million pre-tax restructuring  charge in its second quarter
ending June 30, 1996, which will be approximately $.41 per share after-tax.  The
charge  will cover  computer software  and hardware  write-offs, the  costs of a
comprehensive restructuring  of  the Company's  Health  Net subsidiary  and  the
consolidation  of  certain  operational  functions  of  other  subsidiaries. The
software and hardware write-offs are  related to abandoned development  projects
at  Health Net, which pre-dated  the combination of QualMed  with the Company in
1994, and hardware obsolesence. The restructuring  of Health Net will include  a
reorganization  of its management and  operating structure and staff reductions.
The Company expects this restructuring to be completed by the end of 1996.
 
    On May 7, 1996 the Company announced its principal results of operations for
the quarter ended March 31, 1996. Revenues increased 27.7% from $627 million  in
the  first quarter of 1995 to $801 million in the first quarter of 1996. Primary
earnings per  share increased  10.2% from  $.49  in the  first quarter  of  1995
(before  merger-related  costs) to  $.54  in the  first  quarter of  1996. Total
enrollment increased by approximately  178,000, or 10.2%, since  the end of  the
first  quarter of 1995 to approximately  1,918,000 commercial and ASO members as
of March 31,  1996. Medicare enrollment  increased 51% during  this period  with
acquired plans adding approximately 87,000 members. Total enrollment as of March
31, 1996 decreased by approximately 20,000 from December 31, 1995. A decrease in
commercial  membership of approximately 41,000 was partially offset by increases
of approximately 7,000 in Medicare membership, approximately 10,000 in  Medicaid
membership and approximately 4,000 in ASO membership.
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                  <C>
Class A Common Stock Offered by the Company........  3,194,374 shares
Class A Common Stock Offered by the Selling
 Stockholder (1)...................................  5,136,830 shares
Common Stock Outstanding after the Offering (2):
  Class A Common Stock (3).........................  27,548,527 shares
  Class B Common Stock (1)(3)......................  20,547,322 shares
Use of Proceeds by the Company.....................  To repurchase 3,194,374 shares of Class
                                                     A Common Stock. See "Use of Proceeds."
New York Stock Exchange Symbol:
  Class A Common Stock.............................  HQ
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  Currently, the Selling Stockholder owns 25,684,152 shares of Class B Common
    Stock constituting  all of  the issued  and outstanding  shares of  Class  B
    Common  Stock and  approximately 53.4% of  all outstanding  shares of Common
    Stock. Upon completion of  the Offering and the  repurchase of an amount  of
    shares of Class A Common Stock that is equal to the amount of shares sold by
    the  Company in  the Offering, the  Selling Stockholder  will own 20,547,322
    shares of Class B Common Stock or 42.7% of the outstanding shares of  Common
    Stock. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
(2)  Based on the  number of shares of  Class A Common Stock  and Class B Common
    Stock outstanding as of  May 8, 1996 and  excluding 1,013,964 shares of  the
    Class  A  Common  Stock  issuable upon  the  exercise  of  outstanding stock
    options, of which options to purchase  959,964 shares of the Class A  Common
    Stock are currently exercisable.
 
(3)  The rights of holders of Common Stock are identical, except that each share
    of Class A Common Stock entitles its holder to one vote per share on matters
    presented to the  Company's stockholders and  the holder of  Class B  Common
    Stock  generally has  no right to  vote on  such matters. Shares  of Class B
    Common Stock are automatically converted into shares of Class A Common Stock
    on a one-for-one basis upon the sale or transfer of the Class B Common Stock
    to an unrelated third party. See "Description of Capital Stock."
                            ------------------------
 
    UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED,  THE INFORMATION IN  THIS PROSPECTUS ASSUMES  NO
GRANT  OR  EXERCISE OF  STOCK OPTIONS  AFTER  MAY 8,  1996 OR  THE UNDERWRITERS'
OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                         SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                            1995          1994          1993        1992 (1)
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND OPERATING DATA)
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenue...............................................  $  2,732,052  $  2,306,162  $  1,957,260  $  1,538,142
Operating income (before merger-related costs)........       163,312       145,848        82,077        68,708
Net income (before merger-related costs) (2)..........       101,085        88,467        46,051        40,276
Net income............................................        89,592        88,075        23,800        40,276
Primary earnings per share (before merger-related
 costs) (2)...........................................  $       2.07  $       1.78  $       0.93  $       0.81
Primary earnings per share............................  $       1.83  $       1.77  $       0.48  $       0.81
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 (primary)............................................        48,831        49,691        49,517        49,456
OPERATING STATISTICS:
Medical loss ratio (3)
  Commercial..........................................         79.4%         79.4%         79.9%         81.4%
  Medicare............................................         88.0%         85.6%         87.9%         83.8%
    Total.............................................         81.0%         80.3%         80.6%         81.5%
Period-end membership:
  Commercial..........................................     1,651,528     1,392,317     1,250,933     1,207,877
  Medicare............................................       133,226        78,690        52,481        20,034
  Medicaid............................................        50,120       --            --            --
  ASO.................................................       104,010         2,815         3,400       --
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total.............................................     1,938,884     1,473,822     1,306,814     1,227,911
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             DECEMBER 31, 1995 (4)
                                                                                             ---------------------
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                          <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and equivalents and marketable securities...........................................      $     592,561
  Total assets.............................................................................          1,213,711
  Long-term debt, excluding current maturities.............................................            354,080
  Shareholders' equity.....................................................................            285,527
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) All data prior to February  6, 1992 reflects only QualMed, Inc.  ("QualMed")
    operations  since Health Net was not  considered a predecessor company prior
    to its  conversion  from  nonprofit  to for  profit  corporate  status  (the
    "Conversion").  See  Note 1  to  consolidated financial  statements included
    elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
(2) In  1995, 1994  and 1993,  the Company  incurred merger-related  costs on  a
    before   tax  basis  of  $20.2  million,  $.7  million  and  $29.7  million,
    respectively.
 
(3) Medical loss ratio ("MLR") represents  health care expenses as a  percentage
    of premium revenues.
 
(4) All of the net proceeds to the Company from the Offering will be used by the
    Company to repurchase the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock that
    the  Company sells in  the Offering; accordingly, the  Offering will have no
    impact on the  total number  of outstanding shares  of Common  Stock or  the
    Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  Data  of the  Company.  Does  not  reflect the
    repurchase of 878,748  shares of Class  A Common Stock  and the exercise  of
    stock  options to purchase 647,230 shares of Class A Common Stock which have
    occurred since December 31, 1995.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
           CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
    Certain  statements contained under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and  Results of Operations,"  such as statements  concerning
future  premium rates  and the Company's  ability to control  health care costs,
certain statements  contained under  "Business," such  as statements  concerning
proposed  efforts to control health care and administrative costs and the future
of the health  care industry,  and other statements  contained herein  regarding
matters  that are not  historical facts are  forward-looking statements (as such
term is  defined in  the Securities  Act of  1933, as  amended (the  "Securities
Act")). Because such forward-looking statements include risks and uncertainties,
actual  results may differ materially from those expressed in or implied by such
forward-looking statements. Factors  that could cause  actual results to  differ
materially  include, but are not limited  to, those discussed herein under "Risk
Factors."
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
CONTROL OVER AND PREDICTABILITY OF HEALTH CARE COSTS
 
    The Company's profitability depends in large part upon accurately predicting
health care costs  and upon  its ability to  control health  care costs  through
underwriting  criteria,  utilization  management  and  negotiation  of favorable
provider  contracts.  The  aging  of   the  population  and  other   demographic
characteristics  and advances  in medical  technology continue  to contribute to
rising  health  care  costs.  Government-imposed  limitations  on  Medicare  and
Medicaid  reimbursement have  also caused the  private sector to  bear a greater
share of health  care costs. Changes  in health care  practices, inflation,  new
technologies, major epidemics, disasters and catastrophes, clusters of high-cost
cases  and numerous other factors affecting the delivery and cost of health care
are beyond any  health plan's  control and  may adversely  affect the  Company's
ability  to predict and control health care costs and claims. In addition, there
can be no assurance that provider  agreements negotiated in the future will  not
result  in substantially higher health  care costs. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of  Financial Condition and  Results of Operations  -- Health  Care
Expenses."
 
HEALTH CARE REFORM LEGISLATION
 
    As a result of the escalation of health care costs and the inability of many
individuals  and  employers  to  obtain  affordable  health  insurance, numerous
proposals have been,  and may continue  to be, introduced  in the United  States
Congress  and  state legislatures,  and  other proposals  are  being considered,
relating to  health care  reform. Among  the proposals  under consideration  are
price   controls  on  hospitals,  insurance   market  reforms  to  increase  the
availability of group  health insurance to  small businesses, requirements  that
all  businesses offer health insurance coverage to their employees, the creation
of a government health  insurance plan or plans  that would cover all  citizens,
mandated  health plan benefits, mandated provider payment arrangements and other
proposals involving various aspects of plan operations. The Company is not  able
to evaluate whether any of such proposals or other proposals will be adopted and
implemented.  However,  certain  of  the proposals,  if  adopted,  could  have a
material adverse effect on the  Company's business. See "Business --  Government
Regulation."
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The health care industry in general, and HMOs and health insurance companies
in  particular,  are  subject  to  substantial  federal  and  state  regulation,
including, but not limited to, regulation relating to cash reserves, minimum net
worth,  licensing  requirements,  approval  of  policy  language  and  benefits,
mandatory  products  and benefits,  provider compensation  arrangements, premium
rates and periodic  examinations by  state and federal  agencies. The  Company's
ability  to declare and pay dividends is also limited by state regulations which
restrict the Company's subsidiaries' ability to distribute funds to the Company.
In addition, many states in which the Company operates are currently considering
regulation relating to  mandatory benefits, provider  compensation, any  willing
provider  legislation and composition of  physician networks. Changes in federal
and state laws or regulations, if enacted, could increase health care costs  and
administrative  expenses,  and changes  could be  made  in Medicare  or Medicaid
reimbursement rates. There can be no
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
assurance that any future regulatory action by such other governmental  agencies
will  not have an  adverse impact on  the profitability or  marketability of the
Company's plans in their respective jurisdictions. See "Business -  Governmental
Regulation."
 
COMPETITION AND PREMIUM PRICING
 
    The   managed  health  care  industry  is  highly  competitive,  with  major
competitors including Blue  Cross/ Blue Shield  plans, other indemnity  insurers
and other national and regional HMOs, PPOs and third party administrator ("TPA")
companies.  A number  of the Company's  competitors are more  established in the
health care  industry  and have  substantially  larger memberships  and  greater
financial  resources  than the  Company.  Additional competitors  may  enter the
Company's markets in the  future. The Company  anticipates that premium  pricing
will  be highly competitive and  the Company may not  be able to secure adequate
premium pricing. In the last two fiscal years, the California commercial  market
has  experienced premium rate decreases due, in large part, to premium reduction
initiatives undertaken by large employer groups. The Company believes that there
will continue  to  be premium  reduction  pressures on  HMOs  from  increasingly
sophisticated  consumers,  such as  large employer  groups, particularly  in the
California commercial marketplace. Due  to these competitive pricing  pressures,
the Company does not believe that its California commercial membership will grow
significantly  in 1996. See  "Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business -- Competition."
 
ACQUISITIONS AND GROWTH
 
    A significant part of the Company's  business strategy is to diversify  into
new   geographic   markets  through   acquisitions.  Identifying   and  pursuing
acquisition opportunities, integrating acquired  businesses and managing  growth
requires a significant amount of management time and skill. Although the Company
is  currently  reviewing and  contemplating the  acquisition  of HMOs  and other
health  care-related   entities,   there   are  currently   no   agreements   or
understandings  regarding any such transactions. There  can be no assurance that
the Company  will  be able  to  (i)  negotiate acceptable  terms  with  suitable
acquisition  candidates or that, if negotiated, such acquisitions will be either
approved by all relevant regulatory authorities or consummated, (ii)  assimilate
such acquired companies or (iii) manage future growth.
 
    The  Company also actively seeks to  increase growth in its existing markets
by increasing  penetration  of  its  existing  product  line  through  continued
investment  in  its  sales and  marketing  capabilities and  by  introducing new
products that both increase plan  flexibility and reach new potential  customers
including  Medicare and Medicaid recipients. There  can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to successfully implement this strategy as the introduction
of new products may be subject to unforeseen costs and regulatory delays.
 
POTENTIAL LITIGATION
 
    The Company,  like  HMOs and  health  insurers generally,  excludes  certain
health  care  services from  coverage under  its  plans. The  Company is  in its
ordinary course of business subject to  the claims of its enrollees arising  out
of  decisions to  restrict treatment  or to  restrict reimbursement  for certain
services. The loss of any such claim, if it results in a significant punitive or
other damage award or a directive that the Company effect significant changes in
its operations,  could  have  a  material adverse  effect  on  the  Company.  In
addition,  the risk  of potential liability  under punitive  damage theories may
increase significantly  the difficulty  of obtaining  reasonable settlements  of
coverage  claims. There can be no  assurance that successful claims of enrollees
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business.
 
VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
    The trading price of the Class A Common Stock may be subject to fluctuations
in response to variations in quarterly operating results, general trends in  the
health  care market,  regulatory developments,  general economic  conditions and
other factors.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The Company was incorporated  in 1990. The Company  is the successor to  the
business  conducted by Health Net,  which became a subsidiary  of the Company in
1992, and the HMOs and PPO networks operated by QualMed, which combined with the
Company in 1994 (the "HSI Combination").  The Company operates and conducts  its
HMO  and other  businesses through its  wholly and  majority owned subsidiaries.
Except as  the context  otherwise requires,  the term  the "Company"  refers  to
Health Systems International, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
 
    The  Company's  principal  executive  offices are  located  at  21600 Oxnard
Street, Woodland Hills, California 91367, telephone (818) 719-6978 and 225 North
Main Street, Pueblo, Colorado 81003, telephone (719) 542-0500.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The net  proceeds  to be  received  by the  Company  from the  sale  of  the
3,194,374 shares of Class A Common Stock offered by the Company are estimated to
be  $92.4 million,  after deducting  underwriting discounts  and commissions and
estimated expenses of the Offering payable  by the Company. The Company  intends
to  use all of the  net proceeds to the Company  from the Offering to repurchase
3,194,374 shares of Class A Common Stock currently held pursuant to the  Amended
and  Restated Health Net Trust Agreement dated as of May 1, 1994 (the "Associate
Trust Agreement"), on behalf of certain founding stockholders of the Company  at
the  date of  the Conversion (the  "Class A Stockholders").  The Associate Trust
Agreement was  initially entered  into  in connection  with the  Conversion  and
imposes  strict restrictions on the ability of  the Class A Stockholders to sell
or otherwise transfer shares  of Class A Common  Stock held under the  Associate
Trust to any entity other than the Company (except in certain limited instances)
prior  to February 28,  1997. The repurchase price  per share to  be paid by the
Company to repurchase these shares of Class A Common Stock will be equal to  the
net proceeds per share received by the Company in the Offering.
 
    The  Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of
Class A Common Stock by the Selling Stockholder.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
                      PRICE RANGE OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
    The following  table  sets  forth the  high  and  low sales  prices  of  the
Company's  Class A  Common Stock during  the last  two fiscal years  on the NYSE
since January  31,  1994, the  day  the Class  A  Common Stock  first  commenced
trading.  The  following  quotations  are  as  reported  in  published financial
sources.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 HIGH        LOW
                                                                               ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>
1994
First Quarter (commencing January 31, 1994)..................................  $  29 7/8  $      20
Second Quarter...............................................................     36 3/4     24 1/2
Third Quarter................................................................     29 1/4         22
Fourth Quarter...............................................................     30 5/8     20 3/4
 
1995
First Quarter................................................................     33 7/8     24 7/8
Second Quarter...............................................................     34 1/8         25
Third Quarter................................................................     30 3/8     27 7/8
Fourth Quarter...............................................................     34 1/4     29 1/4
 
1996
First Quarter................................................................     37 7/8     30 3/8
Second Quarter...............................................................     37 1/8     30 3/4
Third Quarter (through May 8, 1996)..........................................     37 1/8     29 3/4
</TABLE>
 
    On May 8,  1996, the  last reported  sales price per  share of  the Class  A
Common Stock on the NYSE was $31 7/8 per share.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    No  dividends have been paid by the  Company during the preceding two fiscal
years. The  Company has  no present  intention of  paying any  dividends on  its
Common  Stock. The Company is  a holding company and,  therefore, its ability to
pay dividends depends on distributions received from its subsidiaries, which are
subject to  regulatory  net  worth requirements  and  certain  additional  state
regulations  which may restrict the declaration of dividends by licensed managed
health care plans and insurance companies. The payment of any dividend is at the
discretion of the Company's  Board of Directors and  depends upon the  Company's
earnings, financial position, capital requirements and such other factors as the
Company's  Board of Directors  deems relevant. In  addition, the Credit Facility
(as defined herein) restricts the Company's ability to declare or pay  dividends
to  its stockholders or to  purchase, redeem or otherwise  acquire shares of its
capital stock.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following  table  sets  forth the  consolidated  capitalization  of  the
Company  as of December 31, 1995 on an  actual basis. All of the net proceeds to
the Company from the Offering will be used by the Company to repurchase the same
number of shares of Class A Common Stock that the Company sells in the Offering.
The Offering will have  no impact on the  capitalization of the Company,  except
that  after  the  Offering,  27,548,527  shares  of  Class  A  Common  Stock and
20,547,322 shares  of Class  B Common  Stock will  be outstanding.  See "Use  of
Proceeds."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              DECEMBER 31, 1995(1)
                                                                                              --------------------
                                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                           <C>
Current maturities of long-term debt........................................................       $    2,340
                                                                                                     --------
                                                                                                     --------
Long-term debt, excluding current maturities................................................          354,080
                                                                                                     --------
Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share; 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and
   outstanding..............................................................................               --
  Class A Common Stock, par value $.001 per share; 135,000,000 shares authorized; at
   December 31, 1995, 22,643,030 shares issued and outstanding (2)(3).......................               23
  Class B Common Stock, par value $.001 per share; 30,000,000 shares authorized; at December
   31, 1995, 25,684,152 shares issued and outstanding (3)...................................               26
  Additional paid-in capital................................................................           66,147
  Retained earnings.........................................................................          233,711
  Advances to repurchase 574,869 shares of Class A Common Stock (4).........................          (16,330)
  Unrealized gain on marketable securities held for sale, net...............................            1,950
                                                                                                     --------
Total shareholders' equity..................................................................          285,527
                                                                                                     --------
Total capitalization........................................................................       $  639,607
                                                                                                     --------
                                                                                                     --------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  Does not reflect the  repurchase of 878,748 shares  of Class A Common Stock
    and the exercise  of stock  options to purchase  647,230 shares  of Class  A
    Common Stock which have occurred since December 31, 1995.
 
(2) Excludes 1,618,564 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise
    of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 1995.
 
(3)  At May 8,  1996, 22,411,697 shares  of Class A  Common Stock and 25,684,152
    shares of  Class B  Common  Stock were  issued and  outstanding  (27,548,527
    shares of Class A Common Stock and 20,547,322 shares of Class B Common Stock
    outstanding  after  the completion  of the  Offering  and the  repurchase of
    3,194,374 shares of Class A Common Stock by the Company).
 
(4) All of such shares were repurchased and cancelled in February 1996.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following consolidated financial  statement data for  each of the  years
ended  December 31,  1995 and 1994  are derived from  the consolidated financial
statements of  the  Company  audited  by  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP,  independent
auditors. The following consolidated financial statement data for the year ended
December  31, 1993 are derived from the consolidated financial statements of the
Company audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors (except with  respect
to  the  1993 QualMed  data included  therein which  information was  audited by
Deloitte &  Touche LLP).  The  following 1992  and 1991  consolidated  financial
statement data have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements.
The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction
with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations"  included  elsewhere in  this Prospectus  and with  the consolidated
financial statements and  related notes and  other financial information,  which
are incorporated herein by reference.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1995          1994          1993        1992 (1)     1991 (1)
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenues:
  Premium revenue.............................  $  2,692,335  $  2,290,601  $  1,943,730  $  1,528,500  $  283,437
  Administrative services revenue.............        39,717        15,561        13,530         9,642      --
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
Total revenue.................................     2,732,052     2,306,162     1,957,260     1,538,142     283,437
Operating expenses:
  Health care.................................     2,180,277     1,838,235     1,567,232     1,245,780     220,368
  Marketing, general and administrative.......       302,870       266,764       262,927       182,650      35,437
  Depreciation and amortization...............        48,140        39,692        34,187        32,677       2,408
  Administrative services expenses............        37,453        15,623        10,837         8,327      --
  Merger-related costs........................        20,164           672        29,725       --           --
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
Operating income..............................       143,148       145,176        52,352        68,708      25,224
Interest income (expense), net................        13,495         5,592          (114)         (679)      2,248
Income taxes..................................       (67,307)      (62,759)      (28,438)      (27,753)     (9,659)
Minority interest in loss of subsidiary.......           256            66       --            --           --
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
Net income....................................  $     89,592  $     88,075  $     23,800  $     40,276  $   17,813
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
Net income (before merger-related costs)......  $    101,085  $     88,467  $     46,051  $     40,276  $   17,813
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
Primary earnings per share....................  $       1.83  $       1.77  $       0.48  $       0.81  $     1.24
Primary earnings per share (before
 merger-related costs)........................  $       2.07  $       1.78  $       0.93  $       0.81  $     1.24
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 (primary)....................................        48,831        49,691        49,517        49,456      14,337
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and equivalents and marketable
 securities...................................  $    592,561  $    512,372  $    465,602  $    351,268  $   78,759
Total assets..................................     1,213,711       894,397       822,221       771,679     125,262
Long-term debt................................       354,080       158,340       219,922       224,493       4,541
Stockholders' equity..........................       285,527       223,605       154,352       127,316      81,122
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  All data prior to  February 6, 1992 reflects  only QualMed operations since
    Health Net was not considered a predecessor company prior to the Conversion.
    See Note 1 to the  consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere  in
    this Prospectus.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
    On May 7, 1996 the Company announced its principal results of operations for
the  quarter ended March 31, 1996. Revenues increased 27.7% from $627 million in
the first quarter of 1995 to $801 million in the first quarter of 1996.  Primary
earnings  per  share increased  10.2% from  $.49  in the  first quarter  of 1995
(before merger-related  costs) to  $.54  in the  first  quarter of  1996.  Total
enrollment  increased by approximately  178,000, or 10.2%, since  the end of the
first quarter of 1995 to approximately  1,918,000 commercial and ASO members  as
of  March 31,  1996. Medicare enrollment  increased 51% during  this period with
acquired plans adding approximately 87,000 members. Total enrollment as of March
31, 1996 decreased by approximately 20,000 from December 31, 1995. A decrease in
commercial membership of approximately 41,000 was partially offset by  increases
of  approximately 7,000 in Medicare membership, approximately 10,000 in Medicaid
membership and approximately 4,000 in ASO membership.
 
    On April  10,  1996,  the Company  announced  that  it intends  to  take  an
approximately  $34.2 million pre-tax restructuring  charge in its second quarter
ending June 30, 1996, which will be approximately $.41 per share after-tax.  The
charge  will cover  computer software  and hardware  write-offs, the  costs of a
comprehensive restructuring  of  the Company's  Health  Net subsidiary  and  the
consolidation of certain operational functions of other subsidiaries.
 
    The  software and hardware  write-offs are related  to abandoned development
projects at  Health  Net, which  pre-dated  the HSI  Combination,  and  hardware
obsolesence.  The restructuring of  Health Net will  include a reorganization of
its management and operating structure and staff reductions. The Company expects
this restructuring to be completed by the end of 1996.
 
GENERAL
 
    Since the  HSI Combination  in  January 1994,  the Company  has  experienced
significant  growth in both revenue and profitability. Revenue increased to $2.7
billion in 1995, from $2.3 billion in 1994 and $1.9 billion in 1993, net  income
reached  $89.6 million in 1995, up from  $88.1 million in 1994 and $23.8 million
in 1993 and net income (before merger-related costs) increased to $101.1 million
in 1995, up from $88.5 million in 1994 and $46.1 million in 1993. In 1995,  with
continued  commercial  premium rate  pressures  in California,  the  Company has
focused on increasing  its presence in  the Medicare market  in California  and,
through  strategic  acquisitions,  entering  new  geographic  markets.  Medicare
membership grew  by 69%  in  1995 and  50%  in 1994.  As  initial steps  in  its
Northeast expansion plan, the Company in March 1995 acquired M.D. Health Plan, a
managed  health  care company  operating  in the  State  of Connecticut,  and in
December 1995 acquired Greater Atlantic, a managed health care company operating
in Pennsylvania and New Jersey.
 
    Revenue growth  in  1995  and  1994  has been  due  in  large  part  to  the
significant  increases in Medicare risk  membership, accounting for $191 million
of the $402 million premium revenue increase in 1995 over 1994. The majority  of
this  increase occurred in  the Company's California  market, where the Medicare
risk product  was initially  offered in  1993. The  remaining 1995  increase  in
premium  revenue was a result of the Company's expansion into the Northeast. The
acquisition of M.D. Health Plan initially added 59,000 commercial members, which
increased  to  117,000  by  year  end,  primarily  due  to  the  conversion   of
approximately  52,000  State  of Connecticut  employees  from ASO  to  full risk
membership in July 1995. The  Company subsequently acquired Greater Atlantic,  a
90,000  member  HMO  with operations  in  Pennsylvania and  New  Jersey. Greater
Atlantic's business  includes  a substantial  number  of Medicare  and  Medicaid
members.  Together,  those  acquisitions  contributed  $173  million  in premium
revenue in 1995. Medicare risk membership  growth accounted for $137 million  of
the  $347 million premium revenue  increase in 1994 over  1993. The remainder of
the 1994 increase was  primarily due to increase  in commercial HMO  membership,
which  again occurred primarily  in the California  market. The Company believes
that  commercial  premium  rate  pressures,  particularly  in  California,  will
continue  in 1996 and,  accordingly, the Company will  continue to emphasize the
growth of  its  Medicare  risk  business and  expansion  into  other  geographic
markets.  In addition, the  Company is developing  products designed to increase
its presence in the middle and small group California markets.
 
    Effective medical management and the recontracting of its largely  capitated
provider  network in  California have enabled  the Company to  maintain a stable
MLR, despite industry premium pressures. The
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
Company's overall MLR increased  slightly to 81.0% in  1995 from 80.3% in  1994,
primarily  due to  the increased Medicare  risk business in  1995. Medicare risk
MLRs typically run higher than commercial  ratios due to the higher  utilization
of  services in  the senior  population. A  stable commercial  MLR of  79.4% was
achieved by  the Company  in 1995  by renegotiating  its provider  contracts  in
California  to  offset premium  pricing pressures  and quickly  implementing its
medical management system in its newly acquired HMO operations in the Northeast.
 
    Declining  marketing,   general  and   administrative  expenses   (excluding
merger-related  costs and ASO business) as  a percentage of premium revenue over
the period of 1993 through 1995  (13.5%, 11.6% and 11.2%, respectively)  reflect
the  Company's  ongoing efforts  to control  costs  and increase  its membership
growth in the higher  premium Medicare business.  Merger-related costs of  $20.2
million  incurred in 1995  resulted from the  proposed business combination (the
"HSI/WellPoint Transaction")  with WellPoint  Health Networks  Inc. and  certain
commercial operations of Blue Cross of California that was ultimately abandoned.
 
SUMMARY OF OPERATING RESULTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1995        1994        1993
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                             <C>         <C>         <C>
Membership at year end:
  Commercial..................................................   1,651,528   1,392,317   1,250,933
  Medicare....................................................     133,226      78,690      52,481
  Medicaid....................................................      50,120      --          --
  ASO.........................................................     104,010       2,815       3,400
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                 1,938,884   1,473,822   1,306,814
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
Revenues:
  Commercial (1)..............................................       80.3%       86.0%       90.6%
  Medicare....................................................       18.2%       13.3%        8.7%
  Administrative services.....................................        1.5%         .7%         .7%
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                    100.0%      100.0%      100.0%
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
Medical Loss Ratio:
  Commercial (1)..............................................       79.4%       79.4%       79.9%
  Medicare....................................................       88.0%       85.6%       87.9%
    Total.....................................................       81.0%       80.3%       80.6%
Marketing, general and administrative expenses as a percentage
 of premium revenue (2).......................................       11.2%       11.6%       13.5%
Depreciation and amortization as a percentage of premium
 revenue (2)..................................................        1.8%        1.7%        1.8%
Net income as a percentage of revenue.........................        3.3%        3.8%        1.2%
Net income (before merger-related costs) as a percentage of
 revenue......................................................        3.7%        3.8%        2.4%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Amounts shown for 1995 include Medicaid revenues.
 
(2) Amounts shown are exclusive of administrative services revenues.
 
PREMIUM REVENUE
 
    Premium  revenue, excluding ASO revenues, increased by $402 million or 17.5%
from 1994 to 1995, and by $347 million  or 17.8% from 1993 to 1994. The  factors
that  contributed  to  the  1995  increase  over  1994  included  Medicare  risk
membership gains, acquisitions completed in 1995 in the Northeast and  continued
growth  in  commercial  membership  in  the  Company's  existing  service areas.
Increased membership, particularly  in higher premium  Medicare business and  in
the  Northeast, was offset in part by  premium rate reductions in the California
commercial market. The factors that contributed  to the 1994 increase over  1993
included  Medicare risk membership gains and membership growth in the commercial
business, particularly in California.
 
    The acquisitions  in  the  Northeast contributed  $173  million  in  premium
revenue in 1995. Premium revenue increases in the Company's existing markets are
attributable to a combination of membership
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
increases  and premium rate  changes. Increases in  commercial and Medicare risk
membership accounted for $316 million of premium revenue increases in 1995  from
1994. Commercial membership increases accounted for $145 million of the increase
and  Medicare risk membership increases accounted for $171 million. Premium rate
decreases in the commercial business resulted  in a decrease in premium  revenue
of  $100  million in  1995  and increases  in  Medicare rates  increased premium
revenue by $13 million in 1995.  The commercial premium rate decreases  occurred
primarily  in  California's  large  employer group  base,  where  organized rate
reduction initiatives  by  large  employer  groups  have  been  undertaken.  The
Medicare  premium  rate increases  reflect  average Medicare  reimbursement rate
increases of 4.6% in 1995. On a per member per month ("PMPM") basis, the premium
rate changes resulted  in a decrease  of 3.0% in  commercial premium revenue  to
$118.51  and an increase in Medicare premium revenue of 4.5% to $394.42 in 1995.
Overall, Medicare risk  business accounted for  an increase of  $191 million  of
premium  revenue  in 1995  over 1994  and commercial  business accounted  for an
increase of $211 million of premium revenue in 1995 over 1994.
 
    Increases in  commercial and  Medicare risk  membership accounted  for  $335
million  of premium revenue increases in 1994  from 1993. Of this increase, $190
million represented commercial  membership increases and  $145 million  resulted
from  Medicare risk membership  increases. Changes in premium  rates in both the
commercial business and Medicare risk business accounted for an increase of  $12
million  of premium revenue in  1994. On a PMPM  basis, the premium rate changes
resulted in an increase of 1.1% in  commercial premium revenue to $122.17 and  a
decrease in Medicare premium revenue of 4.5% to $377.33 in 1994. The decrease in
the  Medicare PMPM revenue reflected the growth of the Company's senior plans in
areas with lower Medicare reimbursement  rates. Overall, Medicare risk  business
accounted for an increase of $137 million of premium revenue in 1994 compared to
1993  and  commercial business  accounted  for an  increase  of $210  million of
premium revenue in 1994 compared to 1993.
 
    The aforementioned  premium rate  decreases in  the California  market  have
been,  in large part, the result  of premium reduction initiatives undertaken by
large employer groups. On June 20, 1994,  the Bay Area Business Group on  Health
("BBGH"),  a  consortium of  19  large California  employers  which collectively
provides health care benefits for 300,000 employees through HMOs in  California,
announced  premium rate  reductions on behalf  of eleven  BBGH member companies.
Similarly, in early  1995, Health  Net submitted  a proposal  to the  California
Public  Employees Retirement  System ("CalPERS")  for a  rate reduction  for the
CalPERS 1995  to 1996  fiscal  year. CalPERS  is  the Company's  single  largest
employer  group  with approximately  133,000 members  at  December 31,  1995 and
110,000 members at December 31, 1994. CalPERS accepted Health Net's proposal for
a 7.2% rate  decrease for its  1995 to 1996  fiscal year from  its 1994 to  1995
fiscal  year rates. In 1995,  BBGH expanded to include  large employer groups in
other western states and was renamed  the Pacific Business Group on Health  (the
"Pacific  Business Group"). Similar rate reductions were also submitted to other
large employer groups in 1995. Management  of the Company believes that in  1996
there   will  continue  to  be  premium  pressures  on  HMOs  from  increasingly
sophisticated  consumers  such  as  the  Pacific  Business  Group  and  CalPERS,
particularly  in the  California marketplace.  Due to  these competitive pricing
pressures,  the  Company  does  not  believe  that  its  California   commercial
membership will grow significantly in 1996.
 
    The  Company's ASO business accounted for  $39.7 million in revenue in 1995,
contributing $15.6 million and  $13.5 million to overall  revenues for 1994  and
1993,  respectively. The Company anticipates  continuing increases from such TPA
services as a result of growth  in its non-risk PPO product, increased  business
in  its Comp-24 workers' compensation product,  as well as ASO business acquired
in connection with HMO acquisitions.
 
HEALTH CARE EXPENSES
 
    Through  the  execution   of  various  medical   management  incentive   and
cost-containment  programs  that  have  been established  with  its  networks of
providers and the implementation of effective utilization management systems and
information systems that provide timely and accurate medical outcomes data,  the
Company  has been able to contain health care expense increases, particularly in
its commercial business, where the MLR  has remained stable over the past  three
years.
 
    Health care expenses increased by $342 million, or 18.6%, to $110.23 PMPM in
1995  compared  to $107.82  PMPM in  1994. The  Company's overall  MLR increased
slightly to 81.0%  from 80.3% in  1994. Impacting the  Company's overall  health
care   expense   PMPM   and   MLR   was   the   growth   in   Medicare  business
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
and the associated  higher utilization. In  addition, the Company's  MLR in  the
Medicare  risk business  increased to 88.0%  in 1995  from 85.6% in  1994 due to
Medicare risk membership  growth in  higher cost areas.  Commercial health  care
expenses on a PMPM basis decreased from $97.03 in 1994 to $94.09 in 1995 and the
Company's  commercial MLR remained flat in 1995, at 79.4%, relative to 1994. The
Company's recontracting in  1995 of  its largely  capitated commercial  provider
network  in  California enabled  it to  maintain  its relatively  consistent MLR
despite the reduced commercial premium rates experienced in that market in 1995.
The implementation  of the  Company's  medical management  system in  its  newly
acquired  HMO operations  in the Northeast  also contributed to  the stable 1995
MLR. Significant and ongoing cost  savings have been achieved through  effective
utilization management in the Company's Connecticut operations.
 
    Healthcare  expenses increased by $271 million, or 17.3%, to $107.82 PMPM in
1994 compared  to $103.71  PMPM in  1993. The  Company's overall  MLR  decreased
slightly to 80.3% from 80.6% in 1993. Commercial healthcare expenses were stable
in  terms of both MLR and on a PMPM basis. The commercial MLR decreased to 79.4%
compared to 79.9%  in 1993. Medicare  healthcare expenses decreased  in 1994  to
$323.14  PMPM from $347.34 PMPM in 1993.  The Medicare MLR decreased to 85.6% in
1994 from 87.9%  in 1993. The  improvement in Medicare  health care expenses  in
1994  compared to 1993 was due to economies of scale and disproportionate growth
in lower cost areas.
 
MARKETING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
 
    Marketing, general and administrative  expenses (excluding ASO expenses  and
costs  associated  with the  HSI/Wellpoint Transaction)  were $302.9  million or
11.2% of premium revenue in 1995, compared to $266.8 million or 11.6% of premium
revenue in  the  prior  year. Marketing,  general  and  administrative  expenses
(excluding  ASO expenses) were $266.8 million,  11.6% of premium revenue in 1994
compared to  $262.9  million,  or  13.5% of  premium  revenue  (excluding  costs
associated  with  the  HSI Combination)  in  the  prior year.  The  decreases in
marketing, general and administrative expenses from 1993 to 1995 reflect ongoing
efforts to streamline operations and maximize efficiencies.
 
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSES
 
    Depreciation and amortization  expenses as a  percentage of premium  revenue
increased  slightly from 1.7% in 1994 to 1.8% in 1995 ($39.7 million in 1994 and
$48.1 million in 1995). The  increase in depreciation and amortization  expenses
resulted primarily from the goodwill recorded in connection with the M.D. Health
Plan and Greater Atlantic acquisitions.
 
MERGER-RELATED COSTS
 
    Throughout  1995, the Company incurred merger-related costs of $20.2 million
in connection with  the proposed HSI/WellPoint  Transaction that was  ultimately
terminated.  Such  costs included  legal,  accounting and  consulting  fees, and
certain severance-related costs totaling $12.2 million.
 
    The Company accrued  certain fees and  expenses in connection  with the  HSI
Combination  totaling $29.7 million which  are reflected as merger-related costs
in the Company's 1993 consolidated statement of income.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The Company's primary source of cash is premium revenue. Its primary uses of
cash are claims and capitation payments. Estimates of future cash flows  include
a  component to  account for  the delay  between providing  medical services and
reporting their  cost. These  estimates are  based on  actuarial projections  of
claims  and  other costs,  claims  paid history,  membership  growth, inflation,
seasonality, claims inventory and reserves.
 
    The Company's capital resources are managed according to certain  guidelines
intended  to  ensure  liquidity and  maximum  total return  by  assuming prudent
investment risks. The Company's  liquidity requirements consist  of the need  to
service  medical claims in a timely manner  and to satisfy shared risk and other
obligations. Such  requirements are  the principal  factors in  determining  the
appropriate investment portfolio mix. The Company presently invests primarily in
a  variety  of  fixed  income obligations  according  to  established investment
guidelines.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
    For the year ended December 31, 1995, cash provided by operating  activities
decreased to $111.6 million from $160.8 million in the prior year. This decrease
is  due primarily to fluctuations in  operating assets and liabilities from year
to year  caused by  timing  differences in  the  collection of  receivables  and
payment  of liabilities at each respective year  end. Net cash used by investing
activities approximated  $282  million in  1995,  primarily the  result  of  the
acquisition  of the M.D. Health Plan and  Greater Atlantic and a net increase in
the purchase of marketable securities held for sale. The financing of these 1995
acquisitions was through additional borrowing on the Credit Facility.
 
    Outstanding notes payable amounted to  $356.4 million at December 31,  1995,
resulting  primarily from additional borrowings related  to the M.D. Health Plan
and Greater Atlantic acquisitions. Principal and interest requirements of  notes
payable  are scheduled at between  $17 million and $25  million per year through
2006.
 
    Management of  the  Company  believes  that its  cash  from  operations  and
existing  working capital are  adequate to fund  existing obligations, introduce
new  products  and  services  and  continue  to  develop  health  care   related
businesses.  The  Company  regularly  evaluates  cash  requirements  for current
operations, commitments, development activities and strategic acquisitions.  The
Company  may elect to raise additional  funds for these purposes, either through
the issuance of  additional debt  or equity,  sale of  investment securities  or
otherwise, as appropriate.
 
    On  April 12, 1995, the Company obtained  a five year unsecured $400 million
revolving line of credit from  a lending syndicate led  by Bank of America  (the
"Credit Facility"). The Company used $310 million of the Credit Facility to fund
the  prepayment by  its Health  Net subsidiary  of $135  million in  debt to the
Selling Stockholder,  and to  fund the  M.D. Health  Plan and  Greater  Atlantic
acquisitions  in the amount of $100 million and $75 million, respectively. Under
the Credit Facility, the Company  may incur permitted subordinated  indebtedness
in a maximum aggregate amount not to exceed $150 million which will be available
for  acquisition  purposes and  to  provide short-term  financing  to repurchase
shares of stock. Under the terms of  the Credit Facility, the Company is to  pay
interest  at a variable  rate based upon a  spread above the  LIBOR rate, or the
greater of the bank's reference  rate or the federal  funds rate plus 1/2%.  The
Company  may elect a "competitive bid  auction" in which participating banks are
offered an opportunity to  bid alternative rates. The  Credit Facility is for  a
term  of five  years from  the date  of execution,  with two  one year extension
options. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included  elsewhere
in  this Prospectus.  On April  26, 1996,  the amount  of the  revolving line of
credit available under the Credit Facility was increased to $700 million and the
initial five year  term was  extended to  April 26, 2001.  On May  8, 1996,  the
Company  obtained a waiver from the lending syndicates, pursuant to an amendment
to the Credit Facility, to permit the Company to repurchase more than 50% of its
shares beneficially  owned by  certain Class  A Stockholders,  certain of  which
shares  are to be repurchased  by the Company with  the proceeds received by the
Company from the Offering.
 
    The  Company's  subsidiaries  must  comply  with  certain  minimum   capital
requirements  under applicable state laws and regulations. The long-term portion
of principal and interest payments under the  notes issued by Health Net to  the
Selling  Stockholder in connection with the Conversion is subordinated to Health
Net meeting minimum  capital requirements under  applicable California laws  and
regulations.  As  of  December  31, 1995,  the  Company's  subsidiaries  were in
compliance with minimum capital requirements.
 
IMPACT OF INFLATION AND OTHER ELEMENTS
 
    The managed health care industry is labor intensive and its profit margin is
low. Hence, it is  especially sensitive to inflation.  Increases in health  care
costs  without corresponding increases in premiums could have a material adverse
effect on the Company.
 
    Various federal and state legislative initiatives regarding the health  care
industry  have been proposed during recent legislative sessions, and health care
reform and  similar  issues  continue to  be  in  the forefront  of  social  and
political  discussion. If health care reform  or similar legislation is enacted,
such legislation  could  impact the  Company.  Management cannot  at  this  time
predict  whether any such initiative will be enacted and, if enacted, the impact
on the financial condition or operations of the Company.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
    The  Company is  one of  the largest  managed health  care companies  in the
United States, with more than 1.9 million full-risk and ASO members. The Company
provides a comprehensive range of health  care services through HMOs located  in
the following four regions: California, the Northeast (Connecticut, Pennsylvania
and  New Jersey), the Northwest (Washington, Oregon and Idaho) and the Southwest
(Colorado  and  New  Mexico).  Health  Net,  the  Company's  HMO  subsidiary  in
California,  with  approximately 1.34  million  members, is  the  second largest
provider of managed health  care services in the  state. The Company operates  a
PPO  network, which provides access to health  care services to over 4.6 million
persons in 38  states, and  also owns two  health and  life insurance  companies
licensed to sell insurance in 33 states and the District of Columbia.
 
    The  Company's HMOs market their traditional HMO products to employer groups
and their  Medicare  and Medicaid  products  directly to  eligible  individuals.
Health  care services that are provided to the Company's members include primary
and specialty physician care, hospital care, laboratory and radiology  services,
pharmacy  services,  dental  and  vision care,  skilled  nursing  care, physical
therapy and  mental health  care.  The Company's  HMO service  networks  include
approximately  17,500  primary  care  physicians,  40,500  specialists  and  614
hospitals. The  Company utilizes  sophisticated  medical management  systems  to
reduce  excess  utilization  of  health  care  services.  The  Company  is  also
developing a new medical management system which will utilize clinical protocols
and triage procedures to  direct members to the  most appropriate provider.  The
Company believes that this new system, which it calls "Fourth Generation Medical
Management,"   will  represent   a  major  advance   in  applying  sophisticated
information systems to the practice of medicine.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
    The Company's  growth  strategy  is focused  on  increasing  enrollment  and
profitability  through  (i) continued  commercial  and Medicare  risk enrollment
expansion  in  existing  markets,  (ii)  membership  and  revenue  growth   from
acquisitions  in  both  new and  existing  markets and  (iii)  improving medical
management of health plans  in new markets and  continued refinement of  medical
management in existing markets. The Company actively seeks to increase growth in
its  existing markets  by increasing  penetration of  its existing  product line
through continued  investment in  its sales  and marketing  capabilities and  by
introducing  new  products that  both increase  plan  flexibility and  reach new
potential customers,  including Medicare  and Medicaid  recipients. The  Company
intends  to expand on its recent success  with its Medicare risk products, which
products have experienced  rapid enrollment  and premium  growth throughout  the
last  three  years. The  Company also  plans  to capitalize  on the  breadth and
quality of its  provider network and  its high quality,  affordable products  to
drive  enrollment growth in  existing markets. The Company  also plans to expand
into contiguous  markets  that  will  allow  it  to  increase  enrollment  while
leveraging its existing infrastructure.
 
    The  Company plans to continue its expansion into geographic areas which the
Company believes represent attractive service markets. The Company believes such
markets have characteristics, including relatively low levels of managed  health
care  and existing  health care  delivery systems,  which can  benefit from more
efficient medical management. The Company  has targeted the Northeastern  United
States  as an  attractive service market  and, in  this regard, in  1995 began a
strategy  of  acquiring  significant  HMO  plans  in  the  Northeast  with   the
acquisition of M.D. Health Plan, operating in Connecticut, and Greater Atlantic,
operating  in Pennsylvania and  New Jersey. These  acquisitions, which accounted
for 237,125 members at year end 1995, provide the Company with a platform in the
Northeast  from   which  to   pursue  further   acquisition  and   consolidation
opportunities.
 
    The  Company believes it has established a reputation as a leader in medical
management through optimizing the utilization of health care services among  the
members  of its health plans. The  Company seeks acquisitions where there exists
relatively high  utilization  of  health  care services  when  compared  to  the
Company's  existing health plans. In seeking such plans, the Company believes it
can  have  a   direct  impact   on  health  care   utilization  (and   resulting
profitability)  through the application of its medical management techniques. As
evidence of this impact, at the time the Company acquired M.D. Health Plan, this
plan's acute hospital  days per  thousand commercial  members was  approximately
300. In December 1995, after the
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
Company's  medical  management  system  had been  installed,  hospital  days per
thousand had  decreased to  below 200,  a level  consistent with  the  Company's
Southwest  and Northwest  plans. The Company  is attempting  to further decrease
utilization through the implementation of its new medical management procedures.
 
THE MANAGED HEALTH CARE INDUSTRY
 
    In response to the rapid increases in health care costs, employers, insurers
and government entities have sought cost-effective alternatives to  conventional
indemnity  insurance for  the delivery  of and  payment for  quality health care
services. The  integration of  the delivery  of, and  payment for,  health  care
services  distinguishes HMOs from conventional health insurance plans. The goals
of HMOs are to provide their members  with access to quality health care,  while
employing  a business strategy and management systems designed to encourage more
cost-effective use  of  health  care delivery  systems.  Such  cost  containment
strategies include providing access to primary physician care and other services
on  a fixed, prepaid basis, monitoring  hospital admissions and lengths of stay,
using a  system  of  specialist  referrals,  using  non-hospital  based  medical
services,  and emphasizing preventive care.  To accomplish these objectives, the
following basic HMO models have evolved:
 
    - Network Model HMOs contract with several physician groups and  independent
      or individual practice associations ("IPAs").
 
    - Individual  or Independent  Practice Association  HMOs ("IPA  Model HMOs")
      contract through one or  more IPAs, which are  physician entities that  in
      turn  subcontract  with  individual  physicians  to  provide  HMO  patient
      services.  Those  physicians  continue  to  provide  services  to  non-HMO
      patients  in  their  separate  private  practices,  while  also  providing
      services to HMO patients (and often PPO patients as well) through an IPA.
 
    - Staff Model HMOs directly  employ physicians and  usually own the  offices
      and clinics utilized by the physician staff.
 
    - Group  Model HMOs contract, often on  an exclusive basis, with a physician
      group practice. In many cases, the HMO also owns the offices and clinics.
 
    Health Net is a Network Model HMO and the Company's other HMOs operate under
the IPA Model with the  exception of Greater Atlantic  which operates on both  a
Staff and an IPA Model HMO basis.
 
MARKETS
 
    As  of  December 31,  1995,  the Company  owned  and operated  HMOs  in four
regional areas of  the United  States: California,  the Northeast  (Connecticut,
Pennsylvania  and New Jersey), the Northwest  (Washington, Oregon and Idaho) and
the Southwest (Colorado and  New Mexico). The  following table contains  certain
information  relating to commercial  HMO members, Medicare  members and employer
groups under  contract as  of December  31, 1995  in each  region in  which  the
Company operates:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               CALIFORNIA  NORTHEAST (1)  NORTHWEST     SOUTHWEST
                                                               ----------  ------------  ------------  -----------
<S>                                                            <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
Commercial HMO members.......................................   1,257,724      167,641       155,920       70,243
Medicare members.............................................     107,875       13,206         1,455       10,690
Medicaid members.............................................         990       36,408        12,722            0
ASO members..................................................           0      101,257             0        2,753
Number of employer groups....................................       3,600        4,903         2,158        2,362
Largest employer group as a percentage of enrollment.........         10%          30%           21%          11%
Ten largest employer groups as a percentage of enrollment....         33%          43%           58%          32%
Percentage of members in employer groups with fewer than 50
 eligible members............................................          3%          14%           13%          27%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) The membership information set forth above for the Northeast region resulted
    primarily from acquisitions completed in 1995.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    CALIFORNIA.    The  California  market is  characterized  by  a concentrated
population and a relatively high proportion of large employer groups (over 1,000
employees). Health Net is the second-largest  HMO in the State of California  in
terms of membership. As of December 31, 1995, Health Net was licensed to operate
its commercial HMO business in 47 of the 58 counties in the State of California,
which  counties  represent  over  81%  of  the  population  in  California.  HMO
enrollment represented  35%  of  the  population  of  California  in  1995.  The
Company's  commercial  HMO membership  in California  at  December 31,  1995 was
1,258,714 which  represented an  increase  of 6.6%  during 1995.  The  Company's
Medicare  risk membership in  California at December 31,  1995 was 107,875 which
represented an increase of 55.9% during 1995. The Company does not believe  that
its California commercial membership will grow significantly in 1996.
 
    NORTHEAST.      The   Northeast  region   currently   includes  Connecticut,
Pennsylvania and New Jersey. The Company commenced operations in this region  in
1994  with  the acquisition  of  a PPO  network  and significantly  expanded its
operations with the acquisition  of M.D. Health Plan  in March 1995 and  Greater
Atlantic  in December 1995. HMO enrollment  represented 21% of the population of
both Connecticut and Pennsylvania in 1995. The Company believes M.D. Health Plan
is the third largest  HMO in terms  of membership in  the State of  Connecticut.
M.D.  Health  Plan's commercial  HMO membership  in  Connecticut was  124,771 at
December 31, 1995 which represented an increase of 160% during 1995. The Company
believes Greater Atlantic is the third largest HMO in terms of membership in the
state  of  Pennsylvania.  Greater   Atlantic's  commercial  HMO  membership   in
Pennsylvania  was 79,278 at  December 31, 1995 which  represented an increase of
6.2% during 1995.  Greater Atlantic's Medicare  risk membership in  Pennsylvania
was  13,206 at December 31,  1995 which represented an  increase of 24.5% during
1995.
 
    NORTHWEST.  The Northwest region's population is principally concentrated in
Portland, Oregon and Seattle and  Spokane, Washington. The Company's  Washington
HMO  also services  a limited  number of  residents who  reside in  the State of
Idaho. In the last several years, Portland, Seattle and Spokane have experienced
population growth  rates greater  than the  national average  and an  increasing
percentage  of the population in  each of these areas  has enrolled in HMOs. HMO
enrollment represented 35% and 25% of  the population of Oregon and  Washington,
respectively,  in 1995. In  Washington and Oregon, the  Company believes that it
ranks second and seventh,  respectively, with respect  to total membership;  the
Company  believes that it  ranks first in  Washington and second  in Oregon with
respect to the size of its  primary care physician and specialist networks.  The
Company's  commercial HMO membership  in Oregon was 43,977  at December 31, 1995
which represented an increase of 33.1% during 1995. The Company's commercial HMO
membership in Washington was 124,665 at  December 31, 1995 which represented  an
increase  of  11.4%  during  1995. The  Company's  Medicare  risk  membership in
Washington was  1,455 at  December 31,  1995 which  represented an  increase  of
169.4% during 1995.
 
    SOUTHWEST.   The  Southwest region includes  the States of  Colorado and New
Mexico.  The  Company's  employer  groups   in  the  Southwest  region   consist
predominantly  of  companies  with  fewer  than  50  employees.  HMO  enrollment
represented  35%  and  19%  of  the  population  of  Colorado  and  New  Mexico,
respectively,  in 1995. The Company believes that it is the fifth-largest HMO in
Colorado as  measured by  total membership  and  the size  of its  primary  care
physician  and  specialist  provider  networks.  The  Company's  commercial  HMO
membership in Colorado  was 39,665  at December  31, 1995  which represented  an
increase  of 22% during 1995. The  Company's Medicare membership in Colorado was
8,923 at December 31, 1995 which  represented an increase of 20.3% during  1995.
In   New  Mexico,  the  Company  believes  that  its  ranks  fourth  and  third,
respectively, as  measured by  total membership  and the  size of  its  provider
network.  The Company's  commercial HMO membership  in New Mexico  was 26,251 at
December 31,  1995  which represented  a  decrease  of 11.7%  during  1995.  The
Company's  Medicare risk membership in New Mexico was 1,767 at December 31, 1995
which represented an increase of 15.9% during 1995.
 
SERVICES AND PRODUCTS
 
    The Company offers a broad range of managed health care and related products
and services which are described below.  The products and services offered  vary
by region and location.
 
    COMMERCIAL  MANAGED HEALTH CARE PRODUCTS.  The Company's HMOs, through their
health care  providers,  offer members  a  comprehensive range  of  health  care
services, including ambulatory and outpatient
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
physician  care, hospital care,  pharmacy services, eye  care, mental health and
ancillary diagnostic  and  therapeutic  services.  The  Company  offers  a  full
spectrum  of managed  health care  products including  conventional HMO, managed
indemnity, point-of-service and customized HMO products. The Company's  strategy
is  to  offer a  wide  range of  managed health  care  products and  services to
employers to assist employers  in containing health care  costs. The pricing  of
the  products offered  is designed to  provide incentives to  both employers and
employees to select and enroll in the products with greater managed health  care
and  cost containment  elements. While a  majority of the  Company's members are
covered by conventional HMO  products, the Company is  continuing to expand  its
other product lines, thereby enabling it to offer flexibility to an employer and
to tailor its product to an employer's particular needs.
 
    The  integrated health care  programs offered by  the Company's HMOs include
traditional Network and  IPA Model  HMO products,  which are  intended to  offer
quality  care,  cost containment  and comprehensive  coverage; a  matrix package
which allows employees to select  their desired coverage from alternatives  that
have    interchangeable    outpatient   and    inpatient    co-payment   levels;
point-of-service programs which  offer a  multi-tier design  that provides  both
conventional  HMO and  indemnity-like (in-network  and out-of-network)  tiers; a
PPO-like tier which  allows members to  self-refer to the  network physician  of
their  choice; and a managed indemnity plan, which is provided for employees who
reside outside of its HMO service areas.
 
    MEDICARE RISK.    The  Company  significantly  expanded  its  Medicare  risk
business  in 1995. During 1995 the  Company added 54,536 Medicare risk enrollees
and, as of December 31, 1995, the  Company's Medicare risk plans had a  combined
membership  of  approximately 133,000.  The  Company expects  its  Medicare risk
business to continue to significantly increase in the future.
 
    The Company offers its Medicare risk products directly to individuals and to
employer groups. To enroll in a Company Medicare risk plan covered persons  must
be  eligible for Medicare. Health care services normally covered by Medicare are
provided or arranged for by  the Company, in conjunction  with a broad range  of
preventive   health   care   services.  The   federal   Health   Care  Financing
Administration ("HCFA") pays to the Company  for each enrolled member a  monthly
fee  based, in part, upon the "Adjusted  Average Per Capita Cost," as determined
by HCFA's analysis of fee-for-service costs related to beneficiary demographics.
Depending on plan design and  other factors, the Company  may charge a member  a
premium or prepaid charge in addition to the monthly fee paid by HCFA.
 
    The  Company's Health  Net subsidiary intends  to introduce  a Medicare risk
point-of-service product  in  the  first  half of  1996.  The  two-tier  product
combines  features of a standard Medicare risk HMO with an option for the member
to seek health care services outside of the HMO network, which outside  services
carry higher co-payments and co-insurance compared with services provided inside
the  HMO network. The Company believes that this product will provide additional
marketing opportunities to  retirees of  large employers,  Health Net's  largest
market  segment. Introduction of  the product is  contingent upon HCFA approval.
The Company believes this approval will be forthcoming in the spring of 1996.
 
    The Company's California Medicare risk product was licensed and certified to
operate in 31 California counties (20 full counties and 11 partial counties)  as
of  December 31, 1995.  The Company's other  HMOs are licensed  and certified to
offer Medicare  risk plans  in 13  counties in  Colorado, five  counties in  New
Mexico,  six  counties  in Washington,  four  counties in  Pennsylvania  and two
counties in New Jersey.  The Company is currently  applying for a Medicare  risk
contract  in Oregon and  Connecticut. The Company has  contracted with more than
5,800 primary care physicians,  more than 13,500  specialty physicians and  more
than  180  hospitals  to  provide  services  to  its  Medicare  risk  members in
California, and the  Company's HMOs  in the Southwest,  Northwest and  Northeast
regions  have contracted with approximately 2,100 primary care physicians, 6,500
specialty physicians and 105 hospitals to provide services to its Medicare  risk
members.
 
    MEDICAID  PRODUCTS.  With  the acquisitions of M.D.  Health Plan and Greater
Atlantic, the  Company  significantly expanded  its  Medicaid business  and,  at
December 31, 1995, the Company had an aggregate of approximately 50,000 Medicaid
members. In addition, the Company's HMOs in Washington and Oregon began offering
Medicaid  products in 1995. To enroll  in these Medicaid products, an individual
must be eligible for  Medicaid benefits under  the appropriate state  regulatory
requirements.  These  HMOs offer,  in  addition to  standard  Medicaid coverage,
certain  additional  services   including  dental  and   vision  benefits.   The
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
applicable  state agency pays the Company's HMOs a monthly fee for each Medicaid
member enrolled on  a percentage of  fee-for-service costs. As  of December  31,
1995,   Greater   Atlantic  had   approximately   28,000  Medicaid   members  in
Pennsylvania, M.D.  Health  Plan had  approximately  8,000 Medicaid  members  in
Connecticut,  and the Company's HMOs in  Washington and Oregon had approximately
11,000 and 2,000 Medicaid members in their service areas, respectively.
 
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES  ONLY  BUSINESS.   The  Company  also  provides  TPA
services  to large  employer groups  throughout its  service areas.  Under these
arrangements, the Company provides claims processing, customer service,  medical
management  and  other administrative  services  without assuming  the  risk for
medical costs. The  Company is  generally compensated  for these  services on  a
fixed  per member per month  basis. These services are  currently offered in the
Northeast and  Southwest  regions,  with  101,257  members  and  2,753  members,
respectively, as of December 31, 1995.
 
    INSURANCE  PRODUCTS.    The Company  offers  indemnity products  as  part of
multiple option products  in California,  Colorado, New  Mexico and  Washington.
These   products  are  offered  by  the  Company's  health  and  life  insurance
subsidiaries which are licensed to sell insurance in 33 states and the  District
of  Columbia. Through  these subsidiaries, the  Company also  offers HMO members
certain auxiliary non-health products such  as group life, accidental death  and
disability  and short-term disability insurance, in conjunction with its managed
care products.
 
    PPO NETWORK  SERVICES.   The  Company's  PPO network  subsidiary,  Preferred
Health  Network, Inc.  ("PHN"), provides  PPO and  workers' compensation network
services to over 4.6 million covered persons in 38 states. These figures include
PHN's acquisition in January 1996  of a PPO network  operating in the states  of
Illinois,  Indiana, Nebraska  and Wisconsin with  approximately 825,000 members.
The Company  intends  to continue  to  expand such  operations  into  additional
states, as appropriate.
 
    WORKERS'  COMPENSATION PRODUCT.  Health  Net Comp-24, the Company's non-risk
workers' compensation product in California  ("Comp-24"), is an integrated  full
service  managed care workers' compensation  program designed to deliver managed
medical care  to reduce  workers' compensation  medical expenses  for  insurance
carriers  and  self-insured  employers.  Comp-24  combines  medical  cost-saving
techniques and  workers' compensation  disability management  with the  goal  of
halting inflationary trends and reducing overall costs in workers' compensation.
The  initial strategy  of Comp-24,  which began operations  in July  1994, is to
create multiple  alliances with  large, well-established  regional and  national
insurance  carriers and to provide administrative services to large self-insured
employers. Consumers of the  Comp-24 product will have  access to a  specialized
provider  network and tailored  medical management, quality  controls, and other
specialized   administrative   capabilities.    Currently,   Comp-24    provides
administrative  workers' compensation  services to  American International Group
Claim Services, Republic Indemnity and ITT Hartford. The Company also intends to
expand its Comp-24 product  line by offering a  "24 hour" workers'  compensation
coverage.  PHN also offers a non-risk  workers' compensation product, similar to
Comp-24, in certain of its service areas.
 
    SPECIALTY PRODUCTS.    The  Company's comprehensive  product  offering  also
includes supplemental programs for managed chiropractic care, vision coverage, a
managed mental health/substance abuse program and a prescription drug program.
 
    WELLNESS  PROGRAMS.    The  Company  emphasizes  the  importance  of  health
education, disease prevention and adoption  of healthier lifestyles through  its
"Wellness  Programs." Management believes that health  awareness can be a factor
in the reduction of health care costs. Wellness Programs are offered directly to
employees at  the  employees'  work  site  or  through  primary  medical  groups
("PMGs").  PMGs are required and encouraged (in the form of increased capitation
payments) to offer educational programs and preventive health care  information.
To date, Wellness Programs have focused on topics such as prenatal care, smoking
cessation,  weight management, back care, diabetes  and exercise. In addition to
the health care benefits,  the Company believes that  its Wellness Programs  are
unique  and provide it  with a marketing advantage  which differentiates it from
its competitors.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
PROVIDER SERVICES AND ARRANGEMENTS
 
    PHYSICIAN RELATIONSHIPS.  Upon enrollment in one of the Company's HMO  plans
(except  for M.D. Health Plan), each member  selects a primary care physician or
PMG from the HMO's provider panel.  The primary care physicians and PMGs  assume
overall  responsibility for  the care  of members  and determine  the nature and
extent of services provided to any given member. Medical care provided  directly
by  such physicians includes the treatment  of illnesses not requiring referral,
as well as  physical examinations,  routine immunizations,  maternity and  child
care  and other preventive health services. In conjunction with medical director
review, the  primary  care  physicians  and  PMGs  are  responsible  for  making
referrals to specialists and hospitals. In Connecticut, the M.D. Health Plan HMO
is offered on an "open panel" basis under which members may access any physician
in the network without first consulting a primary care physician.
 
    The  following table sets  forth the approximate number  of primary care and
specialist physicians with whom  the Company's HMOs (and  certain of such  HMOs'
PMGs)  contracted as of December 31, 1995 by its plans in each of the geographic
regions in which it had active HMO operations:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           CALIFORNIA    NORTHEAST    NORTHWEST    SOUTHWEST
                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Primary Care Physicians..................................       9,423        3,429        3,395        1,202
Specialist Physicians....................................      19,992        9,085        8,815        2,592
                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------       -----
    Total................................................      29,415       12,514       12,210        3,794
                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------       -----
                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------       -----
</TABLE>
 
    Physician contracts  are  generally  for  a  period  of  one  year  and  are
automatically   renewable  unless  terminated,  with  certain  requirements  for
maintenance of  good professional  standing and  compliance with  the  Company's
quality, utilization and administrative procedures. Market pressures have caused
the  Company to  undertake a  review of  the financial  terms of  contracts with
certain of its physician providers.  In California, the primary care  physicians
and  PMGs generally receive a monthly  "capitation" fee for every member served.
The capitation fee  represents payment  in full  for all  medical and  ancillary
services specified in the service agreements. The non-physician component of all
hospital  services is  covered by  a combination  of capitation  and/or per diem
charges. In such capitated arrangements,  in cases where the capitated  provider
cannot  provide  the  health  care  services  needed,  such  providers generally
contract with specialists and other  ancillary service providers to furnish  the
requisite services pursuant to capitation agreements or negotiated fee schedules
with  specialists.  The Company's  HMOs  outside California  generally reimburse
physicians according to a discounted fee-for-service schedule.
 
    HOSPITAL RELATIONSHIPS.  The Company's HMOs provide hospital care  primarily
under  contracts with selected  hospitals in their  service areas. Such hospital
contracts  generally  provide   for  multi-year  terms,   with  limited   annual
reimbursement  increases,  and  provide  for payments  on  a  variety  of bases,
including capitation, per diem rates, case rates and discounted  fee-for-service
schedules.
 
    Covered  hospital inpatient care for a  member is comprehensive; it includes
the services of physicians, nurses and other hospital personnel, room and board,
intensive care, laboratory and x-ray services, diagnostic imaging and  generally
all  other services normally provided by  acute-care hospitals. In the Company's
IPA Model HMOs,  once a member  is admitted  to a hospital,  nurses employed  or
designated   by  the  HMO  monitor  the   progress  of  the  member's  continued
hospitalization by reviewing medical charts in the hospital, consulting with the
attending physician and reporting  back to the  physician medical director.  The
nurse updates the member's status on a daily basis into the Company's management
information  system. In  the Company's IPA  Model HMOs,  a daily hospitalization
report is generated, and the status of each hospitalized member is reviewed by a
medical director on  a daily  basis. The HMO  nurses and  medical directors  are
actively  involved  in  discharge  planning  and  case  management,  which often
involves the  coordination of  community  support services,  including  visiting
nurses,  physical  therapy,  durable  medical  equipment  and  home  intravenous
therapy.
 
    OTHER MEDICAL SERVICES.  Certain medical and surgical procedures,  including
laboratory  tests,  diagnostic radiology  services  and ambulatory  surgery, are
performed on  an  outpatient basis.  Other  outpatient services  include  crisis
intervention,  group therapy and  counseling services, substance-abuse services,
physical therapy
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
and other similar services for which hospitalization is not medically necessary.
These services, as well as optional riders for pharmaceuticals and eye care, are
provided to  members  through  contracting  physicians  and  other  health  care
providers,  who  are generally  paid according  to a  discounted fee-for-service
schedule.
 
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
 
    The Company  operates a  sophisticated  management information  system  that
gathers  and stores data on its members and physician and hospital providers. It
contains  all  of  the  Company's  necessary  membership  and  claims-processing
capabilities as well as marketing and medical utilization programs. An effective
management  information system is  critical to the  Company's operation. In 1995
the Company  commenced  the installation  of  the AMISYS  operating  and  MACESS
document  imaging systems at its HMOs  outside of California. Within California,
the Company will continue  to utilize its  internally developed ABS  information
system  to  support  its Health  Net  plan  in the  highly  capitated California
environment. These systems will provide the Company with an integrated and  more
efficient  system of billing,  reporting, member services  and claims processing
and the ability to examine member encounter information for the optimization  of
clinical outcomes.
 
    In 1995, the Company embarked on a multi-year project to develop and install
a  new  information system  designed to  facilitate  the seamless  management of
patients throughout the  entire health care  continuum. This "Fourth  Generation
Medical  Management"  project  will  encompass  regional  data  banks containing
clinical data about each  of the Company's health  plan members. This data  will
serve  as the basis for enhanced clinical decision making. Physicians, hospitals
and the  Company's case  managers will  have  access to  expert systems  and  an
ever-expanding  library of clinical protocols which  will help in optimizing the
diagnosis and treatment decisions for each health plan member. In addition,  the
Company  will  create regional,  comprehensive member  support centers  which it
believes will strengthen the connection  between members and the Company.  These
centers will serve as the primary contact for members, offering expert triage by
nurses  and  directing  members  to  the  most  appropriate  provider.  Outbound
activities of the call centers will  include clinical reminder calls to  members
and  consultive support for  self-care protocols. The  Fourth Generation Medical
Management system will  undergo testing  in 1996. The  Company anticipates  that
this  system will be  fully operational in at  least one plan  before the end of
1996 and installed in all the Company's plans within three years.
 
COST CONTAINMENT
 
    The primary care physician or PMG is responsible for authorizing all  needed
medical care except for emergency medical services. By coordinating care through
such physicians in cases where reimbursement includes risk-sharing arrangements,
the  Company believes that inappropriate use of medical resources is reduced and
efficiencies are achieved.
 
    To limit possible abuse in utilization of hospital services, a certification
process precedes the admission of each non-emergency patient member, followed by
continuing review during the patient's  hospital stay. In addition to  reviewing
the  appropriateness  of hospital  admission  and continued  hospital  care, the
Company plays an active role in  evaluating alternative means of providing  care
to   enrollment  members  and  encourages  the  use  of  outpatient  care,  when
appropriate, to  reduce the  cost that  would otherwise  be associated  with  an
inpatient hospital admission.
 
QUALITY ASSURANCE
 
    Quality  assurance is  a continuing  priority for  the Company.  Each of the
Company's HMOs  has  a  quality  assurance  plan  administered  by  a  committee
comprised  of medical directors and primary  care and specialist physicians. The
committees'  responsibilities  include  periodic  review  of  medical   records,
development  and implementation  of standards of  care based  on current medical
literature and  community  standards and  the  collection of  data  relating  to
results of treatment. All of the Company's HMOs also have a subscriber grievance
procedure  and/or a member satisfaction program  designed to respond promptly to
member grievances. Aspects of such member service programs take place both  with
the  participating physicians and the Company's  HMOs. They are coordinated with
other aspects  of  the Company's  operations,  including quality  assurance  and
utilization management, medical policy and marketing. The following projects and
reviews help to assess the Company's progress in this area.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
    NCQA  ACCREDITATION.  The National  Committee for Quality Assurance ("NCQA")
is an independent, non-profit organization that reviews and accredits HMOs. NCQA
assesses an  HMOs  quality improvement,  utilization  management,  credentialing
process, commitment to members' rights and preventive health services. HMOs that
comply  with  NCQA's  review  requirements and  quality  standards  receive NCQA
accreditation. After an NCQA  review is completed, NCQA  will issue one of  four
designations.  These  are  (i) full  accreditation  for three  years;  (ii) full
accreditation for  one  year;  (iii) provisional  accreditation  for  twelve  to
eighteen months to correct certain problems with a follow-up review to determine
qualification  for accreditation; and  (iv) not accredited.  Health Net received
full one year accreditation from the NCQA in 1995. The Company's Washington  HMO
had  its initial  NCQA accreditation  site visit  in July  of 1995  and received
provisional accreditation.  Greater Atlantic  also has  received full  one  year
accreditation.  The  Company's  remaining  HMOs have  already  submitted  or are
currently  preparing  applications  for   NCQA  accreditation,  and  such   HMOs
anticipate that NCQA accreditation site visits will take place in 1996 and early
1997.
 
    HEDIS.   In 1994, the Company's  California HMO participated in a nationwide
pilot project  known  as the  Health  Plan  Employer Data  and  Information  Set
("HEDIS"),  the purpose of which  was to test the ability  of 21 health plans to
collect and report on 36 indicators of quality and performance. The project  was
developed  under the auspices of the NCQA.  The results of the project (which is
commonly referred to as  a "quality-report card") were  released in early  1995.
According  to the results of the HEDIS project, the Company's California HMO was
successful in reducing discretionary hospital  bed days while maintaining  rates
of  utilization of major medical procedures that were comparable to those of the
other participating plans. In June 1995, the Company's HMOs in the Northwest and
Northeast regions likewise submitted  HEDIS data to NCQA,  the results of  which
indicated that these HMOs quality and performance were comparable to or exceeded
major competing plans.
 
MARKETING AND SALES
 
    Marketing  is  a two-step  process  in which  the  Company first  markets to
employer groups and  then provides  information directly to  employees once  the
employer  has selected  the HMO. The  Company typically uses  its internal sales
staff to serve the large employer groups while independent brokers work with the
Company's internal sales staff to develop business with smaller employer groups.
Once selected by an employer, the  Company solicits enrollees from the  employee
base directly. In 1995, the Company marketed its programs and services primarily
through  its direct sales staff and independent brokers, agents and consultants.
During "open enrollment" periods when  employees are permitted to change  health
care   programs,  the  Company  uses  direct  mail,  worksite  and  health  fair
presentations,  telemarketing,  and   outdoor,  print,   radio  and   television
advertisements  to  attract  new  enrollees.  The  Company's  sales  efforts are
supported  by  its  marketing  division  which  includes  research  and  product
development, corporate communications, public relations and marketing services.
 
    Premiums  for each employer  group are generally contracted  for on a yearly
basis. Numerous factors  are considered  by the  Company in  fixing its  monthly
premiums,   including   employer  group   needs,  and   anticipated  health-care
utilization rates  as  forecasted  by  the Company's  management  based  on  the
demographic  composition of, and the Company's  prior experience in, its service
areas. Premiums  are  also  affected by  applicable  regulations  that  prohibit
experience  rating of  group accounts (i.e.,  setting the premium  for the group
based on  its  past  use of  health  care  services) and  by  state  regulations
governing  the manner  in which premiums  are structured and  the plan's overall
financial viability.
 
COMPETITION
 
    HMOs operate in a  highly competitive environment  in an industry  currently
subject  to  significant  changes from  business  consolidations,  new strategic
alliances, legislative reform  and market  pressures brought about  by a  better
informed and better organized customer base. The Company's HMOs face substantial
competition   from  for-profit  and  nonprofit  HMOs,  PPOs,  self-funded  plans
(including self-insured employers and union trust funds), Blue Cross/Blue Shield
plans  and  traditional  indemnity  insurance  carriers,  some  of  which   have
substantially  larger  enrollments  and  greater  financial  resources  than the
Company. The Company believes that the principal competitive features  affecting
its ability to retain and
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
increase  membership  include the  range and  prices  of benefit  plans offered,
provider network, quality of service, responsiveness to user demands,  financial
stability,  comprehensiveness of  coverage, diversity  of product  offerings and
market presence  and  reputation.  The  relative importance  of  each  of  these
features and key competitors vary by market.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The  Company believes it is in compliance  in all material respects with all
current state and federal regulatory requirements applicable to the business  to
be  conducted by its  subsidiaries. Certain of  these requirements are discussed
below.
 
    CALIFORNIA HMO REGULATIONS.  California HMOs such as Health Net are  subject
to  state regulation,  principally by the  DOC under the  Knox-Keene Health Care
Service Plan Act  of 1975, as  amended (the "Knox-Keene  Act"). Among the  areas
regulated  by the Knox-Keene Act are: (i) adequacy of management, (ii) the scope
of benefits required to be made available to members, (iii) the manner in  which
premiums  are structured, (iv)  procedures for review  of quality assurance, (v)
enrollment requirements, (vi) composition of policy making bodies to assure that
plan members  have  access to  representation,  (vii) procedures  for  resolving
grievances,  (viii)  the interrelationship  between HMOs  and their  health care
providers, (ix)  adequacy  and  accessibility  of the  network  of  health  care
providers,  (x)  provider contracts  and (xi)  initial and  continuing financial
viability. Any  material  modifications to  the  organization or  operations  of
Health  Net are subject to  prior review and approval  by the DOC. This approval
process can be lengthy and there is no certainty of approval. In addition, under
the Knox-Keene Act, Health Net must  file periodic reports with, and is  subject
to periodic review by, the DOC.
 
    California  legislation which became effective  in 1993 (Assembly Bill 1672)
requires all HMOs and  health insurers that choose  to serve the small  employer
group  market in California provide health plan coverage to any small group that
applies, regardless of the health status  of the group's members. This law  also
limits  the amounts  by which  HMOs and  health insurers  may vary  the premiums
charged to different small groups based  upon their respective health care  cost
experience  or the health status of their members, and imposes a number of other
requirements regarding the terms upon which  coverage must be provided to  small
employer  groups. Compliance with  this legislation has  required the Company to
make certain changes to its small  group products. The Company does not  believe
that compliance with such legislation will have a material adverse effect on the
results of its operations.
 
    OTHER  STATE  HMO REGULATIONS.   In  each  state in  which the  Company does
business, HMOs must file periodic reports with, and their operations are subject
to periodic examination by, state  licensing authorities. In addition, each  HMO
must  meet numerous  state licensing criteria  and secure the  approval of state
licensing authorities before implementing certain operational changes, including
the development of new product offerings  and, in some states, the expansion  of
service  areas. To remain licensed, each HMO  must continue to comply with state
laws and regulations and may from time  to time be required to change  services,
procedures  or  other  aspects  of  its operations  to  comply  with  changes in
applicable laws and regulations. HMOs are required by state law to meet  certain
minimum capital and deposit and/or reserve requirements in each state and may be
restricted  from  paying dividends  to their  parent corporations  under certain
circumstances from  time to  time. Outside  of California,  such HMO  laws  also
regulate  some or  all of  the areas regulated  by the  Knox-Keene Act described
above. Several  states have  recently  increased minimum  capital  requirements,
which  increases are being phased in over a period of time. Regulations in these
and other  states  may be  changed  in the  future  to further  increase  equity
requirements.  Such increases could require the Company to contribute additional
capital to its  HMOs. Any adverse  change in governmental  regulation or in  the
regulatory  climate in any  state could materially impact  the HMOs operating in
that state. The HMO Act and state laws place various restrictions on the ability
of HMOs to  price their products  freely. The Company  must comply with  certain
provisions  of certain state insurance and  similar laws, especially as it seeks
ownership interests  in new  HMOs, PPOs  and insurance  companies, or  otherwise
expands its geographic markets or diversifies its product lines.
 
    FEDERAL  HCFA REGULATIONS.  The Company's Medicare risk products are subject
to regulation by HCFA.  Under the Company's contracts  with HCFA to offer  these
products and HCFA regulations, if premiums
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
received  for  Medicare-covered health  care  services provided  to  senior plan
members are more than  the premiums received for  the same health care  services
provided  to non-senior plan members, then  the Company must provide senior plan
members with additional benefits  beyond those required  by Medicare, or  reduce
their  premiums,  deductibles  or  copayments, if  any.  Such  products  are not
permitted to account for more than  one-half of the Company's total HMO  members
in  each of their geographic markets. HCFA has the right to audit HMOs operating
under Medicare contracts to determine the quality of care being rendered and the
degree of compliance with HCFA's contracts and regulations.
 
    THE FEDERAL HMO ACT.  Under the Federal Health Maintenance Organization  Act
of 1973 (the "HMO Act"), services to members must be provided substantially on a
fixed,  prepaid  basis without  regard to  the actual  degree of  utilization of
services. Although  premiums established  by an  HMO may  vary from  account  to
account  through composite rate  factors and special  treatment of certain broad
classes  of   members,  traditional   experience  rating   of  accounts   (i.e.,
retrospective  adjustments for a group account based on that group's past use of
health care services)  is not permitted  under the HMO  Act; prospective  rating
adjustments  are, however, allowed.  All of the Company's  HMOs (other than M.D.
Health Plan)  are  federally qualified  in  certain parts  of  their  respective
service areas under the HMO Act and are therefore subject to the requirements of
such  act  to the  extent  federally qualified  products  are offered  and sold.
However, qualification  under the  HMO Act  is not  mandatory, and  the lack  of
qualification does not prohibit the Company's HMOs from offering its products.
 
    INSURANCE REGULATIONS.  State departments of insurance (the "DOIs") regulate
insurance and TPA business conducted by certain subsidiaries of the Company (the
"Insurance  Subsidiaries")  pursuant to  various  provisions of  state insurance
codes and  regulations promulgated  thereunder. The  Insurance Subsidiaries  are
subject  to various capital reserve and other financial requirements established
by the  DOIs.  The  Insurance  Subsidiaries  must  also  file  periodic  reports
regarding  their activities  regulated by the  DOIs and are  subject to periodic
reviews of those activities by the  DOIs. The Company must also obtain  approval
from  the DOIs for  all of its  group insurance policies  and certain aspects of
their individual policies prior to issuing those policies. The Company does  not
believe that the requirements imposed by the DOIs will have a material impact on
the ability of the Insurance Subsidiaries to conduct their business profitably.
 
RISK MANAGEMENT
 
    The  Company  currently manages  risk  through various  mechanisms including
premium structure and liability coverage.
 
    PREMIUM STRUCTURE.    The Company's  premiums  are based  on  the  estimated
average medical and administrative costs per member for the expected utilization
and cost of services provided to members under the benefit plans and the benefit
riders  selected by an employer. These rates  are formulated by the Company with
the assistance of outside  actuarial consulting firms  as required. The  Company
also  calculates the  capitation rate,  where applicable,  for the  coverage and
optional riders chosen by each employer group.
 
    All employer group premium  rates generally are contracted  for on a  yearly
basis  unless the Company and the employer  agree to adjust the contract term so
that the  effective date  coincides with  the beginning  of the  group's  health
benefit  plan year or to accommodate  an established open enrollment period. The
Company may, from time to time,  guarantee limits on premiums with employers  if
contracts  are renewed. The Company's  methodology for determining premium rates
is in accordance with  federal guidelines, which  provide for community  rating,
community rating by class and adjusted community rating.
 
    LIABILITY  COVERAGE.  The Company  maintains general liability, professional
liability, workers  compensation,  property  and  casualty  and  directors'  and
officers'  liability coverage subject to  customary deductibles, limitations and
exclusions.  The  Company  also  requires  participating  physicians,  PMGs  and
participating  hospitals to maintain malpractice insurance coverage. The Company
verifies malpractice  insurance  coverage  as  part  of  its  credentialing  and
recredentialing processes.
 
SERVICE MARKS
 
    The    Company's   service   marks    and/or   trademarks   include:   Being
Well-Registered Trademark-, Feetbeat Worksite Walking Program-SM-, FLEX NET-SM-,
Health Net-Registered Trademark-, Health Net ACCESS-SM-, Health Net Comp-24-SM-,
Health Net
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
ELECT-SM-,  Health  Net   INSIGHT-SM-,  Health  Net   OPTIONS-SM-,  Health   Net
SELECT-SM-,  Health Net Seniority  Plus-SM-, Heart &  Soul-SM-, M.D. Health Plan
Personal Medical Management-SM-, QualAssist-SM-, QualAdmit-SM-,
Qual-Med-Registered Trademark-,  QualMed-SM-, QualMed  Health &  Life  Insurance
Company-SM-,    QualMed   Plans   for   Health-Registered   Trademark-,   Senior
Security-Registered Trademark-, "The Final  Piece of the Healthcare  Puzzle-SM-"
and  "Well Managed Care Right from  the Start-Registered Trademark-" and certain
designs related to the foregoing.
 
    The Company  utilizes  these marks  in  connection with  the  marketing  and
identification  of products  and services. The  Company believes  such marks are
valuable and material to its marketing efforts.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    At December 31,  1995, the  Company employed  approximately 3,500  full-time
employees  and approximately 400  part-time employees. Such  employees perform a
variety  of  functions,   including  administrative   services  for   employers,
providers,  and  members,  negotiation  of  agreements  with  physician  groups,
hospitals, pharmacies  and  other health  care  providers, handling  claims  for
payment  of hospital and other services  and providing data processing services.
The Company's employees are  not unionized and the  Company has not  experienced
any  work stoppage since  its organization. The  Company considers its relations
with its employees to be very good.
 
    On April 10, 1996,  the Company announced  a comprehensive restructuring  of
Health  Net  and the  consolidation of  certain  operational functions  of other
subsidiaries. The restructuring of Health  Net will include a reorganization  of
its  management and operating structure  and staff reductions. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The  following sets  forth certain information  with respect  to the current
executive officers of the Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            NAME                 AGE                                  POSITION
- ----------------------------     ---     ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>        <C>
Malik M. Hasan, M.D.             57      Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and
                                          Chief Executive Officer
Dale T. Berkbigler, M.D.         47      Director and Executive Vice President of Medical Affairs of the
                                          Company and President of QualMed
Michael E. Gallagher             46      Director of the Company and Chairman of the Board of Directors,
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer of Health Net
E. Keith Hovland                 56      Director and Executive Vice President, Treasurer and acting Chief
                                          Financial Officer
Joe V. Criscione                 56      Senior Vice President, Governmental Relations
Terry Fouts, M.D.                52      Senior Vice President of Medical Affairs
Andrew Wang                      54      Senior Vice President and Chief Actuary
B. Curtis Westen, Jr.            35      Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
James J. Wilk                    45      Senior Vice President of Human Resources and Administrative
                                          Services of Health Net
Walter G. Woodbury               53      Senior Vice President of Operations (California)
Philip A. Katz, Ph.D.            53      Vice President and Chief Information Officer
</TABLE>
 
    Dr. Hasan became  Chairman of the  Board of Directors,  President and  Chief
Executive  Officer  of  the  Company  on  March  31,  1995.  Dr.  Hasan  was the
Co-Chairman, Co-President and  Co-Chief Executive  Officer of  the Company  from
January  1994 (upon consummation  of the HSI Combination)  until March 31, 1995.
Dr. Hasan has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of QualMed since  its
formation  in 1985. Dr. Hasan assumed the additional position of Chief Executive
Officer of QualMed in June 1990. Effective March 2, 1991, Dr. Hasan also  became
President  of QualMed, an office he  held until February 1995. A board-certified
neurologist in Pueblo, Colorado since June 1975, Dr. Hasan maintained a  limited
practice  until July 1992.  From 1980 to 1984,  Dr. Hasan was  a director of the
Colorado Medical Society and Parkview Episcopal Medical Center. In 1989, he  was
appointed by the Governor of Colorado to the Colorado Health Data Commission, on
which he continued to serve until 1993. Dr. Hasan served as a Clinical Assistant
Professor  of Neurology at the  University of Colorado from  1976 until 1990 and
has been a member of the London Royal College of Physicians since 1964.
 
    Dr. Berkbigler became  Executive Vice  President of Medical  Affairs of  the
Company  and a director of the Company in January 1994 (upon consummation of the
HSI Combination). Dr. Berkbigler has been a director of QualMed since July  1987
and  has served as  the Executive Vice  President of Medical  Affairs of QualMed
since July 1989. Since February 1995, Dr. Berkbigler has served as President  of
QualMed.  Prior to  1986, Dr.  Berkbigler served  as the  President of  San Luis
Valley Physicians Service Corporation, and from  August 1986 to March 1991  held
the position of San Luis Valley HMO Medical Director. He was promoted to QualMed
Medical  Director in  April 1987,  and assumed  the title  of Vice  President of
Medical Affairs of QualMed in  January 1988. He also served  as a member of  the
Board  of Directors of St. Joseph  Hospital, Del Norte, Colorado, from September
1983 through September 1989 and as its  Chairman of the Board from October  1986
through  September 1988. Dr. Berkbigler was a practicing internist in Del Norte,
Colorado from 1979 until 1991.
 
    Effective May 30, 1995, Mr. Gallagher was appointed Chairman of the Board of
Directors, President and Chief  Executive Officer of Health  Net. He has been  a
director of the Company since January 1994 (upon
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
consummation  of the HSI  Combination). Mr. Gallagher was  a director of QualMed
from November 1993 until February 1995. Mr. Gallagher has been a general partner
of Shamrock Investments, a  financial advisory firm  specializing in the  health
care  service industry,  since 1987.  From 1980  to 1987,  Mr. Gallagher  was an
officer of American Medical International, Inc. ("AMI"), where he most  recently
served  as Group  Vice President.  Before joining  AMI, his  professional career
included various positions with the accounting firm of Coopers & Lybrand in  Los
Angeles and service as an officer in the U.S. Marine Corps.
 
    Mr. Hovland became Executive Vice President, Treasurer and a director of the
Company  in January 1994 (upon consummation of the HSI Combination). Since April
1995, Mr. Hovland has served as  acting Chief Financial Officer of the  Company.
Mr.  Hovland assumed responsibility for QualMed's financial affairs in late 1986
as Vice President for Finance and Administration. Since July 1989 he has  served
as  Executive  Vice President  for Finance  and  Administration of  QualMed. Mr.
Hovland has been a director of QualMed since July 1987, has served as  Treasurer
of  QualMed since that  time and served  as Secretary of  QualMed from July 1987
until September  1991.  Prior to  joining  QualMed,  Mr. Hovland  was  the  Vice
President  of Riverside Community Hospital in Riverside, California from 1985 to
1986. From  1980 to  1985, he  was  Senior Vice  President and  Chief  Financial
Officer of Parkview Episcopal Hospital in Pueblo, Colorado.
 
    Mr.  Criscione became Senior  Vice President, Governmental  Relations of the
Company in January 1994 upon consummation of the HSI Combination. Mr.  Criscione
has  served as Senior Vice President of  Government Affairs for Health Net since
1991. From  1983  to  1991,  Mr. Criscione  was  Vice  President  of  Government
Relations for Kaiser Foundation Health Plan.
 
    Dr.  Fouts became Senior Vice President of Medical Affairs of the Company in
January 1994 upon consummation of the HSI Combination. Dr. Fouts has been Senior
Vice President of Medical Affairs of QualMed since November 1991, and served  as
QualMed's  Associate  Vice  President of  Medical  Affairs from  August  1990 to
November 1991.  He  served  as  medical  director  for  the  Company's  Colorado
Springs/Pueblo  service areas from  November 1989 through  June 1992. From April
1986 until  November  1989, he  served  as a  regional  medical director  for  a
competitor  of  the Company.  Prior to  such  time, Dr.  Fouts was  a practicing
physician in Pueblo, Colorado.
 
    Mr. Wang  joined  Health Net  in  April 1992  as  Vice President  and  Chief
Actuary.  In September 1994  he assumed the  title of Senior  Vice President and
Chief Actuary for Health Net, the Company and QualMed. Mr. Wang was a consulting
actuary with  Milliman &  Robertson, Inc.  from 1974  to 1992  prior to  joining
Health  Net.  From  1972  to 1974  he  was  a Professor  of  Mathematics  at the
University of Colorado in Boulder, Colorado. Mr. Wang is a Fellow of the Society
of Actuaries and is a Member of the American Academy of Actuaries.
 
    Mr. Westen has served as Senior Vice President of the Company since  January
1995, and as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company
since  May 1995. Mr.  Westen has also  served as Senior  Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary of  QualMed since September 1993,  and has served as  Vice
President  of Administration  of QualMed from  August 1993  until February 1994.
Since February 1995, he has served as  a director of QualMed. Mr. Westen  served
as  Assistant General Counsel  and Assistant Secretary  of QualMed since joining
QualMed in March 1992. In 1994, he was appointed by the Governor of Colorado  to
the Colorado Cooperative Health Care Agreements Board. From September 1986 until
March 1992, Mr. Westen was an attorney with the firm of Lord, Bissell & Brook in
Chicago, Illinois.
 
    Mr.  Wilk  has served  as  Senior Vice  President  or Vice  President, Human
Resources and Administrative  Services of Health  Net since March  1992 and  has
functioned  as the chief human  resources officer since he  joined Health Net in
September 1990. From time to time during  the period 1973 to 1990, Mr. Wilk  was
responsible  for Human Resources functions  at Allied-Signal, Johnson & Johnson,
Bell Atlantic Corporation and CitiCorp.
 
    Mr. Woodbury became  Senior Vice President  of the Company  in January  1994
upon  consummation of the HSI Combination. Prior  to that time, Mr. Woodbury had
been QualMed's California Vice President of Operations since QualMed's  December
1990 acquisition of HEALS, The Personal Care Physician Health Plan ("HEALS"). He
served  as the Chief Executive  Officer and President of  HEALS from August 1988
until the merger of QualMed's California HMO plans in December 1992, after which
time he has served as Senior Vice President of the Company.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    Dr. Katz has served as Vice  President and Chief Information Officer of  the
Company  since  July 1995.  Prior  to joining  the  Company, Dr.  Katz  was Vice
President, Planning and  Technology at  Graduate Health System  from March  1990
until  July  1995.  His other  past  positions include  President  of Integrated
Technologies Resources Corporation and Associate Vice President, Technology  and
Information Management at Thomas Jefferson University.
 
DIRECTORS
 
    The  Third Amended and Restated Certificate  of Incorporation of the Company
(the "Certificate") provides that  the Board of Directors  shall consist of  not
less  than three nor more than twenty members, the exact number to be determined
in accordance  with  the  Company's  Third Amended  and  Restated  By-Laws  (the
"By-Laws").  In accordance with the By-Laws, the  number of members of the Board
of Directors has currently been set  at fourteen (14). The Certificate  provides
for the Board of Directors to be divided into three classes, each class to serve
for staggered three-year terms. Each class is to consist, as nearly as possible,
of  one-third of the total number of  directors constituting the entire Board of
Directors.
 
    The following sets forth certain  information with respect to the  directors
of the Company, which are divided by the class in which they serve. Please refer
to  the information contained  above under the  heading "Executive Officers" for
biographical information of  directors who  are also executive  officers of  the
Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      TERM TO
      NAME OF DIRECTOR                           PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION                        AGE      EXPIRE
- -----------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------     ---     ---------
<S>                            <C>                                                        <C>        <C>
CLASS I
Charles T. Braden              President of CBS Associates, Inc.                             52        1997
George Deukmejian              Partner of Sidley & Austin                                    67        1997
Michael E. Gallagher           Director of the Company and Chairman of the Board of          46        1997
                                Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of
                                Health Net
Robert L. Montgomery           President and Chief Executive Officer of Alta Bates           59        1997
                                Health System
J. Kevin Murphy                Business Consultant                                           69        1997
 
CLASS II
J. Thomas Bouchard             Senior Vice President, Human Resources of International       55        1998
                                Business Machines Corporation
Thomas T. Farley               Senior Partner of Petersen, Fonda, Farley, Mattoon,           61        1998
                                Crockenberg and Garcia, P.C.
E. Keith Hovland               Executive Vice President, Treasurer and acting Chief          56        1998
                                Financial Officer of the Company
Douglas M. Mancino             Partner of McDermott, Will & Emery                            47        1998
 
CLASS III
Malik M. Hasan, M.D.           Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief       57        1996
                                Executive Officer of the Company
Lawrence E. Austin, M.D.       Retired Northwest Vice President of Medical Affairs of        62        1996
                                the Company
Dale T. Berkbigler, M.D.       Executive Vice President of Medical Affairs of the            47        1996
                                Company and President of QualMed
Roger F. Greaves               Former Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors,                 58        1996
                                Co-President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of the
                                Company
Kenneth W. Kizer, M.D.         Health Care Consultant                                        44        1996
</TABLE>
 
    Dr.  Austin  became  a  director  of  the  Company  in  January  1994  (upon
consummation of the HSI Combination). Dr. Austin served as a director of QualMed
from 1986 until February 1995 and served as Northwest Vice President of  Medical
Affairs   of  QualMed  from  July  1989  until   May  1993.  Dr.  Austin  was  a
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
founding principal, director and president of Pueblo Physicians, Inc. He  served
as  Medical Director for the Pueblo HMO  service area from December 1986 to June
1989. Dr.  Austin  was  a practicing  board-certified  psychiatrist  in  Pueblo,
Colorado  from 1968 to 1989. Dr. Austin served as the Chief of Staff of Parkview
Episcopal Hospital in Pueblo, Colorado and as a member of the Board of  Parkview
Episcopal Medical Center from 1978 to 1980.
 
    Mr.  Bouchard  became  a  director  of the  Company  in  January  1994 (upon
consummation of  the HSI  Combination). Mr.  Bouchard served  as a  director  of
QualMed  from May 1991 until February 1995. Since October 1994, Mr. Bouchard has
served as  Senior  Vice President,  Human  Resources of  International  Business
Machines  Corporation. From June 1989 until October 1994, Mr. Bouchard served as
Senior Vice President  & Chief  Human Resources Officer  of U.S.  West, Inc.,  a
diversified  global communications company, and prior to that time he was Senior
Vice President -- Human Resources and Organization for United Technologies Corp.
Mr. Bouchard  has  served  on  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Labor  Policy
Association  since March  1991 and  Nordstrom National  Credit Bank  since April
1991.
 
    Mr.  Braden  became  a  director  of  the  Company  in  January  1994  (upon
consummation  of the HSI Combination). Mr. Braden  was elected to the Health Net
Board of Directors in September 1987. Mr. Braden is President of CBS Associates,
Inc.,  a  real  estate  advisory  group.  Prior  to  his  association  with  CBS
Associates,  Inc., Mr. Braden provided business consulting services primarily to
the real estate and  financial industries. Mr. Braden  served as Executive  Vice
President at Fidelity Federal Savings and Loan from 1977 to 1991. Currently, Mr.
Braden serves on the Board of Trustees at Woodbury University.
 
    Mr.  Deukmejian  became a  director  of the  Company  in January  1994 (upon
consummation of the HSI Combination). Mr. Deukmejian has served as a director of
QualMed from April 1992 until February 1995 and, since February 1991, has been a
partner in  the  law firm  of  Sidley &  Austin,  Los Angeles,  California.  Mr.
Deukmejian  served as Governor  of the State  of California for  two terms, from
January 1983 to January 1991. Mr. Deukmejian also served the State of California
as Attorney General from 1979 to 1982, as a State Senator from 1967 to 1978  and
as  a State Assemblyman from 1963 to 1966. Mr. Deukmejian has been a director of
Burlington Northern  Santa Fe  Pacific Corporation,  a railroad  company,  since
September  1995, and was a director of one of its predecessors, Santa Fe Pacific
Corporation, from January 1991 until September 1995.
 
    Mr.  Farley  became  a  director  of  the  Company  in  January  1994  (upon
consummation of the HSI Combination). Mr. Farley served as a director of QualMed
from  February 1991 until February 1995, and is a senior partner in the law firm
of Petersen,  Fonda,  Farley, Mattoon,  Crockenberg  and Garcia,  P.C.,  Pueblo,
Colorado.  Mr. Farley was formerly President  of the governing board of Colorado
State University, the University of Southern Colorado and Ft. Lewis College  and
Chairman  of the Colorado  Wildlife Commission. He served  as Minority Leader of
the Colorado House of Representatives from 1967  to 1975. Mr. Farley has been  a
director  of the Public Service  Company of Colorado, a  public gas and electric
company, since 1983 and a director/advisor of Norwest Banks of Pueblo and Sunset
since 1985. Mr. Farley has been a member of the Board of Regents of Santa  Clara
University, a Jesuit institution, since 1987.
 
    Mr.  Greaves,  who  serves  as  a  consultant  to  the  Company,  served  as
Co-Chairman of  the  Board of  Directors,  Co-President and  Co-Chief  Executive
Officer  of  the  Company  from  January  1994  (upon  consummation  of  the HSI
Combination) until March 31, 1995. Prior to January 1994, Mr. Greaves served  as
Chairman  of the  Board of Directors,  President and Chief  Executive Officer of
HNMH since its incorporation in June 1990. Mr. Greaves is the former Chairman of
the Board of  Directors, President and  Chief Executive Officer  of Health  Net.
Prior  to joining Health Net, Mr. Greaves  held various management roles at Blue
Cross of Southern California,  including Vice President  of Human Resources  and
Assistant  to the President,  and held various  management positions at Allstate
Insurance Company  from 1962  until  1968. Mr.  Greaves  currently serves  as  a
Commissioner  on the  California Senate Advisory  Commission on  Life and Health
Insurance and  as  a member  of  the Board  of  Directors of  the  Group  Health
Association of America.
 
    Dr.  Kizer became a  director of the Company  in August 1994.  He has been a
director of the  Foundation since  1992 and  was Chairman  of the  Board of  the
Foundation  from December 1993 through December  1995. Dr. Kizer was Chairman of
the  Department  of  Community  and   International  Health  and  Professor   of
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
Emergency  Medicine  and  Clinical  Toxicology  in  the  Department  of Internal
Medicine at the University of California,  Davis from July 1991 through  October
1994.  Dr. Kizer is also currently an  adjunct professor of public policy at the
University of Southern California. From 1985 to 1991, Dr. Kizer was the Director
of the California Department of Health  Services. Since October 1994, Dr.  Kizer
has  been the chief executive officer of  the veterans health care system of the
United States government.
 
    Mr. Mancino  became  a  director  of  the  Company  in  January  1994  (upon
consummation  of the HSI Combination). Mr. Mancino has been a partner in the Los
Angeles office of the law firm McDermott,  Will & Emery since 1987. Mr.  Mancino
also  is a past President of the American Academy of Healthcare Attorneys of the
American Hospital Association.
 
    Mr. Montgomery  became a  director  of the  Company  in January  1994  (upon
consummation  of the  HSI Combination). Mr.  Montgomery served as  a director of
QualMed from May 1991 until February 1995, and since January 1989 has served  as
the President and Chief Executive Officer of Alta Bates Health System, a holding
company consisting of acute care hospitals, long-term care facilities, home care
services  and a  management service  company for  physician practice  groups and
independent practice  associations.  Mr.  Montgomery served  as  Executive  Vice
President  for VHA  Enterprises, Inc.,  a subsidiary  of Voluntary  Hospitals of
America, Inc., from 1986 to 1988. Mr. Montgomery was a director of Blue Cross of
Northern California from  December 1972 to  April 1984, and  from 1989 to  April
1991  was  a director  of Bay  Pacific Health  Plan. Mr.  Montgomery has  been a
director of  Health Risk  Management, Inc.,  a managed  care information  system
company, since October 1993, and of Mecon Associates Inc., a database management
company, since April 1993.
 
    Mr.  Murphy  became  a  director  of  the  Company  in  January  1994  (upon
consummation of the HSI Combination). Mr. Murphy served as a director of QualMed
from August  1990 until  February 1995  and as  Vice Chairman  of the  Board  of
Directors of QualMed during such service from July 1991. Since January 1992, Mr.
Murphy has been self-employed as a business consultant, from November 1985 until
December 1991 he was employed as the President of 655 Associates, Inc., a crisis
management firm, and from August 1985 to January 1989 he was a Managing Director
and  a  Senior Vice  President  of the  Gabelli  Group, Inc.,  a  New York-based
financial services company. Prior to 1985 Mr. Murphy was President of  Purolator
Courier Corp. and Trailways, Inc. Mr. Murphy has been a director of Pinkerton's,
Inc.,  a security services company,  since October 1990 and  a member of the St.
Mary College Board of Trustees since November 1995.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
    The  following  table  sets forth  certain  information  as of  May  8, 1996
regarding the beneficial ownership of the Class A Common Stock of those  persons
or  groups who are known to the Company  to be beneficial owners of more than 5%
of the  outstanding  shares  of Class  A  Common  Stock and  all  directors  and
executive  officers as a group. The following information is based on reports on
Schedules 13D or  13G filed  with the  Securities and  Exchange Commission  (the
"Commission") or other reliable information.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                       SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED         AFTER THE OFFERING AND
                                                         PRIOR TO THE OFFERING        APPLICATION OF NET PROCEEDS
                                                     ------------------------------  ------------------------------
                                                     AMOUNT OF SHARES                AMOUNT OF SHARES
                                                       BENEFICIALLY     PERCENTAGE     BENEFICIALLY     PERCENTAGE
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                     OWNED (1)       OF CLASS        OWNED (1)       OF CLASS
- ---------------------------------------------------  -----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------
<S>                                                  <C>                <C>          <C>                <C>
Malik M. Hasan, M.D. (2)...........................    4,733,565             20.6%     4,733,565             16.8%
Amended and Restated Health Net
 Associate Trust dated May 1, 1994 (3).............    4,561,312             20.4%     1,366,938(4)           5.0%
FMR Corp. (5)......................................    2,316,175             10.3%     2,316,175              8.4%
All directors and executive officers of the Company
 as a group (21 persons)(2)(6).....................    6,674,490             28.9%     6,154,262(4)          21.8%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) The  nature of beneficial ownership for shares  shown in this column is sole
    voting and investment  power unless otherwise  indicated herein, subject  to
    community property laws where applicable.
 
(2) Includes  430,000 shares of Class  A Common Stock with  respect to which Dr.
    Hasan has the right to acquire beneficial ownership by virtue of outstanding
    vested options, and an aggregate of 85,095 shares owned by Dr. Hasan's  wife
    (3,262  shares) or held by the Hasan Family Foundation (a private charitable
    foundation of which Mrs.  Hasan is the chairperson)  (81,833 shares), as  to
    which  shares  Dr. Hasan  disclaims beneficial  ownership. Does  not include
    133,476 shares held  by three  trusts, the  beneficiaries of  which are  the
    three  children of Dr.  and Mrs. Hasan and  the sole trustee  of which is an
    unrelated third party.
 
(3) Shares of HN Management Holdings, Inc. capital stock issued to employees and
    directors of Health  Net prior to  the HSI Combination  were transferred  to
    Roger  F. Greaves, Stephen D. Vogt  and Gerald Cooper, as trustees, pursuant
    to the Associate Trust Agreement. Pursuant to the Associate Trust Agreement,
    such shares are voted by the trustees and may be disposed of by the trustees
    on behalf of  the beneficial  owners of  the shares.  Each beneficial  owner
    under  the Associate Trust  Agreement retains the  full economic interest in
    the underlying shares of Class A Common Stock.
 
(4) Adjusted to reflect  the repurchase by  the Company of  3,194,374 shares  of
    Class  A  Common  Stock from  beneficial  owners under  the  Associate Trust
    Agreement, including  75,228 and  425,000  shares from  Mr. Braden  and  Mr.
    Greaves  (directors  of the  Company),  respectively, and  5,000  and 15,000
    shares from each of  Mr. Criscione and Mr.  Wilk (executive officers of  the
    Company), respectively.
 
(5) FMR  Corp. owns  and controls Fidelity  Management and  Research Company, an
    investment company, which directly owns  2,120,375 shares of Class A  Common
    Stock.  FMR Corp.  has sole power  to dispose  of all such  shares. The sole
    power to vote or  direct the voting of  these 2,120,375 shares resides  with
    the  Board of  Trustees of  Fidelity Management  and Research  Company. Also
    includes 195,800  shares  owned  by Fidelity  Management  Trust  Company,  a
    subsidiary of FMR Corp.
 
(6) Includes  an aggregate of 720,464 shares with respect to which all directors
    and executive  officers as  a group  have the  right to  acquire  beneficial
    ownership by virtue of outstanding vested options.
 
    On  March 9,  1995, the Company  and Roger  F. Greaves, Stephen  D. Vogt and
Gerald M. Cooper (in their capacities  as such, the "Trustees"), as Trustees  of
the  trust created  pursuant to  the Associate  Trust Agreement  (the "Associate
Trust"), executed a Letter Agreement  (the "Letter Agreement"), which  agreement
was  ratified  by the  Board  of Directors  of the  Company  on March  16, 1995.
Pursuant to the Letter
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
Agreement, the Class A Stockholders agreed to waive their right, pursuant to the
Amended Foundation  Shareholder Agreement  dated  as of  January 28,  1992  (the
"Foundation  Shareholder Agreement") among the  Company, the Selling Stockholder
and the Class A Stockholders,  to purchase shares of  Class B Common Stock  from
the  Selling  Stockholder,  through  the  term  of  the  Foundation  Shareholder
Agreement. The Letter Agreement provides, in relevant part, that the Company and
the Class  A  Stockholders must  hold  good  faith discussions  to  determine  a
procedure,  consistent with  the terms and  conditions of  the Letter Agreement,
whereby each such Class A Stockholder may elect to sell to the Company a  number
of  shares  of Class  A Common  Stock up  to  the entire  number of  such shares
beneficially owned  by  such  Class  A Stockholder  under  the  Associate  Trust
(subject  to  applicable  restrictions  contained in  the  Credit  Facility). In
accordance with such discussions, in  February 1996, the Company repurchased  an
aggregate  of  303,879  shares  of  Class  A  Common  Stock  from  the  Class  A
Stockholders under a repurchase program adopted by the Company. In addition, the
Company has agreed to  repurchase an amount  of shares of  Class A Common  Stock
from such Class A Stockholders that is equal to the amount of shares sold by the
Company pursuant to the Offering, at a price per share equal to the net proceeds
per share to be received by the Company in the Offering.
 
CLASS B COMMON STOCK AND THE CALIFORNIA WELLNESS FOUNDATION
 
    The  Selling Stockholder currently holds 25,684,152 shares of Class B Common
Stock, which constitutes all of the outstanding shares of Class B Common  Stock.
The Selling Stockholder received all of such shares as a charitable recipient in
connection  with the Conversion, since the  legal requirements applicable to the
Conversion necessitated  the transfer  to a  charitable recipient  of an  amount
equal to the value of Health Net as determined by the DOC.
 
    In  connection with  the Conversion, Health  Net also issued  a $150 million
original principal  amount senior  secured  promissory note  and a  $75  million
original  principal amount subordinated  secured promissory note  to the Selling
Stockholder. In  January 1994,  the  Company made  a discretionary  $50  million
prepayment  to the  Selling Stockholder  on the  subordinated secured promissory
note, and in April 1995, the Company  paid down $135 million of the  outstanding
debt  under these  notes, leaving  a remaining  principal balance  on the senior
secured promissory note of $19.6 million due on December 31, 2006. Health  Net's
performance  under the note obligations has  been guaranteed by the Company, and
in accordance  with the  provisions of  such promissory  notes, Health  Net  has
provided the Selling Stockholder with a security interest in certain collateral.
The  long-term  portion  of  the  principal  and  interest  payments  under  the
outstanding senior secured promissory note is subordinated to Health Net meeting
certain minimum capital requirements under the Knox-Keene Act.
 
    The rights of  the Class A  Common Stock and  the Class B  Common Stock  are
identical except that the Class B Common Stock is generally non-voting. Upon the
sale  or transfer of the  Class B Common Stock by  the Selling Stockholder to an
unrelated third  party, the  Class B  Common Stock  automatically converts  into
shares  of Class A Common  Stock. The Selling Stockholder  is subject to various
volume and manner of sale  restrictions specified in the Foundation  Shareholder
Agreement  which limit  the number  of shares  that the  Selling Stockholder may
dispose of prior to December 31,  1998. In addition, the Foundation  Shareholder
Agreement,  in  conjunction  with  the Letter  Agreement,  requires  the Selling
Stockholder to offer its shares of Class B Common Stock to the Company prior  to
selling  such  shares  to any  other  person.  In this  respect,  the Foundation
Shareholder Agreement permits the  Selling Stockholder to offer  and sell up  to
80%  of the Selling Stockholder's  interest in the Class  B Common Stock (or all
but 5,136,830  of  such  shares) to  the  Company  prior to  December  31,  1998
(including  up to 3,852,623 shares in 1997 and  up to the balance of the 80% not
previously sold in 1998).  In the event the  Company declines to purchase  these
shares  offered, the Selling Stockholder will  have the right to exercise demand
registration rights prior to September  30 of each year  as to those shares  not
purchased  by the Company  during such year.  In addition, under  the terms of a
registration rights agreement dated March 2,  1995, prior to December 31,  1998,
the  Selling Stockholder has  the right to demand  two future registrations with
respect   to   up   to   8,026,298    shares   of   Class   B   Common    Stock.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
Notwithstanding  its  rights upon  the expiration  or  waiver of  any applicable
restrictions, the Selling Stockholder currently intends to refrain from  selling
approximately  2.1 million shares of Class B Common Stock which may be forfeited
in the event of a final adverse ruling in the Writ Proceeding described in  Item
3  of the Company's Annual  Report on Form 10-K for  the year ended December 31,
1995.
 
    Prior to the completion of the Offering, the Selling Stockholder owns  53.4%
of  the combined outstanding shares  of Class A Common  Stock and Class B Common
Stock. Upon  the completion  of the  Offering  and the  application of  the  net
proceeds  from the  Offering by  the Company,  the Selling  Stockholder will own
20,547,322 shares  of  Class  B  Common  Stock  (or  19,297,642  shares  if  the
Underwriters'  over-allotment  option  is exercised  in  full) or  42.7%  of the
combined outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock (or
40.1%  if  the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option  is  exercised  in  full).
Notwithstanding  the Selling Stockholder's significant ownership interest in the
Company, the Selling Stockholder does not  consider itself nor does the  Company
consider  the Selling Stockholder to  be a control person  of the Company due to
the current  significant  restrictions  imposed  on  the  Selling  Stockholder's
ownership of the Class B Common Stock.
 
    The  Selling Stockholder  is an  independent, private  foundation created to
improve the  health  of the  people  of California.  The  Selling  Stockholder's
mission  is to  improve the  quality and  accessibility of  health promotion and
disease prevention programs and services for a culturally diverse  cross-section
of  California's  children, youth  and  families, encourage  the  integration of
health promotion and disease prevention  activities into the delivery of  health
and  human services, increase the  availability of work-related health promotion
opportunities for  California workers  and their  families, and  facilitate  the
development  of  public  policies  that  support  health  promotion  and disease
prevention. In 1995, the Selling Stockholder made 177 grants in the  approximate
aggregate amount of $55 million.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The  authorized capital stock of the  Company consists of 135 million shares
of Class A  Common Stock,  30 million  shares of Class  B Common  Stock, and  10
million  shares of preferred  stock, par value $0.001  per share (the "Preferred
Stock"). As of May 8, 1996, there  were 22,411,697 shares of the Class A  Common
Stock  issued and  outstanding, 25,684,152  shares of  the Class  B Common Stock
issued and  outstanding  and  no  shares  of  the  Preferred  Stock  issued  and
outstanding.
 
    The  Class  A  Common  Stock  is  more  fully  described  in  the  Company's
Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File  No. 1-12718), dated January 21,  1994,
and  the Company's Certificate, each of  which is incorporated by reference into
this Prospectus. The  comparison of the  Class A  Common Stock and  the Class  B
Common Stock set forth below is qualified in its entirety by reference thereto.
 
COMPARISON OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND CLASS B COMMON STOCK
 
    VOTING.   Holders  of the Class  A Common Stock  have one vote  per share on
matters submitted to  stockholders for approval,  while holders of  the Class  B
Common  Stock generally  have no  voting rights  other than  as required  by the
Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
    DIVIDENDS, OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS  AND MERGERS OR  CONSOLIDATIONS.  Holders  of
the  Class A  Common Stock and  Class B Common  Stock are entitled  to equal per
share cash dividends, if any, distributions upon liquidation of the Company  and
consideration  in a merger or  consolidation of the Company  (whether or not the
Company is the surviving corporation). Holders  of the Class A Common Stock  and
the  Class B Common  Stock are entitled  to equal per  share stock dividends and
stock splits, if any, except that if stock dividends in shares of Class A Common
Stock are made to  holders of Class  A Common Stock, holders  of Class B  Common
Stock may receive, on a share-for-share basis, shares of Class B Common Stock.
 
    CONVERSION  UPON SALE.  Shares of Class B Common Stock automatically convert
into shares of  Class A Common  Stock on a  one-for-one basis upon  the sale  or
other  transfer  of  Class B  Common  Stock  by the  Selling  Stockholder  to an
unrelated third party.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Upon the terms and subject to the conditions stated in the U.S. Underwriting
Agreement dated the  date of this  Prospectus, each of  the underwriters of  the
U.S. Offering of Class A Common Stock named below (the "U.S. Underwriters"), for
whom  Smith Barney  Inc., Dillon,  Read & Co.  Inc., Dean  Witter Reynolds Inc.,
Robertson, Stephens &  Company LLC,  Salomon Brothers  Inc, and  Volpe, Welty  &
Company  are acting  as Representatives  (the "Representatives"),  has severally
agreed to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholder, and the Company
and the Selling Stockholder  have agreed to sell  to each U.S. Underwriter,  the
number  of shares of  Class A Common Stock  set forth opposite  the name of such
U.S. Underwriter below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITERS                            SHARES
- ------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                   <C>
 
<CAPTION>
Smith Barney Inc....................     959,994
<S>                                   <C>
Dillon, Read & Co. Inc..............     959,994
Dean Witter Reynolds Inc............     959,994
Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC...     959,994
Salomon Brothers Inc................     959,994
Volpe, Welty & Company..............     959,994
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ...........     135,000
<CAPTION>
                                       NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITERS                            SHARES
- ------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                   <C>
 
Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., Inc. ...     100,000
CS First Boston Corporation.........     135,000
Hanifen, Imhoff Inc. ...............     100,000
Josephthal Lyon & Ross
 Incorporated.......................     100,000
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated...     135,000
Piper Jaffray Inc. .................     100,000
Shattuck Hammond Partners Inc. .....     100,000
                                      -----------
  Total.............................   6,664,964
                                      -----------
                                      -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Under the terms and  subject to the conditions  stated in the  International
Underwriting  Agreement dated the date of  this Prospectus, each of the managers
of the concurrent  International Offering of  Class A Common  Stock named  below
(the  "Managers"), for  whom Smith  Barney Inc., Dillon,  Read &  Co. Inc., Dean
Witter International Ltd., Robertson, Stephens  & Company LLC, Salomon  Brothers
International  Limited, and Volpe,  Welty & Company are  acting as lead managers
(the "Lead Managers"), has severally agreed to purchase, and the Company and the
Selling Stockholder have agreed to sell to each Manager, the number of shares of
Class A Common Stock set forth opposite the name of such Manager below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       NUMBER OF
MANAGER                                 SHARES
- ------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                   <C>
 
<CAPTION>
Smith Barney Inc....................     257,710
<S>                                   <C>
Dillon, Read & Co. Inc..............     257,706
Dean Witter International Ltd. .....     257,706
Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC...     257,706
Salomon Brothers International
 Limited............................     257,706
Volpe, Welty & Company..............     257,706
<CAPTION>
                                       NUMBER OF
MANAGER                                 SHARES
- ------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                   <C>
ABN AMRO Bank N.V. .................      30,000
Robert Fleming & Co. Limited........      30,000
Nikko Europe plc....................      30,000
Vereins-und Westbank AG.............      30,000
                                      -----------
  Total.............................   1,666,240
                                      -----------
                                      -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Each of the U.S. Underwriting  Agreement and the International  Underwriting
Agreement provides that the obligations of the several U.S. Underwriters and the
several  Managers to pay  for and accept  delivery of the  shares are subject to
approval of certain legal  matters by counsel and  to certain other  conditions.
The  U.S. Underwriters and  the Managers are  obligated to take  and pay for all
shares of Class A Common Stock offered  hereby (other than those covered by  the
over-allotment option described below) if any such shares are taken.
 
    The  U.S. Underwriters and  the Managers initially propose  to offer part of
the shares of  the Class A  Common Stock directly  to the public  at the  public
offering  price set forth on  the cover page of this  Prospectus and part of the
shares to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of  $.54
per  share  below  the public  offering  price.  The U.S.  Underwriters  and the
Managers may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess  of
$.10  per share to  any other U.S.  Underwriter or Manager,  respectively, or to
certain other dealers. After  the Offering, the public  offering price and  such
concession may be changed by the U.S. Underwriters and the Managers.
 
    The  Selling Stockholder  has granted  to the  U.S. Underwriters  an option,
exercisable within 30 days from the date  of this Prospectus, to purchase up  to
an  aggregate of 999,744 additional shares of Class A Common Stock at the public
offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus less  underwriting
discounts  and commissions.  The U.S. Underwriters  may exercise  such option to
purchase additional shares
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
solely for  the  purpose  of  covering  over-allotments,  if  any,  incurred  in
connection  with the sale of  the shares of Class A  Common Stock offered in the
U.S. Offering. To  the extent such  option is exercised,  each U.S.  Underwriter
will  become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately
the same percentage of such additional shares as the number of shares set  forth
next  to such U.S. Underwriter's name in  the preceding table bears to the total
number of shares in such table.
 
    The Selling Stockholder has granted  to the Managers an option,  exercisable
within  30 days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate
of 249,936 additional  shares of  Class A Common  Stock at  the public  offering
price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus less underwriting discounts
and  commissions. The Managers  may exercise such  option to purchase additional
shares solely for the purpose of  covering over-allotments, if any, incurred  in
connection  with the sale of  the shares of Class A  Common Stock offered in the
International Offering. To  the extent  such option is  exercised, each  Manager
will  become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately
the same percentage of such additional shares as the number of shares set  forth
next  to such Manager's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of
shares in such table.
 
    The Company, the Selling Stockholder, the U.S. Underwriters and the Managers
have agreed  to  indemnify each  other  against certain  liabilities,  including
liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
    The  Company has agreed that, for a period  of 90 days from the date of this
Prospectus, it will not, without the prior written consent of Smith Barney Inc.,
offer, sell, contract to sell,  or otherwise dispose of,  any shares of Class  A
Common  Stock or  Class B  Common Stock or  any securities  convertible into, or
exercisable or exchangeable for  Class A Common Stock  or Class B Common  Stock,
except  for (i) the shares of the Class  A Common Stock offered hereby, (ii) the
issuance of  Class A  Common  Stock by  the  Company pursuant  to  acquisitions,
mergers  or other similar transactions  and (iii) the issuance  of shares by the
Company pursuant to  employee and  non-employee director stock  options and  the
issuance  or granting of shares  or options by the  Company pursuant to employee
benefit, stock option,  employee stock  purchase and compensation  plans of  the
Company.
 
    The  Selling Stockholder  and the  Associate Trust  have agreed  that, for a
period of 90 days from the date  of this Prospectus, they will not, without  the
prior  written consent of Smith  Barney Inc., offer, sell,  contract to sell, or
otherwise dispose of, any shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock
(in the case of the Selling Stockholder) or any securities convertible into,  or
exercisable  or exchangeable for Class  A Common Stock or  Class B Common Stock,
except for the shares of the Class A Common Stock offered hereby by the  Selling
Stockholder  and the  shares of Class  A Common  Stock to be  repurchased by the
Company pursuant to the Offering.
 
    The nonemployee directors of the Company  have agreed that, for a period  of
90  days from  the date  of this  Prospectus, they  will not,  without the prior
written consent  of  Smith  Barney  Inc., offer,  sell,  contract  to  sell,  or
otherwise  dispose  of,  shares  of  Class  A  Common  Stock  or  any securities
convertible into, or exercisable  or exchangeable for Class  A Common Stock,  in
excess of 25,000 shares of Class A Common Stock per director.
 
    The  executive officers of the Company have also agreed that for a period of
90 days from  the date of  this Prospectus, with  certain exceptions, they  will
not,  without  the prior  written  consent of  Smith  Barney Inc.,  offer, sell,
contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of, shares of Class A Common Stock of the
Company or any securities convertible  into, or exercisable or exchangeable  for
Class  A Common Stock, in  excess of an aggregate of  400,000 shares (or, in the
case of  any  given  executive officer,  in  excess  of 10%  of  such  executive
officer's  beneficial ownership of such shares  of Class A Common Stock), except
that the exercise  and sale of  the underlying  shares of Class  A Common  Stock
subject  to employee  stock options  expiring in  1996 shall  not apply  to this
restriction and may be freely sold or disposed of.
 
    The U.S.  Underwriters  and the  Managers  have entered  into  an  agreement
between  U.S. Underwriters and Managers pursuant  to which each U.S. Underwriter
has agreed that, as part of the distribution of the 6,664,964 shares of Class  A
Common Stock offered in the U.S. Offering (plus any of the shares to cover over-
allotments, if any): (i) it is not purchasing any such shares for the account of
anyone other than a U.S. or
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
Canadian  Person (as defined) and (ii) it has  not offered or sold, and will not
offer, sell, resell or  deliver, directly or indirectly,  any of such shares  or
distribute  any  prospectus relating  to the  U.S.  Offering outside  the United
States or Canada to anyone  other than a U.S.  or Canadian Person. In  addition,
each Manager has agreed that as part of the distribution of the 1,666,240 shares
offered  in the International Offering: (i) it is not purchasing any such shares
for the account of any  U.S. or Canadian Person and  (ii) it has not offered  or
sold,  and will not, offer, sell, resell or deliver, directly or indirectly, any
of such  shares  or distribute  any  prospectus relating  to  the  International
Offering  in the United States or Canada or to any U.S. or Canadian Person. Each
U.S. Underwriter and Manager has also agreed  that it will offer to sell  shares
only in compliance with all relevant requirements of any applicable laws.
 
    The  foregoing limitations do not apply  to stabilization transactions or to
certain other transactions  specified in  the U.S.  Underwriting Agreement,  the
International   Underwriting  Agreement  and  the  Agreement  Between  the  U.S.
Underwriters and  the  Managers,  including: (i)  certain  purchases  and  sales
between  the U.S.  Underwriters and  the Managers,  (ii) certain  offers, sales,
resales, deliveries or distributions to or through investment advisors or  other
persons  exercising investment discretion, (iii) purchases, offers or sales by a
U.S. Underwriter who is  also acting as a  Manager or by a  Manager who is  also
acting  as a U.S. Underwriter and  (iv) other transactions specifically approved
by the Representatives.  As used  herein, "U.S.  or Canadian  Person" means  any
resident   or  national  of  the  United  States  or  Canada,  any  corporation,
partnership or other entity  created or organized  in or under  the laws of  the
United  States or Canada, or any estate or  trust the income of which is subject
to United States  or Canadian income  taxation regardless of  the source of  its
income  (other than  the foreign  branch of  any U.S.  or Canadian  Person), and
includes any United States or Canadian branch  of a person other than a U.S.  or
Canadian Person.
 
    Any  offer of  shares of Class  A Common Stock  in Canada will  be made only
pursuant to  an exemption  from the  requirement  to file  a prospectus  in  the
relevant Province of Canada in which such offer is made.
 
    Each  Manager has represented and agreed (i) that it has not offered or sold
and will not offer or sell in the United Kingdom, by means of any document,  any
shares  of Class A Common Stock other than to persons whose ordinary business it
is to buy  or sell shares  or debentures, whether  as principal or  agent or  in
circumstances  which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning
of the Companies Act 1985,  (ii) that it has complied  and will comply with  all
applicable  provisions of  the Financial  Services Act  of 1986  with respect to
anything done by it in relation to the  shares of Class A Common Stock in,  from
or  otherwise involving, the United Kingdom and (iii) that any document received
by it in connection with the issue of the shares of Class A Common Stock has not
been passed on and  will not be passed  on in the United  Kingdom to any  person
unless  that person  is of  a kind  described in  Article 9(3)  of the Financial
Services Act 1986 (Investment  Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order  1988 or is  a
person to whom such documents may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
 
    No  action has been or  will be taken in any  jurisdiction by the Company or
the Managers that would permit an offering  to the general public of the  shares
of Class A Common Stock offered hereby in any jurisdiction other than the United
States.
 
    Purchasers  of the  shares of  Class A  Common Stock  offered hereby  may be
required to pay stamp taxes  and other charges in  accordance with the laws  and
practices of the country of purchase in addition to the offering price set forth
on the cover page of this Prospectus.
 
    Pursuant  to the Agreement  between the U.S.  Underwriters and the Managers,
sales may be made between the U.S. Underwriters and the Managers of such  number
of  shares of Class A Common  Stock as may be mutually  agreed. The price of any
shares of Class A  Common Stock so  sold shall be the  public offering price  as
then  in  effect for  shares of  Class A  Common  Stock being  sold by  the U.S.
Underwriters, less all or any part  of the selling concessions unless  otherwise
determined  by mutual agreement. To the extent  that there are sales between the
U.S. Underwriters and the  Managers pursuant to the  Agreement Between the  U.S.
Underwriters  and the  Managers, the  number of shares  of Class  A Common Stock
initially available for sale by the U.S. Underwriters and by the Managers may be
more or less than the number of shares of Class A Common Stock appearing on  the
front cover of this Prospectus.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    Pursuant  to regulations promulgated by the Commission, market makers in the
Class A Common Stock who are underwriters and prospective underwriters ("Passive
Market Makers") may, subject to certain limitations, make bids for or  purchases
of  Class A  Common Stock  until the  earlier of  the time  of commencement (the
"Commencement Date") of offers or sales of the Class A Common Stock contemplated
by this Prospectus  or the  time at  which a stabilizing  bid for  such Class  A
Common  Stock is made. In general, on and after the date two business days prior
to the Commencement Date (i) such market maker's net daily purchase of the Class
A Common Stock may not  exceed 30% of its average  daily trading volume in  such
Class  A Common Stock  for the two full  consecutive calendar months immediately
preceding the filing date of the registration statement of which this Prospectus
forms a part, (ii) such market maker may not effect transactions in, or  display
bids  for, the Class A Common Stock at  a price that exceeds the highest bid for
the Class A Common Stock by persons who are not Passive Market Makers, and (iii)
bids made by Passive Market Makers must be identified as such.
 
      CERTAIN UNITED STATES TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS
 
    The following  general discussion  is  a summary  of certain  United  States
federal  income and estate tax consequences  of the ownership and disposition of
Class A  Common Stock  applicable to  Non-U.S. Holders  of such  Class A  Common
Stock.  A "Non-U.S. Holder"  is a person or  entity other than  (i) a citizen or
resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation or partnership or other entity
created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States
or of any state thereof, or (iii) an estate or trust whose income is  includable
in  gross income for United States federal income tax purposes regardless of its
source. For purposes  of the  withholding tax  on dividends  discussed below,  a
non-resident  fiduciary  of an  estate or  trust will  be considered  a Non-U.S.
Holder.
 
    This discussion does not consider specific facts and circumstances that  may
be relevant to a particular Non-U.S. Holder's tax position and does not consider
United  States  state  and local  or  non-United States  tax  consequences. This
discussion also does not consider  the tax consequences to  any person who is  a
stockholder,  partner or beneficiary  of a holder  of the Class  A Common Stock.
Furthermore, the  following discussion  is based  on current  provisions of  the
United  States  Internal Revenue  Code  of 1986,  as  amended (the  "Code"), and
administrative and judicial interpretation  of the Code as  of the date  hereof,
all of which are subject to change. Each prospective Non-U.S. Holder is urged to
consult its own tax adviser with respect to the United States federal income and
estate  tax consequences and  United States state and  local tax consequences of
owning and disposing  of shares  of Class  A Common Stock,  as well  as any  tax
consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
    In  general, dividends paid to  a Non-U.S. Holder will  be subject to United
States withholding  tax  at  a 30%  rate  (or  a lower  rate  prescribed  by  an
applicable tax treaty) unless the dividends are either (i) effectively connected
with  a trade or  business carried on  by the Non-U.S.  Holder within the United
States, or  (ii)  if a  tax  treaty applies,  attributable  to a  United  States
permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder. Dividends effectively
connected  with  such  trade  or  business  or  attributable  to  such permanent
establishment generally  will not  be subject  to withholding  (if the  Non-U.S.
Holder files certain forms with the payor of the dividend) and generally will be
subject  to United States federal  income tax in the same  manner as if the non-
U.S. Holder was a United States resident. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder which
is a corporation, such  effectively connected income may  also be subject to  an
additional  "branch  profits  tax"  (which is  generally  imposed  on  a foreign
corporation on the repatriation from the United States of effectively  connected
earnings  and profits). To determine the applicability of a tax treaty providing
for a lower  rate of  withholding, dividends  paid to  an address  in a  foreign
country are presumed under current Treasury Department regulations to be paid to
a  resident of that  country. Treasury Department  regulations proposed in April
1996 would,  if  adopted in  final  form, require  Non-U.S.  Holders to  file  a
"withholding  certificate"  with  the  Company's  withholding  agent  (or, under
certain circumstances, a "qualified intermediary")  to obtain the benefit of  an
applicable  tax  treaty  providing  for  a  lower  rate  of  withholding  tax on
dividends. Such certificate would  have to contain the  name and address of  the
holder   and  the  basis  for  any   reduced  rate  claimed.  These  withholding
certificates would be  required for  dividend payments made  after December  31,
1999.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
GAIN ON DISPOSITION
 
    A  Non-U.S. Holder  generally will not  be subject to  United States federal
income tax on any gain recognized on a disposition of a share of Class A  Common
Stock  unless  (i) the  Company is  or has  been a  "U.S. real  property holding
corporation" for United  States federal income  tax purposes as  defined in  the
Code (which the Company does not believe that it is or is likely to become) and,
assuming  that the Class A  Common Stock is "regularly  traded on an established
securities market" for purposes of Section 897 of the Code, the Non-U.S.  Holder
disposing of the share owned, directly or constructively, at any time during the
five-year  period preceding the disposition, more than five percent of the Class
A Common Stock; (ii) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or  business
carried  on by the Non-U.S. Holder within the  United States or, if a tax treaty
applies, attributable to a United  States permanent establishment maintained  by
the  Non-U.S.  Holder,  (iii)  in  the  case of  a  Non-U.S.  Holder  who  is an
individual, who holds the  share as a  capital asset and who  is present in  the
United  States for  183 days  or more  in the  taxable year  of the disposition,
either (a) such Non-U.S. Holder has a  "tax home" (as defined for United  States
federal  income  tax  purposes) in  the  United  States and  the  gain  from the
disposition is not attributable  to an office or  other fixed place of  business
maintained  by such Non-U.S. Holder outside of the United States or (b) the gain
from the  disposition is  attributable to  an  office or  other fixed  place  of
business  maintained by such Non-U.S.  Holder in the United  States; or (iv) the
Non-U.S. Holder  is  subject  to  a  tax pursuant  to  provisions  of  the  Code
applicable to certain United States expatriates.
 
FEDERAL ESTATE TAX
 
    Shares  of Class A Common  Stock owned or treated  as owned by an individual
who is not a citizen  or resident (as defined  for United States federal  estate
tax  purposes) of the United  States at the time of  death will be includable in
the individual's  gross estate  for United  States federal  estate tax  purposes
unless   an  applicable  estate  tax   treaty  provides  otherwise.  Estates  of
non-resident aliens are generally allowed a statutory credit which generally has
the effect of  offsetting the United  States federal estate  tax imposed on  the
first $60,000 of the taxed estate.
 
BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
 
    The Company must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each
Non-U.S.  Holder the  amount of  dividends paid  to, and  the tax  withheld with
respect  to,  such  holder.  These  information  reporting  requirements   apply
regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax
treaty. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the
provisions  of a  specific treaty  or agreement  to the  tax authorities  in the
country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides.
 
    United States backup withholding tax  (which generally is a withholding  tax
imposed  at the rate of 31% on certain  payments to persons that fail to furnish
the  information  required  under   the  United  States  information   reporting
requirements) will generally not apply to dividends paid on Class A Common Stock
to  a Non-U.S. Holder at an address  outside the United States, unless the payor
has knowledge that the payee is a U.S. Holder.
 
    The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of Class A Common Stock  to
or  through the United States office of  a broker will be subject to information
reporting and  backup withholding  at a  rate  of 31%  unless the  owner,  under
penalties  of perjury, certifies,  among other things, its  status as a Non-U.S.
Holder, or otherwise establishes an exemption. The payment of the proceeds  from
the disposition of Class A Common Stock to or through a non-United States office
of  a non-United  States broker  generally will, except  as noted  below, not be
subject to backup withholding and information reporting. In the case of proceeds
from a disposition  of Class  A Common  Stock paid  to or  through a  non-United
States  office of  a United  States broker  or paid  to or  through a non-United
States office of a  non-United States broker that  is (i) a "controlled  foreign
corporation"  for United States federal income tax purposes or (ii) a person 50%
or more of whose gross income from  all sources for a certain three-year  period
was  effectively connected  with a United  States trade or  business, (a) backup
withholding will not apply unless the broker has actual knowledge that the owner
is not a Non-U.S. Holder,  and (b) information reporting  will not apply if  the
broker has
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
documentary  evidence in its files  that the owner is  a Non-U.S. Holder (unless
the broker has actual  knowledge to the contrary)  and certain other  conditions
are met, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
 
    Any  amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a
Non-U.S. Holder  will be  refunded (or  credited against  the Non-U.S.  Holder's
United  States federal income tax liability, if any), provided that the required
information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
 
    The backup withholding and information reporting rules would also be changed
by Treasury Department regulations proposed in April 1996. These regulations, if
adopted in final form, would provide that proceeds from the disposition of Class
A Common Stock after December 31,  1997 would be exempt from backup  withholding
and  information  reporting  only  if  the  Non-U.S.  Holder  complies  with the
"withholding certificate" requirements described above or otherwise  establishes
an exemption.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The  validity of the Class A Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon
for the  Company by  McDermott, Will  & Emery,  Chicago, Illinois,  and for  the
Underwriters  by  Dewey  Ballantine,  Los Angeles,  California.  Mr.  Mancino, a
director of the Company, is a partner in the law firm of McDermott, Will & Emery
and beneficially  owns 10,781  shares of  Class A  Common Stock.  Certain  legal
matters  related to the Offering will be passed upon for the Selling Stockholder
by Manatt, Phelps & Phillips, LLP, Los Angeles, California.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The consolidated financial  statements and the  related financial  statement
schedules  incorporated  into this  Prospectus by  reference from  the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the  years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994  have
been  audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their
report which is incorporated herein by reference, and have been so  incorporated
in  reliance upon the report of such  firm given upon their authority as experts
in accounting and auditing.
 
    The consolidated financial  statements and the  related financial  statement
schedules  of  the  Company, except  for  the financial  statements  and related
financial statement  schedules  of QualMed  appearing  in the  Company's  Annual
Report  on Form 10-K  for the year ended  December 31, 1995,  for the year ended
December 31, 1993 have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent  auditors,
as  set forth in their report therein and incorporated herein by reference. Such
consolidated financial statements,  except with respect  to QualMed  information
included  therein, are  incorporated herein by  reference in  reliance upon such
report given  upon the  authority of  such  firm as  experts in  accounting  and
auditing.
 
    The  consolidated financial statements of QualMed consolidated with those of
HSI for the year  ended December 31,  1993 (and not  separately included in  the
Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993) have
been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in  their
report  which is incorporated herein by reference, and have been so incorporated
in reliance upon the report of such  firm given upon their authority as  experts
in accounting and auditing.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    The  Company is  subject to the  informational requirements  of the Exchange
Act, and, in accordance therewith, files reports, proxy statements,  information
statements  and  other  information  with the  Commission.  Such  reports, proxy
statements, information statements  and other information  filed by the  Company
can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission  at the  principal offices  of the  Commission, Room  1024, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549,  and at the Commission's regional  offices
located  at  Northwestern  Atrium  Center,  500  West  Madison  Street, Chicago,
Illinois 60661-2511, and at Suite 1300, 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York
10048. Copies of such material
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. In addition,  material
filed  by the  Company can  be inspected  at the  office of  the NYSE,  20 Broad
Street, New York, New York 10005.
 
    The Company has filed with the  Commission a Registration Statement on  Form
S-3  (herein  together  with  all amendments  thereto  called  the "Registration
Statement") under  the Securities  Act with  respect to  the securities  offered
hereby.  This Prospectus does  not contain all  of the information  set forth or
incorporated by reference into the  Registration Statement and the exhibits  and
schedules  relating  thereto, certain  portions of  which  have been  omitted as
permitted  by  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Commission.  For   further
information  with  respect to  the Company  and the  securities offered  by this
Prospectus, reference is made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits and
schedules thereto which are on file at the offices of the Commission and may  be
obtained  upon  payment of  the  fee prescribed  by  the Commission,  or  may be
examined without charge at the  offices of the Commission. Statements  contained
in  this  Prospectus as  to  the contents  of  any contract  or  other documents
referred to  herein are  not  necessarily complete,  and  are qualified  in  all
respects by the terms of such contracts and documents by such reference.
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
    The  following  documents previously  filed with  the Commission  are hereby
incorporated by reference into this Prospectus:
 
    1.  The  Company's Annual  Report on  Form 10-K  for the  fiscal year  ended
       December 31, 1995.
 
    2.  The Company's two Current Reports on Form 8-K each dated March 15, 1995,
       the  Company's  Current Report  on Form  8-K dated  December 8,  1995, as
       amended by the  Company's Current Report  on Form 8-K/A  dated March  27,
       1996,  the Company's Current Report on Form  8-K dated April 10, 1996 and
       the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 3, 1996.
 
    3.  The description of the Class A Common Stock of the Company contained  in
       its Registration Statement on Form 8-A, dated January 21, 1994.
 
    All  documents subsequently filed by the Company pursuant to Sections 13(a),
13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act prior to the termination of the  Offering
shall  be deemed to be incorporated by reference  in this Prospectus and to be a
part of this Prospectus from the date of filing thereof. Any statement contained
in a document incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or
superseded for  purposes of  this  Prospectus to  the  extent that  a  statement
contained herein or in any other subsequently filed document which also is or is
deemed  to  be  incorporated by  reference  herein modifies  or  supersedes such
statement. Any such  statement so modified  or superseded shall  not be  deemed,
except as modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.
 
    The  Company hereby undertakes  to provide without charge  to each person to
whom a  copy of  this Prospectus  has been  delivered, on  the written  or  oral
request  of any such person, a  copy of any or all  of the documents referred to
above which have been or may  be incorporated by reference into this  Prospectus
by  reference (other than exhibits). Requests for such copies should be directed
to: Health Systems  International, Inc.,  21600 Oxnard  Street, Woodland  Hills,
California  91367,  Attention:  Investor Relations  Department,  telephone (818)
719-6978.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors......................................................  F-2
Report of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of Health Systems International, Inc...............  F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1995 and 1994..................................................  F-4
Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995........  F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995....  F-6
Supplemental Schedule to Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period
 ended December 31, 1995...................................................................................  F-7
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December
 31, 1995..................................................................................................  F-8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................  F-9
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Health Systems International, Inc.
Pueblo, Colorado
Woodland Hills, California
 
We  have audited the accompanying consolidated  balance sheets of Health Systems
International,  Inc.  as  of  December  31,  1995  and  1994,  and  the  related
consolidated  statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the
years then  ended. These  financial  statements are  the responsibility  of  the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an  opinion  on the
financial statements based on our audits. The consolidated financial  statements
of  Health Systems  International, Inc.  for the  year ended  December 1993 were
audited by  other auditors  whose  report, dated  March  7, 1994,  expressed  an
unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those  standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of   material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In  our opinion, such  consolidated financial statements  present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Health Systems International,  Inc.
at  December 31, 1995 and  1994, and the results  of its consolidated operations
and its  cash  flows for  the  years then  ended  in conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Los Angeles, California
February 16, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    The Board of Directors of the Company addresses its oversight responsibility
for the consolidated financial statements through its Audit Committee. The Audit
Committee  meets regularly with the independent  auditors to discuss the results
of their  audit  work and  their  evaluation of  the  adequacy of  the  internal
controls and the quality financial reporting of the Company.
 
    In  fulfilling its responsibilities in 1995, the Audit Committee recommended
to the Board of Directors, subject to stockholder ratification, the selection of
the Company's independent  auditors. The  Audit Committee  reviewed the  overall
scope and specific plans of the independent auditor's audit plans, and discussed
the  independent  auditor's  management letter  recommendations,  approved their
general audit fees and reviewed their non-audit services to the Company.
 
    The Audit Committee meetings are designed to facilitate open  communications
between  the independent  auditors and  the Audit  Committee. To  ensure auditor
independence, the independent auditors of the Company have full and free  access
of the Audit Committee.
 
Thomas T. Farley, Chairman
Audit Committee
March 19, 1996
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
              HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                           1995          1994
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>           <C>
ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash and equivalents...............................................................   $  225,932    $  267,877
  Marketable securities held for sale................................................      366,629       244,495
  Premiums receivable, net of allowances of $13,408 in 1995 and
   $11,235 in 1994...................................................................       91,106        63,374
  Prepaid expenses and other.........................................................       34,849        20,546
  Deferred income taxes..............................................................       18,902        33,732
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    Total current assets.............................................................      737,418       630,024
  Property and equipment, net........................................................       84,743        75,095
  Goodwill and other intangible assets, net..........................................      336,365       182,735
  Deferred income taxes..............................................................        1,958
  Other assets.......................................................................       53,227         6,543
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    TOTAL ASSETS.....................................................................   $1,213,711    $  894,397
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Estimated claims payable...........................................................   $  310,392    $  263,566
  Shared risk and other settlements..................................................       30,664        64,101
  Unearned subscriber premiums.......................................................       91,596        54,422
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses..............................................      120,161        78,073
  Federal and state income taxes payable.............................................       13,196         9,998
  Notes payable, current portion.....................................................        2,340         8,207
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    Total current liabilities........................................................      568,349       478,367
  Notes payable......................................................................      354,080       158,340
  Deferred income taxes..............................................................                     28,335
  Other..............................................................................        5,755         5,750
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                           928,184       670,792
Commitment and contingencies (Notes 6, 7 and 8)
Stockholders' equity
  Preferred stock, $.001 par value
   Authorized shares -- 10,000,000
   Issued and outstanding shares -- none
  Class A common stock, $.001 par value
   Authorized shares -- 135,000,000
   Issued and outstanding shares -- 22,643,030 in 1995 and 23,462,396 in 1994........           23            24
  Class B nonvoting convertible common stock, $.001 par value
   Authorized shares -- 30,000,000
   Issued and outstanding shares -- 25,684,152 in 1995 and 1994......................           26            26
  Additional paid-in capital.........................................................       66,147        70,688
  Retained earnings..................................................................      233,711       176,629
  Treasury stock, 654,881 shares of Class A common stock in 1994.....................                    (18,940)
  Advances to repurchase 574,869 shares of Class A common stock......................      (16,330)
  Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities held for sale, net.................        1,950        (4,822)
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    Total stockholders' equity.......................................................      285,527       223,605
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.......................................   $1,213,711    $  894,397
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
              HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                              1995          1994          1993
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Revenues:
Premium revenue.........................................................  $  2,692,335  $  2,290,601  $  1,943,730
Administrative services revenue.........................................        39,717        15,561        13,530
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
      Total revenues....................................................     2,732,052     2,306,162     1,957,260
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Operating expenses:
  Health care expenses:
    Physician...........................................................     1,053,630       911,476       790,303
    Hospital............................................................       883,100       742,248       622,817
    Pharmacy and other..................................................       243,547       184,511       154,112
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
      Total health care expenses........................................     2,180,277     1,838,235     1,567,232
Marketing, general and administrative...................................       302,870       266,764       262,927
Depreciation and amortization...........................................        48,140        39,692        34,187
Administrative services expenses........................................        37,453        15,623        10,837
Merger-related costs....................................................        20,164           672        29,725
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
      Total operating expenses..........................................     2,588,904     2,160,986     1,904,908
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Operating income........................................................       143,148       145,176        52,352
 
Investment income.......................................................        33,170        20,143        18,561
Interest expense........................................................       (19,675)      (14,551)      (18,675)
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Income before income taxes and minority interest........................       156,643       150,768        52,238
 
Income taxes............................................................        67,307        62,759        28,438
Minority interest in loss of subsidiary.................................           256            66
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
NET INCOME..............................................................  $     89,592  $     88,075  $     23,800
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Earnings per share:
  PRIMARY AND FULLY DILUTED.............................................  $       1.83  $       1.77  $       0.48
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
  PRIMARY...............................................................        48,831        49,691        49,517
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
  FULLY DILUTED.........................................................        48,883        49,792        49,624
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
              HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             -------------------------------------
                                                                                1995         1994         1993
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                          <C>          <C>          <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income.................................................................  $    89,592  $    88,075  $    23,800
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
 activities:
  Depreciation and amortization of fixed and intangible assets.............       48,140       39,692       34,187
  Deferred income taxes....................................................        7,585           70      (19,801)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
  Premiums receivable and unearned subscriber premiums.....................       25,582        1,946        4,274
  Prepaid expenses and other...............................................      (18,523)      (7,967)      (5,913)
  Estimated claims payable, shared risk and other settlements..............      (30,000)      31,856       32,168
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses....................................      (20,833)         308       22,761
  Federal and state income taxes payable...................................       10,082        6,781      (27,472)
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
Net cash provided by operating activities..................................      111,625      160,761       64,004
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Sale or redemption of marketable securities held for sale..................      249,506      295,943      178,849
Purchases of marketable securities held for sale...........................     (328,957)    (235,043)    (264,796)
Purchases of property and equipment, net...................................      (35,647)     (28,883)     (24,610)
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired..........................     (139,462)        (795)      (1,637)
Investment in HDS..........................................................      (21,949)
Other......................................................................       (5,798)
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities...........................     (282,307)      31,222     (112,194)
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of treasury stock.................................................      (24,418)     (18,940)
Advances to repurchase shares of Class A common stock......................      (16,330)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and employee
 stock plan purchases......................................................        4,524        4,686        1,142
Borrowings.................................................................      310,000                    11,400
Repayment of debt and other non-current liabilities........................     (145,039)     (60,011)     (18,151)
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities...........................      128,737      (74,265)      (5,609)
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
Increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents................................      (41,945)     117,718      (53,799)
Cash and equivalents, beginning of period..................................      267,877      150,159      203,958
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD........................................  $   225,932  $   267,877  $   150,159
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
              HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  --------------------------------
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>        <C>
                                                                                     1995       1994       1993
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash paid during the year for:
  Income taxes..................................................................  $   39,600  $  53,335  $  76,700
  Interest......................................................................      19,472     14,462     18,702
 
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Issuance of notes and assumption of liabilities as consideration in acquisition
 of GHH.........................................................................  $   28,200  $          $
Tax benefit realized upon exercise of stock options.............................       8,647      1,515        833
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities held for sale.........       6,772     (6,083)     1,261
Leases capitalized..............................................................                               905
Retirement of treasury stock....................................................      43,358
 
DETAILS OF BUSINESSES ACQUIRED IN PURCHASE TRANSACTIONS
Fair value of assets acquired...................................................  $  287,403  $   5,084  $   4,463
Less liabilities assumed........................................................     105,787      3,972        343
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
Cash paid for acquisitions......................................................     181,616      1,112      4,120
Cash acquired in acquisitions...................................................      42,154        317      2,483
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
Net cash paid in acquisitions...................................................  $  139,462  $     795  $   1,637
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
              HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            COMMON STOCK
                                           ----------------------------------------------
                                                  CLASS A                 CLASS B          ADDITIONAL       TREASURY STOCK
                                           ----------------------  ----------------------    PAID-IN    ----------------------
                                            SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES      AMOUNT       CAPITAL      SHARES      AMOUNT
                                           ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance at January 1, 1993...............     22,766   $      23      25,684   $      26    $  62,513                $
  Exercise of stock options, including
   related tax benefit...................        192                                            1,412
  Employee stock purchase plan...........         49                                              563
  Adjustment for the implementation of
   SFAS No. 115..........................
  Net income.............................
                                           ---------         ---   ---------         ---   -----------       -----   ---------
Balance at December 31, 1993.............     23,007          23      25,684          26       64,488
  Exercise of stock options, including
   related tax benefit...................        401           1                                5,298
  Employee stock purchase plan...........         54                                              902
  Purchase of treasury stock.............                                                                     (655)    (18,940)
  Unrealized loss on marketable
   securities held for sale, net.........
Net income...............................
                                           ---------         ---   ---------         ---   -----------       -----   ---------
Balance at December 31, 1994.............     23,462          24      25,684          26       70,688         (655)    (18,940)
  Exercise of stock options, including
   related tax benefit...................        629           1                                5,234
  Employee stock purchase plan...........         48                                            1,071
  Purchase of treasury stock.............                                                                     (841)    (24,418)
  Retirement of treasury stock...........     (1,496)         (2)                             (10,846)       1,496      43,358
  Advances to repurchase stock...........
  Unrealized gain on marketable
   securities held for sale, net.........
  Net income.............................
                                           ---------         ---   ---------         ---   -----------       -----   ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995.............     22,643   $      23      25,684   $      26    $  66,147                $
                                           ---------         ---   ---------         ---   -----------       -----   ---------
                                           ---------         ---   ---------         ---   -----------       -----   ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                     UNREALIZED
                                                                     GAIN (LOSS)
                                                                    ON MARKETABLE
                                           ADVANCES TO               SECURITIES
                                           REPURCHASE   RETAINED      HELD FOR
                                              STOCK     EARNINGS        SALE          TOTAL
                                           -----------  ---------  ---------------  ---------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>        <C>              <C>
Balance at January 1, 1993...............   $           $  64,754     $             $ 127,316
  Exercise of stock options, including
   related tax benefit...................                                               1,412
  Employee stock purchase plan...........                                                 563
  Adjustment for the implementation of
   SFAS No. 115..........................                                 1,261         1,261
  Net income.............................                  23,800                      23,800
                                           -----------  ---------       -------     ---------
Balance at December 31, 1993.............                  88,554         1,261       154,352
  Exercise of stock options, including
   related tax benefit...................                                               5,299
  Employee stock purchase plan...........                                                 902
  Purchase of treasury stock.............                                             (18,940)
  Unrealized loss on marketable
   securities held for sale, net.........                                (6,083)       (6,083)
Net income...............................                  88,075                      88,075
                                           -----------  ---------       -------     ---------
Balance at December 31, 1994.............                 176,629        (4,822)      223,605
  Exercise of stock options, including
   related tax benefit...................                                               5,235
  Employee stock purchase plan...........                                               1,071
  Purchase of treasury stock.............                                             (24,418)
  Retirement of treasury stock...........                 (32,510)
  Advances to repurchase stock...........     (16,330)                                (16,330)
  Unrealized gain on marketable
   securities held for sale, net.........                                 6,772         6,772
  Net income.............................                  89,592                      89,592
                                           -----------  ---------       -------     ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995.............   $ (16,330)  $ 233,711     $   1,950     $ 285,527
                                           -----------  ---------       -------     ---------
                                           -----------  ---------       -------     ---------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    These  consolidated  financial  statements present  the  accounts  of Health
Systems International,  Inc.  and its  wholly-and  majority-owned  subsidiaries,
including Health Net, QualMed, Inc. ("QualMed"), HN Reinsurance Limited ("HNR"),
M.D.  Enterprises  of Connecticut,  Inc. ("MDEC")  and G.H.  Holding Corporation
("GHH") (collectively, the "Company"). All significant intercompany balances and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
    NATURE OF OPERATIONS
 
    The Company provides a  wide range of managed  health care services  through
Health  Net, a California health  maintenance organization ("HMO"), and QualMed,
the parent  company of  a system  of  HMOs with  operations in  various  Western
states.  In March 1995,  the Company acquired  MDEC, the parent  company of M.D.
Health Plan, Inc., an HMO operating in Connecticut ("M.D. Health Plan"), and  in
December  1995 the Company acquired GHH,  the parent company of Greater Atlantic
Health Service, Inc. ("Greater Atlantic"), an HMO operating in Pennsylvania  and
New  Jersey. The  Company also  owns a  preferred provider  organization ("PPO")
network with operations in 36 states and two health and life insurance companies
with licenses to sell insurance in 33 states and the District of Columbia.
 
    In California, the  Company generally  provides services to  its members  by
contract  with  participating medical  groups on  a capitated  or fixed  fee per
member per month ("PMPM")  basis. Outside of  California, the Company  generally
provides  services to its  members through contracts  with individual physicians
and groups of physicians  on a discounted fee-for-service  basis and in  certain
areas through capitation arrangements with physician groups.
 
    HSI COMBINATION
 
    On  January 28, 1994, the Company, successor by name change to HN Management
Holdings, Inc. ("HNMH") (which was formed  in 1990 for the purpose of  acquiring
Health  Net) and QualMed completed a merger  (the "HSI Combination"). In the HSI
Combination, QualMed stockholders received  one share of  the Company's Class  A
Common  Stock for  each share  of QualMed  common stock  and, at  the same time,
previously outstanding HNMH shares (both Class  A voting and Class B  nonvoting)
were  split in a ratio  of 3.3618 shares of the  Company's Common Stock for each
previously existing share of HNMH stock.  The HSI Combination was accounted  for
as  a pooling-of-interests. In accordance  with the pooling-of-interests method,
the consolidated financial  statements of  the Company include  the accounts  of
Health  Net,  QualMed  and  their subsidiaries  for  all  periods  presented. In
addition, retroactive effect of the stock split has been given to all shares and
per share information in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
    In connection with the HSI  Combination, the Company accrued certain  direct
transaction and integration costs totaling $29.7 million which were reflected as
merger-related  costs in  the Company's  1993 consolidated  statement of income.
Such fees and  expenses consist  of $17.4  million of  direct transaction  costs
(including  investment banking fees,  legal, accounting and  printing costs, and
costs associated with  the change  of control provisions  of certain  agreements
with   certain  senior  executives)  and  $12.3  million  of  integration  costs
(including employee severance,  facility consolidation,  conformity of  employee
benefits  and  other items).  Through December  31, 1995,  the Company  has made
payments for merger-related  costs of  approximately $28.9  million relating  to
these items.
 
    Management  believes that the remaining amount  of the original accrual will
be adequate for any future costs incurred. Merger costs recorded in 1994  relate
to the acquisition of MDEC discussed elsewhere herein.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    TERMINATED WELLPOINT AND BLUE CROSS OF CALIFORNIA BUSINESS COMBINATION
 
    On March 31, 1995, the Company, WellPoint Health Networks Inc. ("WellPoint")
and  Blue Cross  of California  ("BCC") entered  into an  Agreement and  Plan of
Reorganization (the "Plan of Reorganization"),  which provided for, among  other
things,   the  business  combination  of  the  Company,  WellPoint  and  certain
commercial operations of BCC (the "HSI/WellPoint Transaction").
 
    In progressing  with the  final  steps necessary  to complete  the  proposed
HSI/WellPoint  Transaction, the  Company, WellPoint and  BCC encountered certain
disagreements regarding various issues. On  December 14, 1995, the Company,  BCC
and WellPoint announced that they had been unable to resolve certain differences
and  were engaged in  discussions regarding a mutual  termination and release of
all  claims  against   one  another  related   to  the  proposed   HSI/WellPoint
Transaction. On December 28, 1995, the Company, WellPoint and BCC announced that
they  had entered into  a Settlement Agreement and  Mutual General Release dated
December 27,  1995  (the "Settlement  Agreement").  Pursuant to  the  Settlement
Agreement,  (i) all agreements among BCC and/or  WellPoint, on the one hand, and
the Company and/or  certain of  the Company's  stockholders, on  the other  hand
(including,  without  limitation, (a)  the Plan  of  Reorganization and  (b) the
Stockholder Agreements  and related  Irrevocable Proxies  dated March  31,  1995
among  WellPoint,  BCC and  each  of such  stockholders  in connection  with the
HSI/WellPoint Transaction), were terminated and (ii) all claims arising  between
BCC,  WellPoint and Mr. Leonard D. Schaeffer, the Chairman of both WellPoint and
BCC, on the one hand, and the Company and such stockholders, on the other  hand,
relating to the proposed HSI/WellPoint Transaction were released.
 
    In  connection  with  the HSI/WellPoint  Transaction,  the  Company incurred
merger-related costs totaling  approximately $20.2 million  in 1995. Such  costs
include  legal, accounting  and consulting  fees, as  well as  severance related
costs of $12.2 million resulting from agreements with certain key executives  in
contemplation of the proposed HSI/WellPoint Transaction.
 
    HEALTH NET CONVERSION
 
    On  February  6,  1992, Health  Net  received approval  from  the California
Department of Corporations ("DOC")  for the Conversion. Under  the terms of  the
Conversion  as approved by the DOC, on February 7, 1992, ownership of Health Net
was transferred to  the Company, and  Health Net contributed  $300 million to  a
qualifying   independent  charitable   organization,  The   California  Wellness
Foundation (the "Foundation").  In addition, the  Foundation received  7,640,000
(25,684,152  after giving effect to the 3.3618:1  stock split) shares of Class B
nonvoting common stock of the Company. The Foundation was established by  Health
Net  to provide  public awareness  and educational  programs to  promote healthy
lifestyles, and other health-related programs. The contribution by Health Net in
connection with the Conversion included $75 million in cash and $225 million  in
notes  payable to  the Foundation.  The Conversion  was accounted  for under the
purchase method of accounting  and the excess of  the Conversion price over  the
fair  value of net  assets acquired was  recorded as goodwill.  During 1995, the
Company eliminated approximately $33.0 million of associated goodwill (See  Note
8).
 
    STATUTORY ACCOUNTING PRACTICES
 
    All  of the Company's health plans as well as its insurance subsidiaries are
required to periodically file financial  statements with regulatory agencies  in
accordance   with  statutory  accounting  and  reporting  practices.  Under  the
California Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act, Health Net must comply  with
certain  minimum  capital  or  tangible  net  equity  ("TNE")  requirements. The
Company's non-California health plans, as well as its Health and Life  Insurance
Company,  must comply with their respective state's minimum regulatory net worth
requirements generally under the regulation of the respective state's department
of insurance.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    The long-term portion of Health Net's  debt to the Foundation, as  discussed
in  Note  5, is  subordinated  to Health  Net  satisfying its  TNE requirements.
Dividends and loans by Health Net are restricted to the extent that the  payment
of  such would reduce its TNE below  the minimum requirement. As of December 31,
1995 and  1994, all  of the  Company's health  plans exceeded  their  respective
minimum TNE requirements. On a cumulative basis, the regulatory net worth of the
Company's   health  plans   exceeded  the   minimum  aggregate   requirement  by
approximately $172  million and  $145 million  at December  31, 1995  and  1994,
respectively.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION AND HEALTH CARE EXPENSES
 
    Each of the Company's individual HMOs generally provide health care to their
members  for  a prepaid  monthly  fee. Premiums  for  members are  recognized as
revenue in the  month in  which the members  are entitled  to service.  Premiums
collected in advance are deferred and recorded as unearned subscriber premiums.
 
    The  cost of health care services is recognized in the period in which it is
provided and  includes an  estimate of  the  cost of  services which  have  been
incurred  but  not yet  reported. Such  costs include  payments to  primary care
physicians, specialists, hospitals,  out-patient care facilities  and the  costs
associated  with  managing the  extent of  such care.  The estimate  for accrued
health care costs is based on actuarial projections of hospital and other  costs
using historical studies of claims paid. Estimates are continually monitored and
reviewed  and, as  settlements are made  or estimates  adjusted, differences are
reflected in current operations.
 
    CAPITATION AND SHARED-RISK ARRANGEMENTS
 
    The Company generally contracts in California with various medical groups to
provide professional care to certain of its members on a capitation or fixed fee
PMPM. Capitation  contracts  generally  include  provisions  for  stop-loss  and
non-capitated  services for which the  Company is liable. Professional capitated
contracts also generally contain provisions for shared risk, whereby the Company
and the medical groups share in  the variance between actual hospital costs  and
predetermined  goals. Additionally, the Company contracts with certain hospitals
to provide hospital care to enrolled members on a capitated basis.
 
    CASH AND EQUIVALENTS
 
    Cash equivalents include all  highly liquid investments  with a maturity  of
three months or less when purchased.
 
    The  Company and  its consolidated  subsidiaries are  required to  set aside
certain funds  for  restricted purposes.  As  of  December 31,  1995  and  1994,
balances  of  $2.0 million  and $3.2  million, respectively,  which are  held in
financial depository accounts, are restricted as to use.
 
    MARKETABLE SECURITIES
 
    The Company  accounts  for  investments  in accordance  with  SFAS  No.  115
"Accounting  for  Certain Investments  in Debt  and  Equity Securities"  and has
determined that all marketable securities (which are primarily comprised of debt
securities) held  as of  December 31,  1995  and 1994  are available  for  sale.
Accordingly,  such securities are carried at  fair value determined using quoted
market prices, and unrealized gains or  losses, net of applicable income  taxes,
are  recorded in stockholders' equity. The Company has also determined that such
marketable  securities  are  available  for  use  in  current  operations   and,
accordingly,  has classified such securities as current assets without regard to
the securities' contractual maturity dates.
 
    The cost of marketable securities sold is determined in accordance with  the
specific  identification method  and realized gains  and losses  are included in
investment income.
 
    The Company  and its  consolidated subsidiaries  are required  to set  aside
funds  for the protection of  their plan members in  accordance with the laws of
the various states  in which they  operate. Such restricted  funds totaled  $9.3
million  and $5.4 million at  December 31, 1995 and  1994, respectively, and are
held in
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
U.S. Treasury bills  and certificates  of deposit with  commercial banks.  These
investments are included in marketable securities held for sale. Interest earned
on such investments accrues to the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and
is not restricted as to use.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property  and  equipment  are  stated at  historical  cost  less accumulated
depreciation. Depreciation is computed using  the straight-line method over  the
estimated  useful lives  of the  various classes  of assets  or the  lease term,
whichever is less. Lives of the assets range from three to 40 years.
 
    COSTS OF COMPUTER SOFTWARE DEVELOPED FOR INTERNAL USE
 
    With respect  to internal  costs  incurred in  the development  of  computer
software,  the  Company expenses  such costs  in the  period they  are incurred.
External costs incurred in the development of computer software are capitalized.
The Company capitalized approximately $12.7 million and $8.2 million of computer
software development  costs  in 1995  and  1994, respectively.  In  1993,  costs
eligible  for  capitalization  were immaterial.  Capitalized  costs  of computer
software developed for internal use are amortized using the straight line method
over the  remaining  estimated economic  life  of  four years  of  the  product.
Amortization  expense  amounted to  $2,203,000 and  $576,000  in 1995  and 1994,
respectively.
 
    GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
    Goodwill and other intangible assets  have resulted from the Conversion,  as
well  as acquisitions which  have been accounted for  under the purchase method.
Other intangible assets  consist of the  value of employer  group contracts  and
provider  networks.  The  Company  routinely  evaluates  the  recoverability  of
goodwill and other intangible assets based on estimated future cash flows.
 
    Intangible assets  consisted  of the  following  at December  31,  1995  (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        BALANCE AT
                                                                         ACCUMULATED   DECEMBER 31,  AMORTIZATION
                                                                COST     AMORTIZATION      1995         PERIOD
                                                             ----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
Goodwill...................................................  $  279,815   $   25,041    $  254,774      35 years
Provider network...........................................      19,125        1,068        18,057    5-20 years
Employer group contracts...................................      94,951       37,354        57,597      11 years
Other......................................................       6,261          324         5,937       4 years
                                                             ----------  ------------  ------------
                                                             $  400,152   $   63,787    $  336,365
                                                             ----------  ------------  ------------
                                                             ----------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Intangible  assets  consisted  of the  following  at December  31,  1994 (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        BALANCE AT
                                                                         ACCUMULATED   DECEMBER 31,  AMORTIZATION
                                                                COST     AMORTIZATION      1995         PERIOD
                                                             ----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
Goodwill...................................................  $  136,066   $   18,053    $  118,013      35 years
Provider network...........................................       6,434          534         5,900    5-14 years
Employer group contracts...................................      87,063       29,464        57,599      11 years
Other......................................................       1,370          147         1,223       4 years
                                                             ----------  ------------  ------------
                                                             $  230,933   $   48,198    $  182,735
                                                             ----------  ------------  ------------
                                                             ----------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
 
    Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations
of credit risk consist primarily of  marketable securities as described in  Note
2,   cash  equivalents  and  premiums   receivable.  All  cash  equivalents  and
investments are managed  within established guidelines  which limit the  amounts
which  may  be invested  with  one issuer.  Concentrations  of credit  risk with
respect to premiums receivable are limited
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
due to the large  number of payers comprising  the Company's customer base.  The
Company's  ten  largest  employer  groups  accounted  for  23.9%  and  43.6%  of
receivables and 24.8% and 26.7% of premium  revenue as of December 31, 1995  and
1994, respectively, and for the years then ended. In addition, the company has a
receivable  in the amount  of $20.5 million  from the State  of Connecticut that
represents claims  paid  by  the  Company  and  reimbursable  by  the  State  of
Connecticut  pursuant to a previous ASO arrangement. Included in other assets is
$18 million of this receivable.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    Deferred income  taxes  reflect the  net  effects of  temporary  differences
between  the carrying values  of assets and  liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The differences result in
taxable or deductible amounts for income  tax purposes when the reported  amount
of  the asset or liability in the  financial statements is recovered or settled,
respectively. The Company has recorded a deferred tax asset of $20.9 million  as
of  December 31, 1995. Although realization  is not assured, management believes
it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax asset will be realized.
 
    EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
    Earnings per share  is calculated based  on the weighted  average shares  of
common  stock  and  common  stock  equivalents  outstanding  during  the periods
presented. Common  stock equivalents  arising from  dilutive stock  options  are
computed using the treasury stock method.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The  preparation of  the financial  statements in  conformity with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported amounts  of  assets and  liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets  and liabilities at the  date of the  financial
statements,  and  the  reported  amounts of  revenues  and  expenses  during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
    NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    In March  1995,  FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING  STANDARDS  BOARD STATEMENT  NO.  121,
"ACCOUNTING FOR THE IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS TO
BE  DISPOSED  OF"  was issued  which  establishes accounting  standards  for the
impairment of long-lived assets, certain identifiable intangibles, and  goodwill
related  to those assets to  be held and used  for long-lived assets and certain
intangibles to be  disposed of.  The Company is  evaluating the  impact of  this
standard  which must be implemented in 1996.  The impact of such adoption on the
consolidated financial statements is not expected to be material.
 
    In October 1995,  FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING  STANDARDS BOARD  STATEMENT NO.  123,
"ACCOUNTING  FOR STOCK BASED COMPENSATION" was issued establishing financial and
reporting  standards  for  stock  based  compensation  plans.  The  Company   is
evaluating  the impact of this  standard which must be  implemented in 1996. The
impact of such adoption on the consolidated financial statements is not expected
to be material.
 
    RECLASSIFICATIONS
 
    Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the  current
presentation.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2.  MARKETABLE SECURITIES HELD FOR SALE
    The  following is  a summary  of marketable securities  held for  sale as of
December 31, 1995 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        GROSS        GROSS     ESTIMATED
                                                                     UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED      FAIR
                                                            COST        GAINS       LOSSES       VALUE
                                                         ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
U.S. Government securities.............................  $   99,640   $     445    $    (136)  $   99,949
Asset-backed securities................................     146,363       2,194         (214)     148,343
Debt securities........................................      60,093         940         (250)      60,783
Securities held by depository (NOTE 5).................      28,040                      (83)      27,957
Other..................................................      29,042         640          (85)      29,597
                                                         ----------  -----------       -----   ----------
                                                         $  363,178   $   4,219    $    (768)  $  366,629
                                                         ----------  -----------       -----   ----------
                                                         ----------  -----------       -----   ----------
</TABLE>
 
    During the year ended December 31, 1995, marketable securities held for sale
with a fair value  at the date of  sale of $249.5 million  were sold. The  gross
realized  gains on  such sales totaled  $618,000, and the  gross realized losses
totaled $38,000.
 
    The following is  a summary  of marketable securities  held for  sale as  of
December 31, 1994 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        GROSS        GROSS     ESTIMATED
                                                                     UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED      FAIR
                                                            COST        GAINS       LOSSES       VALUE
                                                         ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
U.S. Government securities.............................  $   27,947   $      54    $           $   28,001
Asset-backed securities................................     138,833           6       (6,471)     132,368
Debt securities........................................      56,920          38       (1,827)      55,131
Securities held by depository (NOTE 5).................      20,258                                20,258
Other..................................................       8,476         362         (101)       8,737
                                                         ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                         $  252,434   $     460    $  (8,399)  $  244,495
                                                         ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                         ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    During  the year ended December 31, 1994 marketable securities held for sale
with a fair value  at the date of  sale of $295.9 million  were sold. The  gross
realized  gains on  such sales totaled  $700,000, and the  gross realized losses
totaled $200,000.
 
    The amortized  cost and  estimated fair  value of  marketable securities  at
December  31,  1995 by  contractual maturity,  are  shown below  (in thousands).
Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because the  issuers
of  the securities may  have the right to  prepay obligations without prepayment
penalties. Asset-backed securities do not have single maturity dates.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              ESTIMATED
                                                                                     COST     FAIR VALUE
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>
Available for sale:
  Due in one year or less.......................................................  $  100,130  $  100,658
  Due after one year through five years.........................................      84,692      85,396
  Due after five years through ten years........................................       2,172       2,229
  Due after ten years...........................................................      21,611      21,864
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
                                                                                     208,605     210,147
  Asset-backed securities.......................................................     146,362     148,343
  Equity securities.............................................................       8,211       8,139
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
                                                                                  $  363,178  $  366,629
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
3.  ACQUISITIONS
    The following summarizes acquisitions and  strategic investments by HSI  for
the three years ended December 31, 1995:
 
    GHH  -- On December 1,  1995, the Company acquired  the outstanding stock of
GHH and certain of its  for-profit subsidiaries, including Greater Atlantic,  an
HMO  operating in Pennsylvania and New Jersey, for $94 million in cash and notes
(the "GHH Transaction").  In connection  with the GHH  Transaction, the  Company
also  paid  an aggregate  of $12.5  million to  certain affiliated  hospitals of
Graduate Health System, Inc. ("GHS"),  GHH's previous parent company, in  return
for  the  extension of  term and  other amendments  to such  hospitals' provider
contracts with Greater Atlantic. In  addition, pursuant to the GHH  Transaction,
the   Company  established  a  hospital   management  company  to  manage  GHS's
Philadelphia-area hospitals and acquired  certain other businesses that  provide
services  primarily to the hospitals in the GHS system. The acquisition has been
accounted using purchase accounting  and the excess of  the purchase price  over
the fair value of assets acquired in the amount of $88.4 million was recorded as
goodwill.
 
    CARE  MANAGEMENT SCIENCES CORPORATION  -- On September  8, 1995, the Company
purchased shares  of preferred  stock of  Care Management  Sciences  Corporation
("CMS")  for an aggregate  purchase price of $2  million, which shares represent
approximately 21.5% of the  outstanding capital of CMS.  The Company was  issued
warrants  to purchase additional shares  of CMS preferred stock  at the same per
share  purchase  price  of  its  initial  purchase,  which  warrants,  if  fully
exercised,  would increase the Company's ownership in CMS to 36.8%. In addition,
the Company  (as part  of the  stock acquisition)  has provided  CMS with  a  $1
million line of credit. CMS develops, licenses and supports proprietary software
related  to the health care industry. Accordingly, the Company has accounted for
its investment in CMS using the cost  method and such investment is included  in
other assets.
 
    HDS  -- On June 30, 1995, the  Company acquired shares of preferred stock of
Health  Data  Sciences  Corporation  ("HDS"),  representing  a  minority  equity
interest in HDS, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $15.6 million.
In addition, the Company entered into certain software licensing and development
agreements  with HDS. HDS  develops, licenses and  supports proprietary software
and technology  related  to  health  care  information  management  systems.  On
November  13, 1995 and December 29, 1995, the Company acquired additional shares
of preferred stock of HDS for an aggregate purchase price of approximately  $6.3
million.  As  of  December 31,  1995,  the  Company's minority  interest  in HDS
represents  approximately  16%  of  the   total  outstanding  capital  of   HDS.
Accordingly,  the Company has accounted for its investment in HDS using the cost
method and such investment is included in other assets.
 
    MDEC -- On March 15, 1995, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock
of MDEC, and its wholly-owned subsidiary, M.D. Health Plan, an HMO operating  in
Connecticut,  for  $95.4  million.  In  addition,  the  Company  assumed certain
contractual obligations related to MDEC stock appreciation rights equal in value
to $5.1 million. The  acquisition has been  accounted using purchase  accounting
and  the excess  of the purchase  price over  the fair value  of assets acquired
totaling $97.1 million was recorded as  goodwill in the amount of $89.1  million
and employer group contracts in the amount of $8.0 million.
 
    QMPHP -- In October 1994, the Company purchased 51% of the outstanding stock
of  QualMed Plans  for Health  of Pennsylvania,  Inc. ("QMPHP"),  a Pennsylvania
managed health  care  provider,  for  $1.1 million  in  cash.  HSI  subsequently
increased  its ownership  interest in  QMPHP to  82% through  additional capital
contributions of approximately $3.5 million.  The QMPHP acquisition resulted  in
$3   million  of  provider  network  intangible  assets.  QMPHP's  accounts  are
consolidated with those of the Company, and the minority stockholders'  interest
in  QMPHP's net assets and income (loss)  is included in the Company's financial
statements as minority interest.
 
    HUMANA -- On  July 1,  1993, QualMed  acquired certain  provider, group  and
subscriber  agreements  and certain  other assets  relating to  Humana's managed
health care business in Colorado for an aggregate
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
3.  ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
purchase price of  $1.9 million, which  purchase price was  subject to  downward
adjustment to the extent members enrolled under certain contracts subject to the
transaction  did not enroll under a Company contract. Accordingly, such purchase
price was adjusted downward by $450,000.
 
    HEALTH NET  LIFE  --  In  May  1993,  the  Company  purchased  100%  of  the
outstanding  common  stock  of  Health Net  Life  (HNL  -formerly  Sentinel Life
Insurance Company of California)  for $4.2 million. The  excess of the  purchase
price  over  the fair  value  of assets  acquired  was recorded  as  goodwill of
$470,000.
 
    Summarized below  are  the  unaudited  pro  forma  consolidated  results  of
operations  for the  Company, as if  the acquisition  of MDEC and  GHH had taken
place as of January 1, 1994 (in millions except earnings per share):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1995       1994
                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Premium revenue............................................................  $   2,692  $   2,614
Net income.................................................................  $      78  $      72
Primary earnings per share.................................................  $    1.60  $    1.46
Fully diluted earnings per share...........................................  $    1.60  $    1.45
</TABLE>
 
4.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    Property and equipment consists  of the following at  December 31, 1995  and
1994 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1995        1994
                                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Furniture, equipment and software.....................................  $  170,342  $  124,353
Leasehold improvements................................................      13,105       8,950
Land and building.....................................................       4,256       3,935
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                           187,703     137,238
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization......................     102,960      62,143
                                                                        ----------  ----------
Total property and equipment..........................................  $   84,743  $   75,095
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
5.  NOTES PAYABLE
 
    WELLNESS NOTE
 
    In  connection  with the  Conversion of  Health Net,  Health Net  issued two
non-negotiable promissory  notes to  the Foundation  in the  aggregate  original
principal  amount of $225 million. The  notes, a $150 million original principal
amount senior  secured promissory  note  and a  $75 million  original  principal
amount  subordinated secured promissory note, bore  interest at 10.27% and 7.96%
in the years ended 1995 and 1994,  respectively. The rate adjusts to 2.5%  above
the  three-year  treasury bill  auction  rate on  the  last business  day before
December 31, 1997, 2000, and 2003, but  will not be less than 5%. Principal  and
interest  is  due  in  quarterly  installments,  currently  based  on  a 25-year
amortization schedule;  in 1996,  the  amortization schedule  is changed  to  20
years,  and  in 1997,  the  amortization schedule  is  changed to  15  years. In
addition, commencing in 1995,  additional payments of  principal becomes due  to
the  extent  that Health  Net has  an "Excess  Cash Ratio,"  as defined,  in any
calendar year. Any remaining  unpaid principal and interest  is due on  December
31,  2006.  In  January  1994,  the Company  made  a  discretionary  $50 million
prepayment to the  Foundation on  the subordinated secured  promissory note.  In
April  1995, the  Company paid down  $135 million of  the outstanding Foundation
debt, leaving a  remaining principal  balance on the  senior secured  promissory
note of $19.6 million. (See discussion of credit facility below).
 
    Health  Net's performance under the note  obligations has been guaranteed by
the Company. In accordance with the provisions of the promissory notes described
above, Health  Net  has provided  the  Foundation  a security  interest  in  the
following  collateral:  premiums  receivable, property  and  equipment  and debt
securities held by depository (Note 2). Health Net is required to maintain funds
in a depository sufficient to
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5.  NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED)
cover the debt service for the next four quarters. These funds totaled  $318,000
and $20.3 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, and were included
in  marketable securities held for sale. In  addition, Health Net is required to
make payments to a sinking fund, commencing  in 2003, in order to provide  funds
for the unpaid principal balloon payment (plus any interest) due in 2006.
 
    The  long-term portion  of the principal  and interest  payments under these
notes is subordinated to Health Net meeting its tangible net equity requirements
under the Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act.
 
    Based on the terms of the Conversion as approved by the DOC, Health Net  may
treat  as a  deemed principal  payment with respect  to the  senior secured note
payable to the Foundation any taxes, penalties or interest assessed with respect
to the Conversion (whether resulting from the recently completed examination  or
otherwise) up to a maximum of $28 million. In March 1995, Health Net and the IRS
entered  into a settlement  of all outstanding  issues raised in  the audit. The
settlements paid were treated  as a principal  payment on the  notes due to  the
Foundation. (see Note 8).
 
    CREDIT FACILITY
 
    On  April 12, 1995, the Company obtained  a five year unsecured $400 million
revolving line of credit (the "Credit Facility") from a lending syndicate led by
Bank of America. As of December 31,  1995, the Company had used $310 million  of
the Credit Facility to fund the prepayment by Health Net of $135 million in debt
to the Foundation, $100 million to fund the MDEC acquisition, and $75 million to
fund  the purchase  of GHH.  Under the  Credit Facility,  the Company  may incur
permitted subordinated indebtedness in a maximum aggregate amount not to  exceed
$150  million which  will be available  for acquisition purposes  and to provide
short-term financing to repurchase shares of stock.
 
    The Company may elect  from various short-term interest  rates based upon  a
spread  above the LIBOR rate, or the greater of the bank's reference rate or the
federal funds rate plus 1/2%. In addition, the Company may elect a  "competitive
bid  auction" in  which participating  banks are  offered an  opportunity to bid
alternative rates. The Credit Facility is for a term of five years from the date
of execution, with two one year extension options.
 
    The Company is currently  seeking to increase its  revolving line of  credit
under the Credit Facility to $700 million.
 
    OTHER NOTES PAYABLE
 
    The  Company also has various other  notes payable outstanding, both secured
and unsecured, totaling $26.8 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 1995  and
1994,  respectively.  In connection  with its  acquisition of  GHH in  1995, the
Company issued a promissory  note in the  amount of $22.5  million to GHS.  Such
note bears interest at 7.95% and is payable in 2005.
 
    The  weighted average annual  interest rate on  the Company's long-term debt
was approximately 7.4% for 1995 and 8% for each of the years 1994 and 1993.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5.  NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED)
    The following table presents the principal payments due with respect to  all
of  the  above  referenced notes  for  the  five years  ending  December  31 (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
1996..............................................  $   2,340
1997..............................................      1,758
1998..............................................        930
1999..............................................      1,013
2000..............................................     23,631
Thereafter........................................    326,748
                                                    ---------
                                                      356,420
Less: current portion.............................      2,340
                                                    ---------
Long-term portion.................................  $ 354,080
                                                    ---------
                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
6.  OPERATING LEASES
    The Company leases  administrative and  medical office  space under  various
operating  leases. Certain  medical office  space is  subleased to Participating
Medical Groups doing business with  the Company. Certain leases contain  renewal
options  and  rent  escalation  clauses. Future  minimum  lease  commitments for
noncancelable  operating  leases  at  December  31,  1995  are  as  follows  (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                  <C>
1996...............................................  $  20,448
1997...............................................     19,018
1998...............................................     13,192
1999...............................................     11,216
2000...............................................     10,816
Thereafter.........................................     23,310
                                                     ---------
Total minimum lease commitments....................  $  98,000
                                                     ---------
                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Rent expense totaled $17.7 million, $13.8 million and $11.3 million in 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
7.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
    RETIREMENT PLANS
 
    In  1995 the Company had five separate 401(k) retirement savings plans. Such
plans are available to substantially  all employees of certain subsidiaries  age
21 or older who have completed various periods of continuous service. Non-highly
compensated  employees as defined by the Internal Revenue Code may defer up to a
maximum of 15% of their annual compensation under the 401(k) plans, while highly
compensated  employees  are  limited  to  lesser  maximums  in  compliance  with
discrimination  tests. The  Company made  certain matching  contributions to the
plans in 1995. All five of the 401(k) plans were consolidated into a single plan
effective January 1, 1996.
 
    Effective April  30, 1994,  the Company's  defined benefit  pension plan  in
effect  at  such  time was  amended  to  cease benefit  accruals.  The  plan was
subsequently terminated effective December 31,  1994. This freezing of the  plan
affects  the comparability of  net periodic pension cost  and funded status with
that of prior years. In 1994, the Company recorded a $3.1 million gain from  the
freeze.  The plan covered substantially all  Health Net employees. Benefits were
based on years of service and  the employee's compensation during the last  five
years of employment. The plan's assets consist of investments in a bank's pooled
trust  fund. Expenses under the 401(k) and defined benefit pension plans totaled
$1.3 million in 1995, $2.9 million in 1994 and $5.5 million in 1993.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
    The following table  sets forth  the plans'  funded status  and the  amounts
recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements at December 31 (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1995       1994
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Accumulated vested benefit obligation..............................................  $   6,988  $  12,844
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
Projected benefit obligation.......................................................  $   6,988  $  12,844
Plan assets at fair value..........................................................      6,751     12,690
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
Projected benefit obligation greater than plan assets..............................        237        154
Unrecognized net loss..............................................................       (832)    (1,135)
Additional minimum liability.......................................................        832      1,135
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
Net pension liability..............................................................  $     237  $     154
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Net  pension costs  included the  following components  for the  years ended
December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1995       1994       1993
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>
Service costs, benefits earned during year.................................  $          $          $   2,866
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation..............................        614        644      1,171
Actual return on plan assets...............................................       (749)       123       (819)
Net amortization and deferral..............................................        644     (1,119)       291
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total cost.............................................................  $     509  $    (352) $   3,509
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The projected benefit  obligation was  determined using a  discount rate  of
5.25%  for 1995 and 5.25% for 1994  and an assumed rate of compensation increase
was not applicable in 1995 nor 1994. The net pension costs were determined using
the aforementioned assumptions and an expected long-term rate of return on  plan
assets of 8% for each of the years 1995, 1994 and 1993.
 
    On   December  15,  1992,  the  Company  adopted  a  Supplemental  Executive
Retirement Plan  (the "Prior  SERP"). Certain  key executives  were eligible  to
participate  in the Prior  SERP. Under the  provisions of the  Prior SERP, these
executives could  elect  to  credit  amounts  to  the  Prior  SERP  in  lieu  of
compensation. The annual amount so credited was equal to 50% of the premium that
would  be required to fund a premium variable life insurance policy. The Company
then credited the executive's SERP account with the remaining 50% premium.  Upon
death,  beneficiaries are entitled to receive the entire death benefit under the
policy  plus  an  additional  78.5%   of  policy  benefits.  At  retirement   or
termination, the executive is entitled to the cash surrender value of the policy
plus  an  additional 78.5%  of  such cash  surrender  value. The  termination or
retirement benefit must be paid to the executive in a lump sum. This Prior  SERP
was discontinued in December 1995.
 
    A  new SERP program  (the "Current SERP") was  approved effective January 1,
1996. The new SERP plan  ensures that executives who retire  at age 62 or  later
and  have worked for the  Company or a predecessor  organization for at least 15
years receive 50% of  average pay (salary and  bonus) when combined with  Social
Security  and  all other  employer provided  retirement benefits  provided under
current  and  prior  programs  including   the  accumulated  value  of   company
contributions  to  the Company's  401(k) plan  and Profit  Sharing Plan  for the
account of such individuals,  along with benefits accrued  under the prior  SERP
frozen  in 1995. Executives  with less than 15  years of service  at age 62 will
receive a reduced benefit under this  plan, and executives must accrue at  least
five  years  of service  to receive  a partial  benefit. Those  terminating with
between 5 and 10 years of service are entitled to receive a partial benefit, and
executives who terminate with 10 or more years of service will be 100% vested on
earned benefits.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
    The Company also has  adopted the Health Net  Board of Directors  Retirement
Plan.  The plan covers all outside members  of the Health Net Board of Directors
retiring on or after age 65 for a  duration not to exceed the period of  service
as a director.
 
    Expense  under the Prior  SERP and Health Net  Board of Directors Retirement
Plan totaled $1.8  million in 1995,  $2.5 million  in 1994 and  $3.0 million  in
1993.
 
    POST-RETIREMENT HEALTH AND LIFE BENEFITS
 
    The  Company sponsors a defined-benefit health  care plan for its Health Net
employees that provides post-retirement medical benefits to full-time  employees
and  their  eligible dependents  for  employees who  have  worked ten  years and
attained age  55.  The  Company  pays  100% of  the  cost  of  medical,  dental,
prescription  and vision  benefits for those  employees who retire  on or before
December 1, 1995;  for employees retiring  after December 1,  1995, the  Company
pays  25% of the cost of medical coverage  for those employees with ten years of
service, increasing 5% a year to 25 years or more of service, at which time 100%
of the cost  is borne  by the  Company. The  health care  plan includes  certain
cost-sharing  features  such  as  deductibles,  coinsurance  and  maximum annual
benefit amounts for certain benefits.
 
    The following  table presents  this  plan's funded  status and  the  amounts
recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements at December 31 (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1995       1994
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>
Accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations:
Retirees.............................................................................  $   1,251  $     975
Active...............................................................................      2,800      2,181
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
Plan assets at fair value............................................................      4,051      3,156
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
Accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets..............................      4,051      3,156
Unrecognized net gain from past experience different from that assumed and from
 changes in assumptions..............................................................        328        627
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
Accrued post-retirement benefit cost at year end.....................................  $   4,379  $   3,783
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Net periodic post-retirement cost includes the following for the years ended
December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1995       1994       1993
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
Service cost....................................................................  $     390  $     413  $     341
Interest cost...................................................................        266        211        184
Net amortization and deferral...................................................                    (4)       (11)
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total cost..................................................................  $     656  $     620  $     514
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  weighted-average annual assumed rate of increase in the per capita cost
of covered benefits (i.e., health-care cost-trend  rate) is 9% for 1996, and  is
assumed  to  decrease  gradually to  5.5%  for  2007 and  remain  at  that level
thereafter. The health-care cost-trend rate assumption has a significant  effect
on  the  amounts reported.  To illustrate,  increasing  the assumed  health care
cost-trend rates  by  one percentage  point  in  each year  would  increase  the
accumulated  post-retirement  benefit  obligation  as of  December  31,  1995 by
$200,000 and  the aggregate  of  service and  interest  cost components  of  net
periodic  post-retirement benefit cost for the  year then ended by $850,000. The
weighted-average   discount   rate   used   in   determining   the   accumulated
post-retirement  benefit obligation was 7.5% for 1995, 8.5% in 1994 and 7.5% for
1993.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
    The Company also  sponsors a  life insurance  plan, funded  entirely by  the
Company.  The amount of coverage  varies with the maximum  amount of three times
earnings not to exceed  $500,000. The Company's  policy is to  fund the cost  of
benefits  for the health care and life  insurance plans in amounts determined at
the discretion of management, after consultation with an independent actuary.
 
    EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    In 1993  the  Company's  Board  of Directors  approved  the  Health  Systems
International  Employee Stock  Purchase Plan,  effective February  15, 1993. The
plan provides employees  of the Company  with an opportunity  to purchase  stock
through  payroll deductions.  The Company has  reserved 1,000,000  shares of its
Class A  Common  Stock for  issuance  under  the plan.  Eligible  employees  may
purchase  up to $25,000  in fair market  value annually of  the Company's Common
Stock at 85% of the lower  of the market price on  either the first or the  last
day  of each offering period. During 1995,  1994 and 1993, 48,530 shares, 54,382
shares and 49,416 shares, respectively, were issued under the plan at prices  of
$20.93  and $23.06 in 1995,  $10.73 and $21.04 in 1994  and $10.63 and $11.90 in
1993.
 
    PERFORMANCE-BASED ANNUAL BONUS PLAN
 
    The Company has a Performance-Based  Annual Bonus Plan that qualifies  under
Section  162(m) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code").
Under the plan, if  the Company meets certain  financial and operating  targets,
certain  executives subject  to the  limitations of  Section 162(m)  of the Code
become eligible to receive annual cash bonuses  based on a maximum pool of  2.5%
of  consolidated operating income and on the executives' salaries in relation to
the pool.  Amounts payable  to such  executives from  such pool  are subject  to
downward adjustment by the Company's Compensation and Stock Option Committee.
 
    MANAGEMENT BONUS PLAN
 
    The  Company also  has a  Management Bonus  Plan whereby  certain executives
become eligible  to  receive  annual  cash  bonuses  if  the  Company  and  such
executives meet certain financial and operating targets.
 
8.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
    IRS EXAMINATION
 
    Health  Net was under audit  by the IRS during  1995 and 1994. The principal
issue during the  course of  the audit  was whether  Health Net  qualified as  a
tax-exempt  entity for certain  periods prior to the  Conversion. In March 1995,
Health Net  and the  IRS entered  into a  settlement of  all outstanding  issues
raised  in the audit. The settlement paid was  treated as a payment on the notes
due to the Foundation, in accordance with the terms of such notes.
 
    A deferred tax liability account  was previously established by the  Company
to  cover  potential liabilities  relating to  the above  mentioned audit.  As a
result of this settlement, the deferred tax liability and associated goodwill of
approximately $33.0 million have been eliminated.
 
    FTB EXAMINATION
 
    Health Net is currently  under examination by  the California Franchise  Tax
Board  ("FTB"). Issues raised  by such examination  include, among other issues,
tax ramifications of the Conversion. Although it is not possible to predict with
any certainty the outcome of the examination, the Company's management believes,
based on advice of legal counsel, that Health Net has substantial bases for  its
positions  on issues likely to  arise during the course  of the examination. The
ultimate resolution of these matters should  not have a material adverse  effect
on the financial statements of the Company.
 
    LITIGATION
 
    In January, 1995, two purported class action lawsuits were filed against the
Company  and the members of its Board  of Directors alleging breach of fiduciary
duties to the Company's public stockholders by refusing
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
8.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
to seriously consider certain  acquisition bids for  the Company. The  complaint
requests  an  injunction  ordering  the directors  to  evaluate  alternatives to
maximize stockholder value, to ensure that no conflicts of directors'  interests
exist,  to account for damages allegedly  suffered, and to pay plaintiff's legal
costs. The Company and its individual  directors believe that both lawsuits  are
wholly  without  merit  and  intend  to  defend  against  each  of  the  actions
vigorously.
 
    The Company  is  involved in  various  other legal  proceedings,  which  are
routine  in its business. In the opinion of management, based upon current facts
and circumstances known by the Company,  the resolution of these matters  should
not  have a  material adverse  effect on  the financial  position or  results of
operations of the Company.
 
9.  TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
    During 1993, a stockholder, prior director and the prior chief legal officer
and secretary of the Company, was a partner of a law firm from which the Company
purchased legal services in the amount of $2.4 million. The law firm became part
of the Company's in-house legal department in  July 1993, and no fees have  been
billed to the Company since then.
 
    Three  directors of  the Company  are partners  of law  firms which received
legal fees totaling $1.9  million, $1.5 million and  $4.4 million in 1995,  1994
and 1993, respectively.
 
    An  officer of a contracted hospital is also a member of the Company's Board
of Directors. Medical costs  paid to the provider  totaled $55.3 million,  $14.0
million  and $8.0 million in 1995,  1994 and 1993, respectively. Such contracted
hospital is also an employer group of the Company. The Company received  premium
revenues of $3 million annually in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
    A  director  of  a  subsidiary of  the  Company  is a  majority  owner  of a
contracted  provider  of   Health  Net.  The   Company  paid  professional   and
institutional capitation fees to the medical group totaling $36.7 million, $36.5
million and $55.9 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
    A  director of the Company was an officer of an employer group until October
1994. In 1994 and 1993, the Company received premium revenues of $17 million and
$14 million, respectively, from the group.
 
    A stockholder and director of the Company is an officer of a consulting firm
which received approximately $50,000 in 1995 pursuant to a consulting  agreement
to  pay for certain consulting services provided  to a subsidiary of the Company
in connection with its  warehouse operations. In addition,  a subsidiary of  the
Company,  paid approximately $90,000 and $70,000 to the consulting firm for real
estate consulting services rendered in 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
    In 1995,  the  Company advanced  an  aggregate sum  of  approximately  $16.3
million  to three of  its former executive officers  and directors in connection
with the future repurchase of  shares of HSI Class A  Common Stock held by  such
individuals.  This  repurchase agreement  was  entered into  in  connection with
certain severance agreements  between the  Company and each  such individual  in
connection  with  his  or  her termination  of  employment.  Such  advances were
non-interest bearing and were secured  by a pledge of  shares of Class A  Common
Stock, which shares were ultimately repurchased by the Company in January 1996.
 
10. STOCK OPTION PLANS
    HSI has various outstanding stock option plans which cover certain employees
and non-employee directors. Such plans have been adopted by the stockholders and
options  have been granted under such plans.  A summary of the plans which exist
as of December 31, 1995 is as follows:
 
    1989 PLAN -- In 1989, 2,210,000 shares of the Company's Class A shares  were
authorized  to be issued under future  grants to officers, directors and certain
employees pursuant to the 1989 Stock Option Plan.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10. STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)
Options exercised under the plan totaled  785,551, 227,000 and 151,000 in  1995,
1994  and 1993, respectively, at prices per share of between $1.50 and $13.50 in
1995, $1.50 and $13.50 in 1994, and $1.50 and $5.25 in 1993.
 
    1991 PLAN -- In 1991, 1,000,000 shares of the Company's Class A shares  were
authorized  to be issued  under future grants  to officers and  employees of the
Company pursuant to the 1991 Stock Option Plan. The authorized number of  shares
was  subsequently  increased  to  5,000,000. Options  exercised  under  the plan
totaled 120,086, 164,700  and 2,000  in 1995,  1994 and  1993, respectively,  at
prices per share of between $13.75 and $28.25 in 1995, $13.00 and $18.25 in 1994
and at $14.88 in 1993.
 
    NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN -- In 1991, 100,000 shares of Class A shares were
authorized  to be issued  under grants to non-employee  directors of the Company
pursuant to its Non-Employee Director  Stock Option Plan. The authorized  number
of  shares was  subsequently increased to  300,000. Options  exercised under the
plan totaled 10,000, 10,000 and 5,000  in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively,  at
prices  per share of  between $11.63 and  $13.88 in 1995,  $11.625 and $14.50 in
1994 and at $11.625 in 1993.
 
    The following  table summarizes  the  status of  stock  option plans  as  of
December 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1995             1994             1993
                                                      ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>              <C>
Outstanding, beginning of year......................        2,617,815        1,770,264        1,967,436
  Granted...........................................           71,586        1,297,665           75,000
  Exercised.........................................         (915,637)        (401,114)        (158,192)
  Forfeited.........................................         (101,200)         (49,000)        (113,980)
                                                      ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
Outstanding, end of year............................        1,672,564        2,617,815        1,770,264
Exercisable, end of year............................        1,618,564        1,280,030        1,622,954
Exercise price per share............................    $5.25-$27.875    $1.50-$36.125    $1.50-$18.875
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
11. INCOME TAXES
    Significant  components of the Company's deferred tax liabilities and assets
as of December 31 are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1995       1994
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Tax over book amortization......................................................  $     230  $
  Unrealized gain on marketable securities........................................      1,501
  Pre-conversion income tax reserves for book/tax differences on net assets.......                35,463
  Other...........................................................................      2,454      2,098
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
    Total deferred tax liabilities................................................      4,185     37,561
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
Deferred tax assets:
  Unrealized loss on marketable securities........................................                 3,201
  Estimated claims payable in excess of current tax deduction.....................      5,588     16,569
  Other non-claimed accruals in excess of current tax deduction...................      7,337      4,475
  Other post-employment benefit obligations.......................................      1,034        770
  Book over tax depreciation......................................................      1,765        629
  Book over tax amortization......................................................                 5,832
  Accrued compensation............................................................      1,447      2,766
  State franchise tax.............................................................      3,244      3,642
  Accrued merger related costs....................................................      2,986      3,191
  Deferred rent...................................................................      1,296      1,498
  Other...........................................................................        348        385
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
    Total deferred tax assets.....................................................     25,045     42,958
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
  Net deferred tax assets.........................................................  $  20,860  $   5,397
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The accrual for the book/tax differences on net assets was established  with
the  Conversion.  The initial  amount  of the  accrual  was $34.7  million which
resulted in  a corresponding  charge  to goodwill.  In  March 1995,  Health  Net
entered  into  a settlement  with the  IRS,  resulting in  the reduction  of the
deferred tax liability and associated goodwill by $33.0 million.
 
    During the  years ended  December  31, 1995,  1994  and 1993,  tax  benefits
totaling  $8,663,000, $1,515,000 and $833,000,  respectively, were realized as a
result of compensation recognized for tax  purposes relating to the exercise  of
stock options and were recorded as an increase in additional paid-in capital.
 
    The  Company has  utilized pre-acquisition operating  losses of subsidiaries
acquired which  could  differ  from  amounts allowed  by  the  tax  authorities.
Management  believes it has adequately provided  for any increases in taxes that
might result  from  any reduction  of  the  realization of  net  operating  loss
carryforwards.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
11. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    Significant  components of the provision for income taxes are as follows for
the three years ended December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1995       1994       1993
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
Current:
  Federal..............................................................  $  39,273  $  49,641  $  40,322
  State................................................................     11,552     12,971      8,748
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total current......................................................     50,825     62,612     49,070
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
Deferred:
  Federal..............................................................     12,596        (27)   (17,068)
  State................................................................      3,886        174     (3,564)
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total deferred.....................................................     16,482        147    (20,632)
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         $  67,307  $  62,759  $  28,438
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Following is a  reconciliation of income  tax computed at  the U.S.  federal
statutory  tax rates to income tax expense for the three years ended December 31
(in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1995       1994       1993
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
 Income taxes at the federal statutory rate............................  $  54,825  $  52,769  $  18,202
  State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit.......................     10,035      8,544      4,147
  Merger-related expenses..............................................                   262      3,788
  Goodwill amortization................................................      2,099
  Other, net...........................................................        348      1,184      2,301
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         $  67,307  $  62,759  $  28,438
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
12. QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
    The following  interim  financial information  presents  the 1995  and  1994
results of operations on a quarterly basis (in thousands except per share data):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1995 QUARTER ENDED
                                                    ---------------------------------------------------
                                                    MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                    ----------  ----------  -------------  ------------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>
Revenues..........................................  $  627,497  $  660,712   $   702,882    $  740,961
Merger-related costs..............................       8,927       2,185         2,328         6,724
Income from operations............................      29,173      39,036        38,955        35,984
Net income........................................      18,911      22,966        24,284        23,431
Earnings per share................................        0.38        0.47          0.50          0.48
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1994 QUARTER ENDED
                                                    ---------------------------------------------------
                                                    MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                    ----------  ----------  -------------  ------------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>
Revenues..........................................  $  564,655  $  571,148   $   580,837    $  589,522
Merger-related costs..............................                                                 672
Income from operations............................      34,832      34,992        36,461        38,891
Net income........................................      20,527      21,254        22,415        23,879
Earnings per share................................        0.41        0.43          0.45          0.48
</TABLE>
 
13. FAIR VALUE INFORMATION
    The Company has estimated the fair value of financial instruments held as of
December  31, 1995 and 1994 in accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 107,
"Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
13. FAIR VALUE INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
Instruments." The estimated fair value  amounts of cash equivalents,  marketable
securities held for sale and notes payable approximate their carrying amounts in
the financial statements and have been determined by the Company using available
market  information and appropriate valuation methodologies. The carrying amount
of cash equivalents approximate  fair value due to  the short maturity of  those
instruments.  The fair  values of marketable  securities are  estimated based on
quoted market prices and dealer quotes  for similar investments. The fair  value
of  notes payable is estimated based on the quoted market prices for the same or
similar issues or on the  current rates offered to the  Company for debt of  the
same   remaining  maturities.  Considerable  judgment  is  required  to  develop
estimates  of  fair  value.  Accordingly,  the  estimates  are  not  necessarily
indicative  of the amounts the  Company could have realized  in a current market
exchange as  of  December  31,  1995  and 1994.  The  use  of  different  market
assumptions  and/or estimation methodologies  may have a  material effect on the
estimated fair value amounts.
 
    The fair value  estimates are  based on pertinent  information available  to
management as of December 31, 1995 and 1994. Although management is not aware of
any  factors that would  significantly affect the  estimated fair value amounts,
such amounts  have  not been  comprehensively  revalued for  purposes  of  these
financial  statements since that date, and  therefore, current estimates of fair
value may differ significantly.
 
14. COMMON STOCK
    The Company has two  classes of Common Stock.  The Company's Class A  Common
Stock  and Class B Common Stock have  identical rights except that upon the sale
or other transfer of the Class B Common Stock, such shares automatically convert
to Class A  Common Stock. The  Foundation is the  only holder of  record of  the
Company's Class B Common Stock.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
 
    NO  PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE
ANY INFORMATION OR  TO MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN  THOSE CONTAINED  IN
THIS  PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST
NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ANY MANAGER. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO
BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY TO ANY  PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION  IN
WHICH  IT IS UNLAWFUL  TO MAKE SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION.  NEITHER DELIVERY OF
THIS PROSPECTUS  NOR ANY  SALE MADE  HEREUNDER SHALL,  UNDER ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES,
CREATE  AN IMPLICATION  THAT THE  INFORMATION HEREIN IS  CORRECT AS  OF ANY TIME
SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF. THERE ARE  RESTRICTIONS ON THE OFFER AND SALE  OF
THE  SHARES OF CLASS  A COMMON STOCK  OFFERED HEREBY IN  THE UNITED KINGDOM. ALL
APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE FINANCIAL SERVICES  ACT 1986 AND THE COMPANIES  ACT
1985  WITH RESPECT  TO ANYTHING DONE  BY ANY PERSON  IN RELATION TO  THE CLASS A
COMMON STOCK IN, FROM OR OTHERWISE INVOLVING THE UNITED KINGDOM MUST BE COMPLIED
WITH. SEE "UNDERWRITING." IN  THIS PROSPECTUS, EACH  REFERENCE TO "DOLLARS"  AND
"$" IS TO UNITED STATES DOLLARS.
 
                                 --------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................           3
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking
 Statements....................................           6
Risk Factors...................................           6
The Company....................................           8
Use of Proceeds................................           8
Price Range of Class A Common Stock............           9
Dividend Policy................................           9
Capitalization.................................          10
Selected Consolidated Financial Data...........          11
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations....................................          12
Business.......................................          17
Management.....................................          28
Principal and Selling Stockholders.............          33
Description of Capital Stock...................          35
Underwriting...................................          36
Certain United States Tax Consequences to
 Non-United States Holders.....................          39
Legal Matters..................................          41
Experts........................................          41
Available Information..........................          41
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
 Reference.....................................          42
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.....         F-1
</TABLE>
 
                                 --------------
 
                                8,331,204 SHARES
 
                        [LOGO]
 
                                 HEALTH SYSTEMS
                              INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                              CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
                                   ---------
 
                              P R O S P E C T U S
 
                                  MAY 9, 1996
 
                                   ---------
 
                               SMITH BARNEY INC.
                            DILLON, READ & CO. INC.
                         DEAN WITTER INTERNATIONAL LTD.
                         ROBERTSON, STEPHENS & COMPANY
                     SALOMON BROTHERS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
                             VOLPE, WELTY & COMPANY
 
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission